Home

Chevrolet TORRENT - NAVIGATION SYSTEM 2008 Specifications

1. Routing Engine Drive Belt eee Running the Engine While Parked 10 Safety Belt Reminder WIG ic ccscidcncacrssiassepstaacedadtedesadcees 3 28 Safety Belts Gare OF wo2seccssesodhidouest cqivecdi asyeewiciawewescsetenes 5 92 How to Wear Safety Belts Properly 1 17 Lap Shoulder Belt ececeseseeeeeeeeeeeeees 1 25 Safety Belt Extender cceeeseeeeeeeeeeees 1 30 Safety Belt Use During Pregnancy 1 30 Safety Belts Are for Everyone 1 12 Safety Warnings and Symbols cceeeeeeeeeee es iii Scheduled Maintenance ecceeeeeeeeeeeeeee ees 6 4 Seatback Folding Passenger eeeeeeeeeeees 1 8 Seats Driver Seat Height Adjuster eeeeeeee ee 1 3 Head ReStraintS sc ccnecisnseinniececuesdneeasensiocenats 1 7 Heated Seals oa iiccncincsecessdensensananipriaieameiinsanemce 1 4 Manual Lumbat 0 cceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 1 4 Manual Reclining Seatbacks eeeeeee ees 1 5 Passenger Folding Seatback c eeeeeeeee 1 8 POWG SEAL sosser cient uaiasassetanides iaiia 1 3 Split Folding Rear Seat cceeeeeeee eee ee 1 10 Securing a Child Restraint Rear Seat Position Right Front Seat Position ceeeeeeeee eee SOCUNTY LIGHT aranes dcak ack T e aE EERE Service Accessories and Modifications 6068 Adding Eq
2. 1 This device may not cause interference 2 This device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device Changes or modifications to this system by other than an authorized service facility could void authorization to use this equipment Tire Pressure Monitor Operation The Tire Pressure Monitor System TPMS is designed to warn the driver when a low tire pressure condition exists TPMS sensors are mounted onto each tire and wheel assembly excluding the spare tire and wheel assembly The TPMS sensors monitor the air pressure in the vehicle s tires and transmits the tire pressure readings to a receiver located in the vehicle When a low tire pressure condition is detected the TPMS illuminates the low tire pressure warning light located on the instrument panel cluster 5 63 At the same time a message to check the pressure in a specific tire appears on the Driver Information Center DIC display The low tire pressure warning light and the DIC warning message come on at each ignition cycle until the tires are inflated to the correct inflation pressure Using the DIC tire pressure levels can be viewed by the driver For additional information and details about the DIC operation and displays see DIC Operation and Displays on page 3 45 and DIC Warnings and Messages on page 3 52 The low tire pressure warning light may come on in cool weather when the vehicl
3. D Construction Code A letter code is used to indicate the type of ply construction in the tire The letter R means radial ply construction the letter D means diagonal or bias ply construction and the letter B means belted bias ply construction E Rim Diameter Diameter of the wheel in inches F Service Description These characters represent the load range and speed rating of the tire The load index represents the load carry capacity a tire is certified to carry The load index can range from 1 to 279 The speed rating is the maximum speed a tire is certified to carry a load Speed ratings range from A to Z 5 56 Tire Terminology and Definitions Air Pressure The amount of air inside the tire pressing outward on each square inch of the tire Air pressure is expressed in pounds per square inch psi or kilopascal kPa Accessory Weight This means the combined weight of optional accessories Some examples of optional accessories are automatic transmission power steering power brakes power windows power seats and air conditioning Aspect Ratio The relationship of a tire s height to its width Belt A rubber coated layer of cords that is located between the plies and the tread Cords may be made from steel or other reinforcing materials Bead The tire bead contains steel wires wrapped by steel cords that hold the tire onto the rim Bias Ply Tire A pneumatic tire in which the plies are laid at alt
4. 3 8 Trip Odometer cccceeeceecccceceeeeesesaeeeeeeeeeees 3 28 Flash to PaSS nsnsssssssnsnsrsisstrsrsrrrnntntrrittttteten 3 9 Tachometer cccccccccceccecceccceceeceeeeeeeeees 3 28 Windshield WIPES monnier eer T S RA 3 9 Safety Belt Reminders 0 c ccccessceseeseeeseeeee 3 28 Windshield Washer EE T E E ET 3 10 Airbag Readiness Light 0 0 ccccccscceeeeeeeees 3 29 Rear Window Wiper Washer 0eeeeeees 3 11 Passenger Airbag Status Indicator 00 3 30 Cruise Control sessci ciacais an nen iin eenia 3 11 Charging System Light cccccccceeeseeeeeere 3 32 Headlamps se ete erdha piate einean 3 14 Brake System Warning Light 00eeeeeeeee 3 33 Headlamps on Reminder senises 3 14 Antilock Brake System Warning Light 3 34 Daytime Running Lamps DRL 08 3 15 Traction Control System TCS Automatic Headlamp System ieee 3 15 Warning Light cceeeceeeeeeeeteteteeeteee 3 34 Fog Lamps DOE 3 16 Engine Coolant Temperature Warning Light 3 35 Instrument Panel Brightness eee 3 16 Engine Coolant Temperature Gage 0 c00 3 35 Dome LAMP seeeeeete tee tee teeter etteeetes 3 17 Tire Pressure Light ccccccccccceseessssseeeeeeees 3 36 Entry OMINO ei nioa a Enia 3 17 Malfunction Indicator Lamp 0 cccccceeeeeeeee 3 36 Map Lamps sseereeere nese eere renters terete 3 17 Oil
5. TRACTION CONTROL ON This message displays when the Traction Control System TCS turns on See Traction Control System TCS on page 4 6 for more information 3 60 TURN SIGNAL ON This message displays as a reminder to turn off the turn signal if you drive your vehicle for more than about 0 75 mile 1 2 km with a turn signal on See Turn Signal Multifunction Lever on page 3 7 This message displays and a chime sounds only when the ignition is in ON RUN The message will not disappear until the turn signal is manually turned off or a turn is completed DIC Vehicle Personalization Your vehicle has personalization capabilities that allow you to program certain features to one preferred setting All of the personalization options may not be available on your vehicle Only the options available will be displayed on the DIC The default settings for the personalization features were set when your vehicle left the factory but may have been changed from their default state since then The personalization preferences are automatically recalled To change personalization preferences use the following procedure Entering the Feature Settings Menu 1 Turn the ignition on and place the vehicle in PARK P To avoid excessive drain on the battery it is recommended that the headlamps are turned off 2 Press the vehicle information button until FEATURE SETTNGS Settings PRESS V TO SELCT Select appears on the DIC displ
6. This is normal On hot days open the windows to let hot inside air escape then close them This helps to reduce the time it takes for the vehicle to cool down It also helps the system to operate more efficiently 3 22 For quick cool down on hot days select the following settings together 1 Vent mode Outside air Air conditioning The coolest temperature The highest fan speed Once the vehicle s interior temperature is below the outside temperature select recirculation mode for enhanced cooling Park wo LP Using these settings together for long periods of time may cause the air inside of the vehicle to become too dry To prevent this from happening after the air inside of the vehicle has cooled turn the recirculation mode off The air conditioning system removes moisture from the air so a small amount of water might drip underneath the vehicle while idling or after turning off the engine This is normal a Heated Seats If your vehicle has heated seats see Heated Seats on page 1 4 Defogging and Defrosting Fog or frost on the inside of windows is a result of high humidity moisture condensing on the cool window glass This can be minimized if the climate control system is used properly Use the defog mode to clear the windows of fog or moisture and warm the passengers Use the defrost mode to remove fog or frost from the windshield more quickly When either of these modes are selected the
7. 3 111 FM Stereo FM stereo gives the best sound but FM signals only reach about 10 to 40 miles 16 to 65 km Tall buildings or hills can interfere with FM signals causing the sound to fade in and out XM Satellite Radio Service XM Satellite Radio Service gives digital radio reception from coast to coast in the 48 contiguous United States and in Canada Just as with FM tall buildings or hills can interfere with satellite radio signals causing the sound to fade in and out In addition traveling or standing under heavy foliage bridges garages or through tunnels could cause loss of the XM signal for a period of time The radio may display NO XM SIGNAL to indicate interference 3 112 Multi Band Antenna The multi band antenna is located on the roof of your vehicle This type of antenna is used with the AM FM radio as well as OnStar and the XM Satellite Radio Service System if your vehicle has these features Keep this antenna clear of snow and ice build up for clear radio reception If your vehicle has a sunroof the performance of the radio system may be affected if the sunroof is open Loading items onto the roof of your vehicle can interfere with the performance of the radio system and if your vehicle has this feature OnStar Make sure the multi band antenna is not obstructed Section 4 Your Driving the Road and Your Vehicle 4 2 Defensive Driving ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee
8. If possible call your insurance company from the scene of the crash They will walk you through the information they will need If they ask for a police report phone or go to the police department headquarters the next day and you can get a copy of the report for a nominal fee In some states provinces with no fault insurance laws a report may not be necessary This is especially true if there are no injuries and both vehicles are driveable e Choose a reputable collision repair facility for your vehicle Whether you select a dealer retailer or a private collision repair facility to fix the damage make sure you are comfortable with them Remember you will have to feel comfortable with their work for a long time e Once you have an estimate read it carefully and make sure you understand what work will be performed on your vehicle If you have a question ask for an explanation Reputable shops welcome this opportunity Managing the Vehicle Damage Repair Process In the event that your vehicle requires damage repairs GM recommends that you take an active role in its repair If you have a pre determined repair facility of choice take your vehicle there or have it towed there Specify to the facility that any required replacement collision parts be original equipment parts either new Genuine GM parts or recycled original GM parts Remember recycled parts will not be covered by your GM vehicle warranty Insurance pays the
9. ON OFF 2 United States Canada The words ON and OFF or the symbol for on and off will be visible during the system check When the system check is complete either the word ON or the word OFF or the symbol for on or the symbol for off will be visible See Passenger Airbag Status Indicator on page 3 30 The passenger sensing system will turn off the right front passenger s frontal airbag under certain conditions The driver s airbags are not part of the passenger sensing system The passenger sensing system works with sensors that are part of the right front passenger s seat The sensors are designed to detect the presence of a properly seated occupant and determine if the right front passenger s frontal airbag should be enabled may inflate or not Accident statistics show that children are safer if they are restrained in the rear rather than the front seat We recommend that children be secured in a rear seat including an infant or a child riding in a rear facing child restraint a child riding in a forward facing child seat an older child riding in a booster seat and children who are large enough using safety belts A label on your sun visor says Never put a rear facing child seat in the front This is because the risk to the rear facing child is so great if the airbag deploys A CAUTION A child in a rear facing child restraint can be seriously injured or killed if the right fron
10. See Shifting Into PARK P on transmission page 2 33 If you are pulling a trailer see Towing a Trailer on page 4 32 PARK P This position locks your front wheels It is the best position to use when you start your engine because your vehicle cannot move easily Make sure the shift lever is fully in PARK P before starting the engine Your vehicle has an automatic transmission shift lock control system 2 25 You must fully apply your regular brakes first and then press the shift lever button before you can shift from PARK P when the ignition key is in ON RUN If you cannot shift out of PARK P ease pressure on the shift lever and push the shift lever all the way into PARK P as you maintain brake application Then press the shift lever button and move the shift lever into another gear See Shifting Out of PARK P on page 2 35 REVERSE R Use this gear to back up Notice Shifting to REVERSE R while your vehicle is moving forward could damage the transmission The repairs would not be covered by your warranty Shift to REVERSE R only after your vehicle is stopped To rock your vehicle back and forth to get out of snow ice or sand without damaging your transmission see If Your Vehicle is Stuck in Sand Mud Ice or Snow on page 4 21 NEUTRAL N In this position your engine does not connect with the wheels To restart when you are already moving use NEUTRAL N only 2 26 A CAUTION Shifting in
11. Statistics show that unbelted people are hurt more often in crashes than those who are wearing safety belts Occupants who are not buckled up can be thrown out of the vehicle in a crash And they can strike others in the vehicle who are wearing safety belts First before you or your passenger s wear a safety belt there is important information you should know WO Ss 4 Sit up straight and always keep your feet on the floor in front of you The lap part of the belt should be worn low and snug on the hips just touching the thighs In a crash this applies force to the strong pelvic bones and you would be less likely to slide under the lap belt If you slid under it the belt would apply force on your abdomen This could cause serious or even fatal injuries The shoulder belt should go over the shoulder and across the chest These parts of the body are best able to take belt restraining forces The shoulder belt locks if there is a sudden stop or crash 1 17 Q What is wrong with this A The shoulder belt is too loose It will not give nearly as much protection this way A CAUTION You can be seriously hurt if your shoulder belt is too loose In a crash you would move forward too much which could increase injury The shoulder belt should fit snugly against your body Q What is wrong with this A The lap belt is too
12. The radio could begin playing while it is scanning the disc in the background When the scan is finished the CD R or CD RW begins playing again Once the disc has been scanned the player defaults to playing MP3 WMA files in order by artist The current artist playing is shown on the second line of the display between the arrows If you want to listen to MP3 WMA files by another artist press the pushbutton located below either arrow button You will go to the next or previous artist in alphabetical order Continue pressing either button until the desired artist is displayed To change from playback by artist to playback by album press the pushbutton located below the Sort By label From the sort screen push one of the buttons below the album button Press the pushbutton below the back label to return to the main music navigator screen The album name displays on the second line between the arrows and songs from the current album begins to play Once all songs from that album are played the player moves to the next album in alphabetical order on the CD R CD RW and begins playing MP3 WMA files from that album To exit music navigator mode press the pushbutton below the Back label to return to normal MP3 WMA playback 3 99 BAND Press this button to listen to the radio when a CD or a DVD is playing The CD or DVD remains inside the radio for future listening or viewing entertainment DVD CD AUX Auxiliary Press this button to cy
13. different Your vehicle gets rusty underneath Your vehicle was damaged in a collision Your vehicle was damaged when driving over high points on the road or over road debris Repairs were not done correctly Your vehicle or the exhaust system has been modified improperly Also idling in a closed in place can let deadly carbon monoxide CO into your vehicle even if the climate control fan is at the highest setting One place this can happen is a garage Exhaust with CO can come in easily NEVER park in a garage with the engine running Another closed in place can be a blizzard See If you ever suspect exhaust is coming into your Winter Driving on page 4 18 vehicle e Drive it only with all the windows down to blow out any CO and e Have your vehicle fixed immediately 2 36 A CAUTION It can be dangerous to get out of your vehicle if the shift lever is not fully in PARK P with the parking brake firmly set Your vehicle can roll Do not leave your vehicle when the engine is running unless you have to If you have left the engine running the vehicle can move suddenly You or others could be injured To be sure your vehicle will not move even when you are on fairly level ground always set the parking brake and move the shift lever to PARK P Follow the proper steps to be sure your vehicle will not move See Shifting Into PARK P on page 2 33 If you are parking on a hill and if you are pulling a
14. the pedal could get harder to push down If the engine stops you will still have some power brake assist But you will use it when you brake Once the power assist is used up it can take longer to stop and the brake pedal will be harder to push Adding non dealer non retailer accessories can affect your vehicle s performance See Accessories and Modifications on page 5 3 Antilock Brake System ABS Your vehicle has the Antilock Brake System ABS an advanced electronic braking system that will help prevent a braking skid When you start the engine and begin to drive away ABS will check itself You might hear a momentary motor or clicking noise while this test is going on and you might even notice that the brake pedal moves a little This is normal If there is a problem with ABS this warning light will stay on See Antilock Brake System Warning Light on page 3 34 Let us say the road is wet and you are driving safely Suddenly an animal jumps out in front of you You slam on the brakes and continue braking Here is what happens with ABS A computer senses that wheels are slowing down If one of the wheels is about to stop rolling the computer will separately work the brakes at each wheel ABS can change the brake pressure faster than any driver could The computer is programmed to make the most of available tire and road conditions This can help you steer around the obstacle while braking hard As you brak
15. AR When to Check Power Steering Fluid Power steering fluid is used in all vehicles with the 3 6L V6 engine Vehicles with the 3 4L V6 engine have electric power steering and do not use power steering fluid It is not necessary to regularly check power steering fluid unless you suspect there is a leak in the system or you hear an unusual noise A fluid loss in this system could indicate a problem Have the system inspected and repaired 5 32 How to Check Power Steering Fluid To check the power steering fluid do the following 1 Turn the key off and let the engine compartment cool down 2 Wipe the cap and the top of the reservoir clean 3 Unscrew the cap and wipe the dipstick with a clean rag 4 Replace the cap and completely tighten it 5 Remove the cap again and look at the fluid level on the dipstick The fluid level should be between the Min Minimum and Max Maximum marks when the engine is cold and at the Max mark when the engine is hot If the fluid is at the Min mark when the engine is cold or hot power steering fluid should be added What to Use To determine what kind of fluid to use see Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 6 12 Always use the proper fluid Notice Use of the incorrect fluid may damage your vehicle and the damages may not be covered by your warranty Always use the correct fluid listed in Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 6 12 Windshield Washer Fluid What
16. Accident statistics show that children are safer if they are restrained in the rear rather than the front seat We recommend that children and child restraints be secured in a rear seat including an infant or a child riding in a rear facing child restraint a child riding in a forward facing child seat an older child riding in a booster seat and children who are large enough using safety belts A label on your sun visor says Never put a rear facing child seat in the front This is because the risk to the rear facing child is so great if the airbag deploys A CAUTION A child in a rear facing child restraint can be seriously injured or killed if the right front passenger s airbag inflates This is because the back of the rear facing child restraint would be very close to the inflating airbag CAUTION Continued 1 40 CAUTION Continued Even though the passenger sensing system is designed to turn off the right front passenger s frontal airbag if the system detects a rear facing child restraint no system is fail safe and no one can guarantee that an airbag will not deploy under some unusual circumstance even though it is turned off We recommend that rear facing child restraints be secured in a rear seat even if the airbag is off If you secure a forward facing child restraint in the right front seat always move the front passenger seat as far back as it will go It is better to secure the c
17. Fuel Level LOW message also appears in the Driver Information Center DIC See Fuel Gage on page 3 43 for more information Driver Information Center DIC Your vehicle has a Driver Information Center DIC All messages will appear in the DIC display located in the center of the instrument panel cluster The DIC buttons are located on the center of the instrument panel The DIC comes on when the ignition is on After a short delay the DIC will display the information that was last displayed before the engine was turned off The DIC displays trip fuel and vehicle system information and warning messages if a system problem is detected The top of the DIC display shows the shift lever position indicator See Automatic Transmission Operation 3 4L V6 with 5 Speed on page 2 25 or Automatic Transmission Operation 3 6L V6 with 6 Speed on page 2 28 for more information If your vehicle has these feature the DIC also displays the compass direction and the outside air temperature when viewing the trip and fuel information If there is a problem with the system that controls the temperature display the numbers will be replaced with dashes If this occurs have the vehicle serviced by your dealer retailer If an abnormal temperature reading is displayed for an extended period of time consult your dealer retailer Under certain circumstances especially when the engine is idling a delay updating the temperature display is normal
18. Have the TCS serviced by your dealer retailer as soon as possible SERVICE VEHICLE SOON This message displays when a non emissions related malfunction occurs Have the vehicle serviced by your dealer retailer as soon as possible STABILITRAK NOT READY This message may display and a warning light on the instrument panel cluster may be on after first driving the vehicle and exceeding 30 mph 48 km h for 30 seconds See Traction Control System TCS Warning Light on page 3 34 The StabiliTrak System is not functional until the light has turned off See StabiliTrak System on page 4 7 for more information STABILITRAK OFF This message displays any time the StabiliTrak System turns off When this message has been displayed StabiliTrak is no longer available to assist you with directional control of the vehicle Adjust your driving accordingly See StabiliTrak System on page 4 7 This message displays only while the ignition is in ON RUN Any of the following conditions may cause the StabiliTrak System to turn off e The StabiliTrak System is turned off by pressing and holding the traction control button See StabiliTrak System on page 4 7 for more information e The battery is low There is a StabiliTrak System failure See your dealer retailer for service STARTING DISABLD Disabled SERVICE THRTTLE Throttle This message displays if the starting of the engine is disabled due to the electronic th
19. Inspect wiper blades for wear cracking or contamination Clean the windshield and wiper blades if contaminated Replace wiper blades that are worn or damaged See Windshield Wiper Blade Replacement on page 5 51 and Windshield and Wiper Blades on page 5 94 for more information e Make sure the safety belt reminder light and safety belt assemblies are working properly Look for any other loose or damaged safety belt system parts If you see anything that might keep a safety belt system from doing its job have it repaired Have any torn or frayed safety belts replaced Also see Checking the Restraint Systems on page 1 71 f Lubricate all key lock cylinders hood latch assemblies secondary latches pivots spring anchor and release pawl hood and door hinges rear folding seats and liftgate hinges More frequent lubrication may be required when exposed to a corrosive environment Applying silicone grease on weatherstrips with a clean cloth will make them last longer seal better and not stick or squeak g If you drive regularly under dusty conditions the filter may require replacement more often h Change automatic transmission fluid if the vehicle is mainly driven under one or more of these conditions In heavy city traffic where the outside temperature regularly reaches 90 F 32 C or higher In hilly or mountainous terrain When doing frequent trailer towing Uses such as found in taxi police or
20. Notice If you leave your radio or other accessories on during the jump starting procedure they could be damaged The repairs would not be covered by your warranty Always turn off your radio and other accessories when jump starting your vehicle 3 Turn off the ignition on both vehicles Unplug unnecessary accessories plugged into the cigarette lighter or the accessory power outlet Turn off the radio and all lamps that are not needed This will avoid sparks and help save both batteries And it could save your radio 4 Open the hoods and locate the positive and negative terminal locations on each vehicle You will not need to access your battery for jump starting Your vehicle has a remote positive and a remote negative jump starting terminal for that purpose The remote positive terminal is located under the engine compartment fuse block cover and is marked with a plus symbol on the cover To remove the fuse block cover push in the two locking tabs located on the rear of the cover and lift To reinstall fit together the tabs located on the front of the cover and push down on the cover until the tabs on the rear of the cover click into place 5 39 5 40 3 4L V6 Engine 3 6L V6 Engine The remote negative terminal is located in the front of the engine compartment near the engine oil dipstick See Engine Compartment Overview on pag
21. an otherwise clear road ice patches can appear in shaded areas where the sun cannot reach such as around clumps of trees behind buildings or under bridges Sometimes the surface of a curve or an overpass can remain icy when the surrounding roads are clear If you see a patch of ice ahead of you brake before you are on it Try not to brake while you are actually on the ice and avoid sudden steering maneuvers If You Are Caught in a Blizzard If you are stopped by heavy snow you could be in a serious situation You should probably stay with your vehicle unless you know for sure that you are near help and you can hike through the snow Here are some things to do to summon help and keep yourself and your passengers safe e Turn on the hazard warning flashers e Tie a red cloth to your vehicle to alert police that you have been stopped by the snow e Put on extra clothing or wrap a blanket around you If you do not have blankets or extra clothing make body insulators from newspapers burlap bags rags floor mats anything you can wrap around yourself or tuck under your clothing to keep warm A CAUTION Snow can trap exhaust gases under your vehicle This can cause deadly CO carbon monoxide gas to get inside CO could overcome you and kill you You cannot see it or smell it so you might not know it is in your vehicle Clear away snow from around the base of your vehicle especially any that is blocking the exhaust
22. battery If your vehicle has an uncharged battery or a battery with low voltage try charging or jump starting the battery See Jump Starting on page 5 38 for more information To shift out of PARK P use the following 1 Apply the brake pedal 2 Then press the shift lever button 3 Move the shift lever to the desired position If you still are unable to shift out of PARK P 1 Fully release the shift lever button 2 While holding down the brake pedal press the shift lever button again 3 Move the shift lever to the desired position If you still cannot move the shift lever from PARK P consult your dealer retailer or a professional towing service Parking Over Things That Burn A CAUTION Things that can burn could touch hot exhaust parts under your vehicle and ignite Do not park over papers leaves dry grass or other things that can burn 2 35 Engine Exhaust Running the Engine While Parked acano It is better not to park with the engine running But if you ever have to here are some things to know A CAUTION A CAUTION Idling the engine with the climate control system off could allow dangerous exhaust into your vehicle See the earlier caution under Engine Exhaust on page 2 36 Engine exhaust can kill It contains the gas carbon monoxide CO which you cannot see or smell It can cause unconsciousness and death You might have exhaust coming in if e The exhaust system sounds strange or
23. copyright information or the previews d Audio Press this button to change audio tracks on DVDs that have this feature when the DVD is playing The format and content of this function vary for each disc Subtitles Press this button to turn ON OFF subtitles and to move through subtitle options when a DVD is playing The format and content of this function vary for each disc AUX Auxiliary Press this button to switch the system between the DVD player and an auxiliary source Camera Press this button to change camera angles on DVDs that have this feature when a DVD is playing The format and content of this function vary for each disc 1 through 0 Numeric Keypad The numeric keypad provides the capability of direct chapter or track number selection 3 107 RSi Clear Press this button within three seconds after inputting a numeric selection to clear all numeric inputs Z 10 Double Digit Entries Press this button to select chapter or track numbers greater than 9 Press this button before inputting the number If the remote control becomes lost or damaged a new universal remote control can be purchased If this happens make sure the universal remote control uses a code set of Toshiba Battery Replacement To change the remote control batteries do the following 1 Slide the rear cover back on the remote control 2 Replace the two batteries in the compartment Make sure that they are in
24. gt Next Folder Press the pushbutton positioned under the Folder label to go to the first track in the next folder lt lt REV Reverse Press and hold this button to reverse playback quickly within an MP3 WMA file Sound is heard at a reduced volume Release this button to resume playing the file The elapsed time of the file displays D gt FWD Fast Forward Press and hold this button to advance playback quickly within an MP3 WMA file Sound is heard at a reduced volume Release this button to resume playing the file The elapsed time of the file displays RDM Random With the random setting MP3 WMA files on the CD R or CD RW can be played in random rather than sequential order To play MP3 WMA files from the CD R or CD RW you are listening to in random order press the pushbutton positioned under the RDM label until Random Current Disc displays Press the same pushbutton again to turn off random play Music Navigator Use the music navigator feature to play MP3 WMA files on the CD R or CD RW in order by artist or album Press the pushbutton located below the music navigator label The player scans the disc to sort the files by artist and album ID3 tag information It can take several minutes to scan the disc depending on the number of MP3 WMA files recorded to the CD R or CD RW To cancel music navigator while the player is scanning press the pushbutton located below the music navigator label or eject the disc
25. in the event of a crash additional information regarding the accident that your vehicle has been involved in e g the direction from which your vehicle was hit When you use the Virtual Advisor feature of OnStar Hands Free Calling your vehicle also sends OnStar your GPS location so that we can provide you with location based services OnStar service cannot work unless your vehicle is in a place where OnStar has an agreement with a wireless service provider for service in that area OnStar service also cannot work unless you are in a place where the wireless service provider OnStar has hired for that area has coverage network capacity and reception when the service is needed and technology that is compatible with the OnStar service Not all services are available everywhere particularly in remote or enclosed areas or at all times 2 42 Location information about your vehicle is only available if the GPS satellite signals are unobstructed and available Your vehicle must have a working electrical system including adequate battery power for the OnStar equipment to operate There are other problems OnStar cannot control that may prevent OnStar from providing OnStar service to you at any particular time or place Some examples are damage to important parts of your vehicle in an accident hills tall buildings tunnels weather or wireless phone network congestion Your Responsibility Increase the radio volume if you cannot he
26. proper brake fluid Notice e Using the wrong fluid can badly damage brake hydraulic system parts For example just a few drops of mineral based oil such as engine oil in the brake hydraulic system can damage brake hydraulic system parts so badly that they will have to be replaced Do not let someone put in the wrong kind of fluid e If you spill brake fluid on your vehicle s painted surfaces the paint finish can be damaged Be careful not to spill brake fluid on your vehicle If you do wash it off immediately See Washing Your Vehicle on page 5 93 Brake Wear Your vehicle has disc brakes Disc brake pads have built in wear indicators that make a high pitched warning sound when the brake pads are worn and new pads are needed The sound can come and go or be heard all the time your vehicle is moving except when you are pushing on the brake pedal firmly A CAUTION The brake wear warning sound means that soon the brakes will not work well That could lead to an accident When you hear the brake wear warning sound have your vehicle serviced Notice Continuing to drive with worn out brake pads could result in costly brake repair Some driving conditions or climates can cause a brake squeal when the brakes are first applied or lightly applied This does not mean something is wrong with the brakes 5 35 Properly torqued wheel nuts are necessary to help prevent brake pulsation When tires are rotated insp
27. s instructions that come with the booster seat state the weight and height limitations for that booster Use a booster seat with a lap shoulder belt until the child passes the below fit test Sit all the way back on the seat Do the knees bend at the seat edge If yes continue If no return to the booster seat Buckle the lap shoulder belt Does the shoulder belt rest on the shoulder If yes continue If no try using the rear safety belt comfort guide See Rear Safety Belt Comfort Guides under Lap Shoulder Belt on page 1 25 for more information If the shoulder belt still does not rest on the shoulder then return to the booster seat Does the lap belt fit low and snug on the hips touching the thighs If yes continue If no return to the booster seat Can proper safety belt fit be maintained for the length of the trip If yes continue If no return to the booster seat 1 31 Q What is the proper way to wear safety belts A An older child should wear a lap shoulder belt and get the additional restraint a shoulder belt can provide The shoulder belt should not cross the face or neck The lap belt should fit snugly below the hips just touching the top of the thighs This applies belt force to the child s pelvic bones in a crash It should never be worn over the abdomen which could cause severe or even fatal internal injuries in a crash Also see Rear Safety Belt Comfort Guides under Lap Shoulder Belt o
28. starburst symbol Failure to use the recommended oil can result in engine damage not covered by your warranty Engine Oil Additives Do not add anything to the oil The recommended oils with the starburst symbol that meet GM Standard GM6094M are all you need for good performance and engine protection Engine Oil Life System When to Change Engine Oil Your vehicle has a computer system that lets you know when to change the engine oil and filter This is based on engine revolutions and engine temperature and not on mileage Based on driving conditions the mileage at which an oil change will be indicated can vary considerably For the oil life system to work properly you must reset the system every time the oil is changed 5 18 When the system has calculated that oil life has been diminished it will indicate that an oil change is necessary A change engine oil light and a CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON message will come on Change the oil as soon as possible within the next 600 miles 1 000 km It is possible that if you are driving under the best conditions the oil life system might not indicate that an oil change is necessary for over a year However the engine oil and filter must be changed at least once a year and at this time the system must be reset Your dealer retailer has trained service people who will perform this work using genuine parts and reset the system It is also important to check the oil regularly and keep it at t
29. towers or by using your cellular telephone in the vehicle Check that the headphones are on correctly using the L left and R right on the headphones lost the remote and or the See your dealer retailer for headphones assistance The DVD is playing but Check that the RSE video there is no picture or screen is sourced to the sound DVD player The auxiliary source is running but there is no picture or sound Sometimes the wireless headphone audio cuts out or buzzes DVD Display Error Messages The DVD display error message depends on which radio you have The video screen can display one of the following Disc Load Eject Error This message displays when there are disc load or eject problems Disc Format Error This message displays if the disc is inserted with the disc label wrong side up or if the disc is damaged Disc Region Error This message displays if the disc is not from a correct region No Disc Inserted This message displays if no disc is present when the amp button is pressed on the radio DVD Distortion Video distortion may occur when operating cellular phones scanners CB radios Global Position Systems GPS two way radios mobile fax or walkie talkies It may be necessary to turn off the DVD player when operating one of these devices in or near the vehicle Excludes the OnStar System 3 109 Cleaning the RSE Overhead Console When cleaning the RSE overhead co
30. with the person s legs comfortably extended Restart the vehicle and have the person remain in this position for two to three minutes This will allow the system to detect that person and then enable the right front passenger s frontal airbag 1 67 Safety belts help keep the passenger in position on the seat during vehicle maneuvers and braking which helps the passenger sensing system maintain the passenger airbag status See Safety Belts and Child Restraints in the Index for additional information about the importance of proper restraint use 1 68 Z CAUTION If the airbag readiness light in the instrument panel cluster ever comes on and stays on it means that something may be wrong with the airbag system If this ever happens have the vehicle serviced promptly because an adult size person sitting in the right front passenger s seat may not have the protection of the airbag s See Airbag Readiness Light on page 3 29 for more on this including important safety information A thick layer of additional material such as a blanket or cushion or aftermarket equipment such as seat covers seat heaters and seat massagers can affect how well the passenger sensing system operates We recommend that you not use seat covers or other aftermarket equipment other than any that GM has approved for your specific vehicle See Adding Equipment to Your Airbag Equipped Vehicle on page 1 70 for more information
31. 5 12 EXMAUS I rocno E E 2 36 Qilar dunna oasen a ai A 5 15 Oil Life System sinn iuni n sen tne o aaau iA 5 18 Overheated Protection Operating Mode 5 26 Overheating asses idsm nists atenausiere 5 25 Reduced Power Light 0 eseeeeeeeeeeeees 3 41 Running While Parked ceceeeeeeeeeee eee ee 2 36 Sang osu deanng danGeadanadaanied Hagu eas co samianseencmentaes 2 22 Enty Ogn ssn ea E EEA 3 17 Event Data Recorders eceseseceeeeeeeeeeeees 7 18 Extender Safety Belt ecceeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeees 1 30 Filter Engine Air Cleaner ccceeeceeeeeeeeeeeee een ees 5 20 FINISH DAMAGE wis devenesscancotsancddeas hide pens eenentien 5 96 Flashers Hazard Warning ceeeeeeeeeeeee es 3 6 Flash to Pass emasan eei 3 9 Flat Tine senesan anna nest a 5 76 Flat Tire Changing ioiei asta i 5 76 Flat Tire Storing reesi EE 5 86 Fluid sescsssteectearaivildteverte iiegpeolitiaatinie ihe 5 22 Power Steering ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeen ees 5 32 Windshield Washer eceeeeeeeeeeeee eee eees 5 33 Fog Lamp FOG ossa na a ET 3 16 Fog Lamp Hiohterie aanroer aE E 3 40 Folding Rear Seat eener 1 10 Folding Seatback Passenger s c 1 8 Fuel onenn e nE a e E ace 5 5 POGIIVES cosie aa EE a 5 6 California Fuel csacnescvicvetiel Aviat naa Enea 5 6 Filling a Portable Fuel Container 0 5 10 Filling the Tank 32 ac cncdckccenss casetcaredsecneamen
32. 72 for additional important information Because have a disability have to get my vehicle modified How can find out whether this will affect my airbag system If you have questions call Customer Assistance The phone numbers and addresses for Customer Assistance are in Step Two of the Customer Satisfaction Procedure in this manual See Customer Satisfaction Procedure on page 7 2 In addition your dealer retailer and the service manual have information about the location of the airbag sensors sensing and diagnostic module and airbag wiring Restraint System Check Checking the Restraint Systems Safety Belts Now and then make sure the safety belt reminder light and all your belts buckles latch plates retractors and anchorages are working properly Look for any other loose or damaged safety belt system parts If you see anything that might keep a safety belt system from doing its job have it repaired Torn or frayed safety belts may not protect you in a crash They can rip apart under impact forces If a belt is torn or frayed get a new one right away Make sure the safety belt reminder light is working See Safety Belt Reminders on page 3 28 for more information Keep safety belts clean and dry See Care of Safety Belts on page 5 92 Airbags The airbag system does not need regularly scheduled maintenance or replacement Make sure the airbag readiness light is working See Airbag Readiness Light on page 3
33. Auxiliary Power Rear HVAC Spare Spare Antilock Brake System Fuses Usage O 8 Air Conditioning Clutch 9 Driver Side Low Beam _ Control Module 5 103 5 104 Engine Control Module Battery Transmission Control Module Trailer Park Lamp Front Wiper Driver Side Trailer Stoplamp Turn Signal Fuel Pump Not Used All Wheel Drive Daytime Running Lamps sage O 58 Passenger Side Trailer Stoplamp Turn Signal 59 Driver Side Trailer Stoplamp Turn Signal 60 fes ooo Fuel Pump Capacities and Specifications The following approximate capacities are given in English and metric conversions See Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 6 12 for more information Application English Metric For the air conditioning system refrigerant charge amount see the refrigerant caution label located under the hood See your dealer for more information Air Conditioning Refrigerant R134a Cooling System 3 4L V6 Engine 9 9L 3 6L V6 Engine it E Engine Oil with Filter 3 4L V6 Engine 3 8L 3 6L V6 Engine 5 2L Fuel Tank Front Wheel Drive 77 6 L All Wheel Drive 62 8 L Transmission Fluid Automatic 5 Speed AF33 Transmission 3 9 L Automatic 6 Speed 6T70 Transmission 9 0 L Wheel Nut Torque 140 Nem All capacities are approximate When adding be sure to fill to the approximate level as recommended in this manual Recheck fluid level after filling 5 105 Engine Specifications E
34. D button to turn the radio on The radio can be heard through all of the vehicle speakers Front seat passengers can listen to the radio AM FM or XM by pressing the BAND button or the DVD CD AUX button to select CD slot DVD slot front or rear auxiliary input if available If a playback device is plugged into the radio s front auxiliary input jack or the rear auxiliary jack the front seat passengers is able to listen to playback from this source through the vehicle speakers See Using the Auxiliary Input Jack s later in this section or Rear Seat Entertainment RSE System on page 3 101 Audio Video A V Jacks for more information Playing an MP3 WMA CD R or CD RW Disc If you have a radio with a single CD MP3 WMA a six disc CD MP3 WMA or a radio with a CD and DVD player it is capable of playing an MP3 WMA CD R or CD RW disc For more information on how to play an MP3 WMA CD R or CD RW disc see Using an MP3 in the index CD Messages If these messages display and or the CD comes out it could be for one of the following reasons Optical Error If the disc was inserted upside down Disk Read Error If a disc was inserted with an invalid or unknown format Player Error If there are disc Z or disc amp problems CHECK DISC If this error message displays it could be for one of the following reasons e Itis very hot When the temperature returns to normal the CD should play e You
35. Engine Air Cleaner Filter on page 5 20 Engine Oil Fill Cap See When to Add Engine Oil under Engine Oil on page 5 15 Engine Oil Dipstick See Checking Engine Oil under Engine Oil on page 5 15 Brake Fluid Reservoir See Brakes on page 5 34 Engine Compartment Fuse Block See Fuses and Circuit Breakers on page 5 99 Remote Positive Terminal See Jump Starting on page 5 38 Engine Coolant Surge Tank See Engine Coolant on page 5 22 Windshield Washer Fluid Reservoir See Windshield Washer Fluid on page 5 33 When you open the hood on the 3 6L V6 here is what you will see Engine Air Cleaner Filter See Engine Air Cleaner Filter on page 5 20 Power Steering Fluid Reservoir Out of View See Power Steering Fluid on page 5 32 Engine Oil Fill Cap Out of View See When to Add Engine Oil under Engine Oil on page 5 15 Engine Oil Dipstick See Checking Engine Oil under Engine Oil on page 5 15 Brake Fluid Reservoir See Brake Fluid under Brakes on page 5 34 Underhood Fuse Block See Engine Compartment Fuse Block on page 5 102 Remote Positive Terminal See Jump Starting on page 5 38 Engine Coolant Recovery Tank See Cooling System on page 5 27 Windshield Washer Fluid Reservoir See Adding Washer Fluid under Windshield Washer Fluid on page 5 33 Engine Oil Checking Engine Oil It
36. FM RDS station the station name or call letters appear on the display In rare cases a radio station may broadcast incorrect information that causes the radio features to work improperly If this happens contact the radio station Playing the Radio bd Power Volume Press to turn the system on and off Turn clockwise or counterclockwise to increase or decrease the volume 3 72 Speed Compensated Volume SCV Your vehicle s audio system may also have Speed Compensated Volume SCV While SCV is on the radio volume automatically adjusts to compensate for road and wind noise as the vehicle speeds up or slows down That way the volume level should sound about the same while driving To activate SCV 1 Set the radio volume to the desired level 2 Press the MENU button to display the radio setup menu 3 Press the pushbutton under the AUTO VOLUM automatic volume label on the radio display 4 Press the pushbutton under the desired Speed Compensated Volume setting OFF Low Med or High to select the level of radio volume compensation The display times out after approximately 10 seconds Each higher setting allows for more radio volume compensation at faster vehicle speeds Finding a Station BAND Press to switch between AM FM or XM if equipped The selection displays J Tune Turn to select radio stations Ki SEEK D Press the arrows to go to the previous or to the next station and stay there To
37. Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR and the Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR for the front and rear axles See Certification Tire Label later in this section Steps for Determining Correct Load Limit 1 Locate the statement The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XXX kg or XXX Ibs on your vehicle s placard 2 Determine the combined weight of the driver and passengers that will be riding in your vehicle 3 Subtract the combined weight of the driver and passengers from XXX kg or XXX Ibs 4 23 4 The resulting figure equals the available amount of cargo and luggage load capacity For example if the XXX amount equals 1400 Ibs and there will be five 150 Ib passengers in your vehicle the amount of available cargo and luggage load capacity is 650 Ibs 1400 750 5 x 150 650 Ibs 5 Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo being loaded on the vehicle That weight may not safely exceed the available cargo and luggage load capacity calculated in Step 4 Example 1 6 If your vehicle will be towing a trailer the load Item Description Totali from your trailer will be transferred to your Maximum Vehicle vehicle Consult this manual to determine how A Capacity Weight for 1 000 Ibs 453 kg Example 1 this reduces the available cargo and luggage load capacity for your vehicle If your vehicle can tow a trailer see Towing a Trailer on page 4 32 for imp
38. ID3 tag then the radio displays the file name without the extension such as mp3 as the track name Track names longer than 32 characters or four pages are shortened Parts of words on the last page of text and the extension of the filename displays Preprogrammed Playlists Preprogrammed playlists that were created using WinAmp MusicMatch or Real Jukebox software can be accessed however they cannot be edited using the radio These playlists are treated as special folders containing compressed audio song files Playing an MP3 WMA Insert a CD R or CD RW partway into the slot Single CD Player or press the V button and wait for the message to insert disc Six Disc CD Player label side up The player pulls it in and the CD R or CD RW should begin playing If the ignition or radio is turned off with a CD R or CD RW in the player it stays in the player When the ignition or radio is turned on the CD R or CD RW starts to play where it stopped if it was the last selected audio source As each new track starts to play the track number and song title displays amp EJECT Press this button to eject CD R s or CD RW s To eject the CD R or CD RW that is currently playing press and release this button A beep sounds and Ejecting Disc displays Once the disc is ejected Remove Disc displays The CD R or CD RW can be removed If the CD R is not removed after several seconds the CD R or CD RW automatically pulls b
39. Manual Seats c cceccccseeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeneaes 1 2 Seat Height Adjuster cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneees 1 3 Power Seat ccccccceceeceeeeeceeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeanenes 1 3 Manual Lumbar serenana nisen an SERS 1 4 Heated Seats cccccccccccecececeeeeeeeeeeeenenenenens 1 4 Manual Reclining Seatbacks ceeeeeeee eee 1 5 Head Restraints ccceccec eee ceeeeeeeeneeeeeneeeees 1 7 Passenger Folding Seatback c 0eeeeees 1 8 Rear Seats eere egaa iaa ieas 1 10 Split Folding Rear Seat cceeeeeeeeeeeee es 1 10 Safety Belt wciccconchseivetisie ena eet 1 12 Safety Belts They Are for Everyone 1 12 How to Wear Safety Belts Properly 1 17 Lap Shoulder Belt c ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneees 1 25 Safety Belt Use During Pregnancy 1 30 Safety Belt Extender ccceceeeeeeeeeeeeees 1 30 Child Restraints cccccccccc ec ee cece ee eee ees 1 31 Older Children eis remers i e aca 1 31 Infants and Young Children ceeeeeeee ees 1 34 Child Restraint Systems c ceeeeeeeeeeeee tenes 1 37 Where to Put the Restraint eee 1 40 Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children EA TOH ei nai a a E S 1 42 Securing a Child Restraint in a Rear Seat POSION cudtcniandensnend ctyerectavinesdivesecsseivieas 1 50 Securing a Child Restraint in the Right Front Seat Position di
40. Press it again to continue playing the DVD When the DVD is playing depending on the radio you might be able to do slow play by pressing the play pause button then pressing the fast forward button The DVD continues playing in a slow play mode You can also depending on the radio perform reverse slow play by pressing the play pause button and then pressing the fast reverse button To cancel slow play mode press this button d Previous Track Chapter Press this button to return to the start of the current track or chapter Press this button again to go to the previous track or chapter This button might not work when the DVD is playing the copyright information or the previews gt Next Track Chapter Press this button to go to the beginning of the next chapter or track This button might not work when the DVD is playing the copyright information or the previews lt d Fast Reverse Press this button to fast reverse the DVD or CD To stop fast reversing a DVD video press the play pause button To stop fast reversing a DVD audio or CD release the fast reverse button This button might not work when the DVD is playing the copyright information or the previews b gt Fast Forward Press this button to fast forward the DVD or CD To stop fast forwarding a DVD video press the play pause button To stop fast forwarding a DVD audio or CD release the fast forward button This button might not work when the DVD is playing the
41. Process Each TPMS sensor has a unique identification code Any time you rotate your vehicle s tires or replace one or more of the TPMS sensors the identification codes will need to be matched to the new tire wheel position The sensors are matched to the tire wheel positions in the following order driver side front tire passenger side front tire passenger side rear tire and driver side rear tire using a TPMS diagnostic tool See your dealer retailer for service The TPMS sensors can also be matched to each tire wheel position by increasing or decreasing the tire s air pressure If increasing the tire s air pressure do not exceed the maximum inflation pressure indicated on the tire s sidewall To decrease air pressure out of a tire you can use the pointed end of the valve cap a pencil style air pressure gage or a key 5 66 You have two minutes to match the first tire wheel position and five minutes overall to match all four tire wheel positions If it takes longer than two minutes to match the first tire and wheel or more than five minutes to match all four tire and wheel positions the matching process stops and you need to start over The TPMS sensor matching process is outlined below 1 Set the parking brake 2 Turn the ignition switch to ON RUN with the engine off 3 Press the Remote Keyless Entry RKE transmitter s LOCK and UNLOCK buttons at the same time for approximately five seconds The horn sou
42. Sidemarker Lamp B Parking Turn Signal Lamp C Low High Beam DRL Headlamp 5 48 Pull the locking tab back on the bulb socket and push the release tab in to release the wiring harness Turn the bulb socket counterclockwise to remove it from the headlamp assembly Pull the bulb straight out from the socket Push the new bulb into the socket and reinstall the socket into the headlamp assembly by turning it clockwise Connect the electrical connector Reverse Steps 1 through 4 to reinstall the headlamp assembly When reinstalling the three headlamp screws do not overtighten Taillamps Turn Signal Stoplamps and Back up Lamps A Stoplamp Taillamp Sidemarker Lamp B Turn Signal Lamp Taillamp C Backup Lamp af Ww PY o To replace one of these bulbs 1 Open the liftgate See Liftgate on page 2 13 for more information Remove the taillamp screw covers Remove the taillamp screws Pull the taillamp assembly towards you Turn the bulb socket counterclockwise to disconnect it from the taillamp assembly Pull the bulb out of the bulb socket Push the new bulb into the bulb socket 5 49 8 Insert the bulb socket into the taillamp assembly and 3 Turn the bulb socket counterclockwise and pull the turn it clockwise to secure bulb straight out of the socket 9 Reverse Steps 1 through 3 to reinstall the taillamp 4 Insta
43. The DIC also allows some features to be personalized See DIC Vehicle Personalization on page 3 60 for more information DIC Operation and Displays The DIC has different displays which can be accessed by pressing the DIC buttons located on the center of the instrument panel DIC Buttons The buttons are the trip fuel vehicle information and set reset buttons The button functions are detailed in the following pages ZN Trip Fuel Press this button to scroll through the trip and fuel displays See Trip Fuel Menu Items following for more information on these displays i Vehicle Information Press this button to scroll through the vehicle information displays and to personalize the feature settings on your vehicle See Vehicle Information Menu Items following and DIC Vehicle Personalization on page 3 60 for more information on these displays 3 45 J Set Reset Press this button to set or reset certain functions and to turn off or acknowledge messages on the DIC Trip Fuel Menu Items ZN Trip Fuel Press this button to scroll through the following displays ODOMETER Press the trip fuel button until ODOMETER displays This display shows the distance the vehicle has been driven in either miles mi or kilometers km This display will also show the outside air temperature in either degrees Fahrenheit F or degrees Celsius C To change the DIC display to English or metric units see UN
44. Unit Synthetic Axle Lubricant GM Part No U S 89021677 in Canada 89021678 meeting GM Specification 9986115 Hood Latch Assembly Lubriplate Lubricant Aerosol Secondary GM Part No U S 12346293 in Latch Canada 992723 or lubricant Pivots Spring meeting requirements of NLGI 2 Anchor and Category LB or GC LB Release Pawl Maintenance Replacement Parts Replacement parts identified below by name part number or specification can be obtained from your dealer retailer po Part GM Part Number ACDelco Part Number PF47 PF48 CF137 75 6YR AET 41 990 Drivers Side 24 inches 60 0 om zoso J Passenger s Side 19 inches 47 5cm 03607 C Rea 152mohes 866m wwx SS Engine Drive Belt Routing 3 6L V6 Engine Maintenance Record After the scheduled services are performed record the date odometer reading who performed the service and the type of services performed in the boxes provided See Maintenance Requirements on page 6 2 Any additional information from Owner Checks and Services on page 6 8 can be added on the following record pages You should retain all maintenance receipts Maintenance Record Odometer Maintenance I or Reading Serviced By Maintenance II Services Performed Maintenance Record cont d Odometer Maintenance I or Reading Serviced By Maintenance II Services Performed Maintenance Record cont d Odometer Maintenance I o
45. Use RECOMMENDED SAE VISCOSITY GRADE ENGINE OILS HOT WEATHER FIT c LOOK FOR THIS SYMBOL AND GM STANDARD GM6094M DO NOT USE SAE 10W 40 SAE 20W 50 OR ANY OTHER VISCOSITY GRADE COLD WEATHER OIL NOT RECOMMENDED Look for three things e GM6094M Your vehicle s engine requires oil meeting GM Standard GM6094M Look for and use only an oil that meets GM Standard GM6094M SAE 5W 30 As shown in the viscosity chart SAE 5W 30 is best for your vehicle If you are in an area of extreme cold where the temperature falls below 20 F 29 C it is recommended that you use either an SAE 5W 30 synthetic oil or an SAE OW 30 oil Both will provide easier cold starting and better protection for the engine at extremely low temperatures These numbers on an oil container show its viscosity or thickness Do not use other viscosity oils such as SAE 20W 50 American Petroleum Institute API starburst symbol Oils meeting these requirements should have the starburst symbol on the container This symbol indicates that the oil has been certified by the American Petroleum Institute API Look for this information on the oil container and use only those oils that are identified as meeting GM Standard GM6094M and have the starburst symbol on the front of the oil container Notice Use only engine oil identified as meeting GM Standard GM6094M and showing the American Petroleum Institute Certified For Gasoline Engines
46. V press the DVD CD AUX button to make DVD V the active source To resume DVD playback press the play pause button on the remote control or press the pushbutton located under the play pause symbol tag displayed on the radio The DVD should resume play from where it last stopped if the disc has not been ejected and the stop button has not been pressed twice on the remote control If the disc has been ejected or the stop button has been pressed twice on the remote control the disc resumes playing at the beginning of the disc 3 88 Ejecting a Disc Press the amp button on the radio to eject the disc If a disc is ejected from the radio but not removed the radio reloads the disc after a short period of time The disc is stored in the radio The radio does not resume play of the disc automatically If the RSA system is sourced to the DVD the movie when reloaded into the DVD player begins to play again In case loading and reading of a DVD or CD cannot be completed unknown format etc and the disc fails to eject press and hold the DVD button more than 5 seconds to force the disc to eject DVD Radio Error Messages Player Error This message displays when there are disc load or eject problems Disc Format Error This message displays if the disc is inserted with the disc label wrong side up or if the disc is damaged Disc Region Error This message displays if the disc is not from a correct region No Disc Inse
47. Your vehicle will need service more often when you are pulling a trailer See the Maintenance Schedule for more on this Things that are especially important in trailer operation are automatic transmission fluid engine oil belts cooling system and brake system Each of these is covered in this manual and the Index will help you find them quickly If you are trailering it is a good idea to review these sections before you start your trip Check periodically to see that all hitch nuts and bolts are tight 4 39 4 NOTES 4 40 Section 5 Service and Appearance Care SEVICE sianie paea riai 5 3 Accessories and Modifications ecececceee 5 3 California Proposition 65 Warning 006 5 4 California Perchlorate Materials Requirements 5 4 Doing Your Own Service Work 08 5 4 Adding Equipment to the Outside of YoUr Vehicle scyoroereccavacomaneaceristicnwsdeanduditune 5 5 UCU raea E E goat anes 5 5 Gasoline Ota es siesssurienoi terini ii ainan 5 5 Gasoline Specifications semis saienirena laians 5 6 California Fuel sesieccenn ainiin ne ninna 5 6 AGGIIVES veriossa neei i n EE NEE 5 6 Fuels in Foreign Countries 2 sceeeeeeeee es 5 7 Filling the TANK wcsccccesccuctecsdcdendotasd decree eeaeeedawe 5 8 Filling a Portable Fuel Container 00 5 10 Checking Things Under the Hood 5 10 Hood Release ccceceeeneeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 5 11 E
48. about modifications that can affect how the system operates A CAUTION Stowing of articles under the passenger s seat or between the passenger s seat cushion and seatback may interfere with the proper operation of the passenger sensing system Servicing Your Airbag Equipped Vehicle Airbags affect how your vehicle should be serviced There are parts of the airbag system in several places around your vehicle Your dealer retailer and the service manual have information about servicing your vehicle and the airbag system To purchase a service manual see Service Publications Ordering Information on page 7 16 A CAUTION For up to 10 seconds after the ignition is turned off and the battery is disconnected an airbag can still inflate during improper service You can be injured if you are close to an airbag when it inflates Avoid yellow connectors They are probably part of the airbag system Be sure to follow proper service procedures and make sure the person performing work for you is qualified to do so 1 69 Adding Equipment to Your Air Q A 1 70 bag Equipped Vehicle Is there anything might add to or change about the vehicle that could keep the airbags from working properly Yes If you add things that change your vehicle s frame bumper system height front end or side sheet metal they may keep the airbag system from working properly Changing or moving any parts of the front seats sa
49. activate in a crash you will need to get new ones and probably other new parts for your safety belt system See Replacing Restraint System Parts After a Crash on page 1 72 Rear Safety Belt Comfort Guides Rear shoulder belt comfort guides may provide added safety belt comfort for older children who have outgrown booster seats and for some adults When installed on a shoulder belt the comfort guide positions the belt away from the neck and head There is one guide for each outside passenger position in the rear seat Here is how to install the comfort guide to the shoulder belt 1 Remove the guide from its storage clip on the back of the seatback 1 27 2 Place the guide over the belt and insert the 3 Be sure that the belt is not twisted and it lies flat two edges of the belt into the slots of the guide The elastic cord must be under the belt and the guide on top 1 28 4 Buckle position and release the safety belt as described previously in this section Make sure AN CAUTION that the Should belt crosses the shoulder To remove and store the comfort guide squeeze the A safety belt that is not properly worn may not belt edges together so that you can take them out of the provide the protection needed in a crash The guide Slide the guide back onto its storage clip person wearing the belt could be seriously located on the seatback injured The shoulder belt should go over the shoulder and across the chest These part
50. air outlet duct in place Do not pry the clamps off 5 20 4 Remove the air outlet duct 5 Undo the clamps on the filter cover To remove the cover pull up on the front and then pull the cover out 6 Inspect or replace the engine air cleaner filter Wipe all dust from inside of the housing and inspect the air cleaner and air outlet duct for cracks cuts and deterioration The air outlet duct must be replaced if damaged 7 Reinstall the filter cover and latch the clamps 8 Reattach the air outlet duct and tighten the screws on the clamps that hold the duct in place 9 Reconnect the air flow sensor electrical connector A CAUTION Operating the engine with the air cleaner filter off can cause you or others to be burned The air cleaner not only cleans the air it helps to stop flames if the engine backfires If it is not there and the engine backfires you could be burned Do not drive with it off and be careful working on the engine with the air cleaner filter off Notice lf the air cleaner filter is off a backfire can cause a damaging engine fire And dirt can easily get into your engine which will damage it Always have the air cleaner filter in place when you are driving 5 21 Automatic Transmission Fluid It is not necessary to check the transmission fluid level A transmission fluid leak is the only reason for fluid loss If a leak occurs take your vehicle to the dealer retailer and have
51. allows you to select when the vehicle s doors will automatically lock See Programmable Automatic Door Locks on page 2 12 for more information Press the vehicle information button until AUTO LOCK appears on the DIC display Press the set reset button to access the settings for this feature Then press the vehicle information button to scroll through the following settings OUT OF PARK default The vehicle s doors automatically lock when the doors are closed and the vehicle is shifted out of PARK P AT SPEED The vehicle s doors automatically lock when the vehicle speed is above 5 mph 8 km h for three seconds NO CHANGE No change will be made to this feature The current setting will remain To select a setting press the set reset button while the desired setting is displayed on the DIC 3 62 AUTO UNLOCK This feature allows you to select whether or not to turn off the automatic door unlocking feature It also allows you to select which doors and when the doors will automatically unlock See Programmable Automatic Door Locks on page 2 12 for more information Press the vehicle information button until AUTO UNLOCK appears on the DIC display Press the set reset button to access the settings for this feature Then press the vehicle information button to scroll through the following settings OFF None of the doors will automatically unlock DRIVER KEY OUT Only the driver s door will unlock when the key is
52. assein iaa 5 6 California Perchlorate Materials Requirements 5 4 California Proposition 65 Warning eeeeeecceeeeeee 5 4 Canadian Owners cceceeeeceeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeees ii Capacities and Specifications 00 5 105 Carbon Monoxide ccceseeee eee 2 36 4 18 4 32 Care of Safety Belts ccsstsidic desi erann aa 5 92 Cargo Lamp uessa a EE RE E Ei 3 18 CD MPS orse E E REE 3 90 3 95 Center Console Storage Area a se 2 43 Chains TIG scsecnouascccncnsnutnsttendtctaseateuente anei 5 75 Charging System Light scsseiseroniiesersissieesirs 3 32 Check Engine LIQM escatcinesetnctasastateeccwngeseauepmennaeces 3 36 Checking Things Under the Hood 08 5 10 Chemical Paint Spotting cceeeeeeeeeeeee eens 5 96 Child Restraints Child Restraint Systems eeeeeeeeeeeee eee 1 37 Infants and Young Children 0seeeeeeee 1 34 Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children 1 42 Older Children cccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 1 31 Securing a Child Restraint in a Rear Seat POSION sireenin eet aie EES 1 50 Securing a Child Restraint in the Right Front Seat POSIION cacsssicec ccisees iier nae 1 52 Where to Put the Restraint eee 1 40 Cigarette Lighter cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee eens 3 20 Cleaning Aluminum or Chrome Plated Wheels 5 95 Exterior Lamps Lenses esceeeeeneeeeeeee
53. bill for the repair but you must live with the repair Depending on your policy limits your insurance company may initially value the repair using aftermarket parts Discuss this with your repair professional and insist on Genuine GM parts Remember if your vehicle is leased you may be obligated to have the vehicle repaired with Genuine GM parts even if your insurance coverage does not pay the full cost If another party s insurance company is paying for the repairs you are not obligated to accept a repair valuation based on that insurance company s collision policy repair limits as you have no contractual limits with that company In such cases you can have control of the repair and parts choices as long as cost stays within reasonable limits Reporting Safety Defects Reporting Safety Defects to the United States Government If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death you should immediately inform the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration NHTSA in addition to notifying General Motors If NHTSA receives similar complaints it may open an investigation and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles it may order a recall and remedy campaign However NHTSA cannot become involved in individual problems between you your dealer retailer or General Motors To contact NHTSA you may call the Vehicle Safety Hotline toll free at 1 888 32
54. can be dangerous To reduce the risk of danger while passing we suggest the following tips e Look down the road to the sides and to crossroads for situations that might affect a successful pass If in doubt wait e Watch for traffic signs pavement markings and lines that could indicate a turn or an intersection Never cross a solid or double solid line on your side of the lane e Do not get too close to the vehicle you want to pass Doing so can reduce your visibility e Wait your turn to pass a slow vehicle e When you are being passed ease to the right Loss of Control Let us review what driving experts say about what happens when the three control systems brakes steering and acceleration do not have enough friction where the tires meet the road to do what the driver has asked In any emergency do not give up Keep trying to steer and constantly seek an escape route or area of less danger Skidding In a skid a driver can lose control of the vehicle Defensive drivers avoid most skids by taking reasonable care suited to existing conditions and by not overdriving those conditions But skids are always possible The three types of skids correspond to your vehicle s three control systems In the braking skid the wheels are not rolling In the steering or cornering skid too much speed or steering in a curve causes tires to slip and lose cornering force And in the acceleration skid too much throttle
55. can get a little too hot when you e Climb a long hill on a hot day e Stop after high speed driving e Idle for long periods in traffic e Tow a trailer If you get the overheat warning with no sign of steam try this for a minute or so 1 If the air conditioner is on turn it off 2 Turn on your heater to full hot at the highest fan speed and open the windows as necessary 3 Try to minimize engine load If you are in a traffic jam shift to NEUTRAL N otherwise shift to the highest gear while driving If you no longer have the overheat warning you can drive Just to be safe drive slower for about ten minutes If the warning does not come back on you can drive normally If the warning continues and you have not stopped pull over stop and park your vehicle right away 5 26 If there is still no sign of steam you can idle the engine for three minutes while you are parked If you still have the warning turn off the engine and get everyone out of the vehicle until it cools down Also see Overheated Engine Protection Operating Mode later in this section You may decide not to lift the hood but to get service help right away Overheated Engine Protection Operating Mode This emergency operating mode lets your vehicle be driven to a safe place in an emergency situation If an overheated engine condition exists an overheat protection mode which alternates firing groups of cylinders helps prevent engi
56. careful not to spill fuel Do not top off or overfill the tank and wait a few seconds after you have finished pumping before removing the nozzle Clean fuel from painted surfaces as soon as possible See Washing Your Vehicle on page 5 93 When replacing the fuel cap turn it clockwise until it clicks Make sure the cap is fully installed The diagnostic system can determine if the fuel cap has been left off or improperly installed This would allow fuel to evaporate into the atmosphere See Malfunction Indicator Lamp on page 3 36 A CAUTION If a fire starts while you are refueling do not remove the nozzle Shut off the flow of fuel by shutting off the pump or by notifying the station attendant Leave the area immediately Notice f you need a new fuel cap be sure to get the right type Your dealer retailer can get one for you If you get the wrong type it may not fit properly This may cause your malfunction indicator lamp to light and may damage your fuel tank and emissions system See Malfunction Indicator Lamp on page 3 36 Filling a Portable Fuel Container A CAUTION Never fill a portable fuel container while it is in your vehicle Static electricity discharge from the container can ignite the fuel vapor You can be badly burned and your vehicle damaged if this occurs To help avoid injury to you and others e Dispense fuel only into approved containers Do not fill a container while it is inside a vehicle i
57. cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeee eee es 3 34 Tire Pr6SSUre 26028 divierecblen neg srizees aad 3 36 Traction Control System TCS Warning 3 34 Lighting EMU Ys Senet eamearmenecunen O EA 3 17 LIQHIS errena aqaseeed r E E ER 3 14 Flash to PaSS siian eenean eE 3 9 High Low Beam Changer 0c eseeeeeeeneee tenes 3 8 On REMIRGER si cceesees da seesdcdasteeniawweteselss ceeeies 3 14 Loading Your Vehicle 0 csceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 4 22 Lockout Protectloni i22 2ssshd deen avis ees 2 13 Locks Delayed LOCKING wis ces cesceceetsseeresieeenesaeeeeceet 2 12 DOOF deeree ea EE a oh ed aedenen clerk ieee 2 11 Lockout Protection erreina 2 13 Power DOOP coisir orenen naa E EELE 2 11 Programmable Automatic Door Locks 2 12 Rear Door Security LOCKS eeeeeeeeeeee ees 2 12 Loss Of Control sez 0cscs25 0 ioedsachesiueneseaeaesuces ra 4 12 Low Fuel Warning Light eeeeeeeeeeeeee tees 3 44 Luggage Carrier cccceeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeea een een eee 2 43 Lumbar Manual Controls 0cceceeceeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeaeees 1 4 Maintenance Schedule Additional Required Services 0 eeeeeeee 6 6 At Each Fuel Fill ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 6 8 At Least Once a Month ceeeeeeeeneeeeee eee 6 9 Maintenance Schedule cont At Least Once a Year ccccccc cece ee eeee seen snes 6 9 Introduction einean a a 6 2 Maintenance Footnotes cccccceeeee
58. dealer retailer for service A CAUTION If the airbag readiness light in the instrument panel cluster ever comes on and stays on it means that something may be wrong with the airbag system If this ever happens have the vehicle serviced promptly because an adult size person sitting in the right front passenger s seat may not have the protection of the airbag s See Airbag Readiness Light on page 3 29 for more on this including important safety information 3 32 Charging System Light If this light comes on while you are driving you may have a problem with the charging system A charging system Driver Information Center DIC message may also appear See DIC Warnings and Messages on page 3 52 for more information This light could indicate that you have problems with a generator drive belt or another electrical problem Have it checked right away If you must drive a short distance with the light on be certain to turn off all your accessories such as the radio and air conditioner Brake System Warning Light Your vehicle s hydraulic brake system is divided into two parts If one part is not working the other part can still work and stop you For good braking though you need both parts working well If the brake system warning light comes on there is a brake problem Have your brake system inspected right away Ted 0 United States Canada The brake light is located in the instrument panel c
59. dolly 2 Move the shift lever to PARK P 3 Set the parking brake and then remove the key 4 Clamp the steering wheel in a straight ahead position with a clamping device designed for towing 5 Release the parking brake Towing Your Vehicle From the Rear Notice Towing your vehicle from the rear could damage it Also repairs would not be covered by the warranty Never have your vehicle towed from the rear Do not tow your vehicle from the rear Towing a Trailer A CAUTION If you do not use the correct equipment and drive properly you can lose control when you pull a trailer For example if the trailer is too heavy the brakes may not work well or even at all You and your passengers could be seriously injured You may also damage your vehicle the resulting repairs would not be covered by your warranty Pull a trailer only if you have followed all the steps in this section Ask your dealer retailer for advice and information about towing a trailer with your vehicle 4 32 Notice Pulling a trailer improperly can damage your vehicle and result in costly repairs that would not be covered by your warranty Always follow the instructions in this section and check with your dealer retailer for more information about towing a trailer with your vehicle To identify the trailering capacity of your vehicle you should read the information in Weight of the Trailer that appears later in this section Tr
60. driver should continue to apply the brake pedal as the driving situation dictates The Panic Brake Assist feature will automatically disengage when the brake pedal is released or brake pedal pressure is quickly decreased Traction Control System TCS Your vehicle has a traction control system that limits wheel spin This is especially useful in slippery road conditions The system operates only if it senses that one or more of the wheels are spinning or beginning to lose traction When this happens the system works the brakes and reduces engine power to limit wheel spin A ee This light flashes while the traction control system is limiting wheel spin You may feel or hear the system working but this is normal This light may also come on after extended heavy braking indicating the brakes have become too hot to limit wheel spin The traction control system automatically comes on whenever the vehicle is started To limit wheel spin especially in slippery road conditions you should always leave the system on But you can turn the traction control system off if you ever need to You should turn the system off if your vehicle ever gets stuck in sand mud ice or snow and rocking the vehicle is required See Rocking Your Vehicle to Get It Out on page 4 22 f ee When the traction control system is turned off the traction control warning light on the instrument panel cluster comes on and TRACTION CONTROL OFF briefly displa
61. each time the vehicle is started Automatic dimming reduces the glare of lights from behind the vehicle To turn the automatic dimming feature on or off press and release the AUTO O off button The indicator light will come on when this feature is on 2 38 Outside Power Mirrors The controls for the power mirrors are located on the instrument panel To adjust the mirrors do the following 1 Move the selector switch to the left or right to choose the drivers or passenger s mirror 2 Press the corresponding edges of the round control pad to move each mirror to the desired direction Adjust each outside mirror so that you can see a little of your vehicle and the area behind your vehicle Both mirrors can manually be folded by pulling them toward the vehicle This feature may be useful when going through a car wash or a confined space Push the mirrors away from the vehicle to the normal position before driving Outside Convex Mirrors The passenger s side mirror is convex A convex mirror s surface is curved creating a wider area of vision for the driver A CAUTION A convex mirror can make things like other vehicles look farther away than they really are If you cut too sharply into the right lane you could hit a vehicle on your right Check your inside mirror or glance over your shoulder before changing lanes OnStar System OnStar uses several innovative technologies and live adviso
62. files and folders or playlists can cause the player to be unable to play up to the maximum number of files folders playlists or sessions If you wish to play a large number of files folders playlists or sessions minimize the length of the file folder or playlist name Long names also take up more space on the display e Finalize the audio disc before you burn it Trying to add music to an existing disc can cause the disc not to function in the player Root Directory The root directory of the CD R or CD RW is treated as a folder If the root directory has compressed audio files the directory is displayed as F1 ROOT All files contained directly under the root directory are accessed prior to any root directory folders However playlists Px are always accessed before root folders or files 3 96 Empty Directory or Folder If a root directory or a folder exists somewhere in the file structure that contains only folders subfolders and no compressed files directly beneath them the player advances to the next folder in the file structure that contains compressed audio files The empty folder does not display No Folder When the CD contains only compressed files the files are located under the root folder The next and previous folder functions are not displayed on a CD that was recorded without folders or playlists When displaying the name of the folder the radio displays ROOT When the CD contains only playlists and
63. filter removes certain particles from the air including pollen and dust particles Reductions in airflow which may occur more quickly in dusty areas indicate that the filter needs to be replaced early The filter should be replaced as part of routine scheduled maintenance See Scheduled Maintenance on page 6 4 for when to replace the filter To change the passenger compartment air filter use the 4 Remove the air inlet panel to access the filter following steps 5 Press the release tab on the driver s side of the filter and pull out the edge of the filter lL DT yy 1 The passenger s side air inlet panel is located below the center of the passenger s side wiper blade Remove the push pin retaining the air os inlet panel Pry the center of the push pin out 7 Install a new passenger compartment air filter 0 5 in 13 mm for removal For the type of filter to use see Maintenance 2 Open the hood Replacement Parts on page 6 14 R 1 th h5 3 Remove the three push pins from the top and 2 Reverse Steps 1 Troughs forward edge of the passenger s side air inlet panel 6 Remove the filter from the vehicle 3 25 Warning Lights Gages and Indicators This section describes the warning lights and gages on your vehicle Warning lights and gages can signal that something is wrong before it becomes serious enough to cause an expensive repair or replacement Paying attention to the warning lights and gages cou
64. for a period of time e The right front passenger seat is occupied by a smaller person such as a child who has outgrown child restraints e Or if there is a critical problem with the airbag system or the passenger sensing system 1 66 When the passenger sensing system has turned off the right front passenger s frontal airbag the off indicator will light and stay lit to remind you that the airbag is off See Passenger Airbag Status Indicator on page 3 30 If a child restraint has been installed and the on indicator is lit turn the vehicle off Remove the child restraint from the vehicle and reinstall the child restraint following the child restraint manufacturer s directions and refer to Securing a Child Restraint in the Right Front Seat Position on page 1 52 If after reinstalling the child restraint and restarting the vehicle the on indicator is still lit check to make sure that the vehicle s seatback is not pressing the child restraint into the seat cushion If this happens slightly recline the vehicle s seatback and adjust the seat cushion if possible Also make sure the child restraint is not trapped under the vehicle head restraint If this happens adjust the head restraint See Head Restraints on page 1 7 Remove any additional material from the seat such as blankets cushions seat covers seat heaters or seat massagers before reinstalling or securing the child restraint If the on indicator is still
65. identifies your vehicle s engine The VIN is at the top left of the instrument panel See Vehicle Identification Number VIN on page 5 98 Gasoline Octane If your vehicle has the 3 4L V6 engine VIN Code F use regular unleaded gasoline with a posted octane rating of 87 or higher If the octane rating is less than 87 you might notice an audible knocking noise when you drive commonly referred to as spark knock If this occurs use a gasoline rated at 87 octane or higher as soon as possible If you are using gasoline rated at 87 octane or higher and you hear heavy knocking the engine needs service If your vehicle has the 3 6L V6 engine VIN Code 7 use regular unleaded gasoline with a posted octane rating of 87 or higher For best performance or trailer towing you could choose to use middle grade 89 octane unleaded gasoline If the octane rating is less than 87 you might notice an audible knocking noise when you drive commonly referred to as spark knock If this occurs use a gasoline rated at 87 octane or higher as soon as possible If you are using gasoline rated at 87 octane or higher and you hear heavy knocking the engine needs service Gasoline Specifications At a minimum gasoline should meet ASTM specification D 4814 in the United States or CAN CGSB 3 5 or 3 511 in Canada Some gasolines contain an octane enhancing additive called methylcyclopentadieny manganese tricarbonyl MMT We recommend against the use of g
66. in appropriate infant restraints Child Restraint Systems A CAUTION The body structure of a young child is quite unlike that of an adult or older child for whom the safety belts are designed A young child s hip bones are still so small that the vehicle s regular safety belt may not remain low on the A rear facing infant seat A provides restraint with the seating surface against the back of the infant hip bones as it should Instead it may settle up around the child s abdomen In a crash the belt would apply force on a body area that is unprotected by any bony structure This alone could cause serious or fatal injuries Young children should always be secured in appropriate child restraints The harness system holds the infant in place and in a crash acts to keep the infant positioned in the restraint A forward facing child seat B provides restraint for the child s body with the harness 1 37 A booster seat C D is a child restraint designed to improve the fit of the vehicle s safety belt system A booster seat can also help a child to see out the window 1 38 Securing an Add On Child Restraint in the Vehicle A CAUTION A child can be seriously injured or killed in a crash if the child restraint is not properly secured in the vehicle Make sure the child restraint is properly installed in the vehicle using the vehicle s safety belt or LATCH system following the in
67. is a good idea to check the engine oil every time you get fuel In order to get an accurate reading the oil must be warm and the vehicle must be on level ground The engine oil dipstick handle is a yellow loop See Engine Compartment Overview on page 5 12 for the location of the engine oil dipstick 1 Turn off the engine and give the oil several minutes to drain back into the oil pan If you do not do this the oil dipstick might not show the actual level 2 Pull out the dipstick and clean it with a paper towel or cloth then push it back in all the way Remove it again keeping the tip down and check the level When to Add Engine Oil If the oil is below the cross hatched area at the tip of the dipstick add at least one quart liter of the recommended oil This section explains what kind of oil to use For engine oil crankcase capacity see Capacities and Specifications on page 5 105 Notice Do not add too much oil If the engine has so much oil that the oil level gets above the cross hatched area that shows the proper operating range the engine could be damaged See Engine Compartment Overview on page 5 12 for the location of the engine oil fill cap Le PALA SAE 5W 30 AR SAE 5W 30 may not appear on all caps Be sure to add enough oil to put the level somewhere in the proper operating range in the cross hatched area Push the dipstick all the way back in when you are through What Kind of Engine Oil to
68. is also applied to the rear wheels during launches There may be a slight engagement noise during hard use but this is normal This light is located on the instrument panel cluster This light and the SERVICE ALL WHEEL DRIVE message in the DIC will come on and stay on to indicate there may be a problem with the drive system and service is required See Service All Wheel Drive Light on page 3 42 and DIC Warnings and Messages on page 3 52 for more information This light will come on along with the ALL WHEEL DRIVE OFF message when the rear drive system is overheating This light will turn off when the rear drive system cools down If this light stays on it must be reset To reset the light turn the ignition off and then back on again If the light stays on see your dealer retailer for service See DIC Warnings and Messages on page 3 52 for more information Steering Electric Power Steering 3 4L V6 Engine If the engine stalls while you are driving the power steering assist system will continue to operate until you are able to stop your vehicle If you lose power steering assist because the electric power steering system is not functioning you can steer but it will take more effort If you turn the steering wheel in either direction several times until it stops or hold the steering wheel in the stopped position for an extended amount of time you may notice a reduced amount of power steering assist The normal a
69. is not removed after several seconds the CD automatically pulls back into the player If loading and reading of a CD cannot be completed such as unknown format etc and the disc fails to eject press and hold for more than five seconds to force the disc to eject J Tune Turn to select tracks on the CD currently playing ki SEEK Press the left arrow to go to the start of the current track if more than five seconds have played If less than five seconds have played the previous track plays Press the right arrow to go to the next track If either arrow is held or pressed multiple times the player continues moving backward or forward through the tracks on the CD 3 81 lt lt REV Fast Reverse Press and hold to reverse playback quickly within a track Sound is heard at a reduced volume Release to resume playing the track The elapsed time of the track displays gt gt FWD Fast Forward Press and hold to advance playback quickly within a track Sound is heard at a reduced volume Release to resume playing the track The elapsed time of the track displays RDM Random With the random setting tracks can be listened to in random rather than sequential order To play the tracks from the CD press the DVD CD AUX button when not sourced to the CD or insert a disc partway into the slot A RDM label displays Press the pushbutton positioned under the RDM label until Random Current Disc displays Press the pushb
70. it repaired as soon as possible Change the fluid and filter at the intervals listed in Additional Required Services on page 6 6 and be sure to use the transmission fluid listed in Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 6 12 Notice Use of the incorrect automatic transmission fluid may damage your vehicle and the damages may not be covered by your warranty Always use the automatic transmission fluid listed in Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 6 12 For the 3 6L engine the transmission fluid will not reach the end of the dipstick unless the transmission is at operating temperature If you need to check the transmission fluid level please take your vehicle to your dealer retailer 5 22 Engine Coolant The cooling system in your vehicle is filled with DEX COOL engine coolant This coolant is designed to remain in your vehicle for five years or 150 000 miles 240 000 km whichever occurs first if you add only DEX COOL extended life coolant The following explains your cooling system and how to add coolant when it is low If you have a problem with engine overheating see Engine Overheating on page 5 25 A 50 50 mixture of clean drinkable water and DEX COOL coolant will e Give freezing protection down to 34 F 37 C e Give boiling protection up to 265 F 129 C e Protect against rust and corrosion e Help keep the proper engine temperature e Let the warning lights and gages work as they sho
71. km See Scheduled Maintenance on page 6 4 The purpose of a regular tire rotation is to achieve a uniform wear for all tires on the vehicle This will ensure that your vehicle continues to perform most like it did when the tires were new Any time you notice unusual wear rotate the tires as soon as possible and check wheel alignment Also check for damaged tires or wheels See When It Is Time for New Tires on page 5 69 and Wheel Replacement on page 5 74 5 67 Reset the Tire Pressure Monitor System See Tire Pressure Monitor Operation on page 5 63 Make certain that all wheel nuts are properly tightened See Wheel Nut Torque under Capacities and Specifications on page 5 105 A CAUTION Rust or dirt on a wheel or on the parts to which it is fastened can make wheel nuts When rotating your vehicle s tires always use the become loose after time The wheel could correct rotation pattern shown here come off and cause an accident When you change a wheel remove any rust or dirt from places where the wheel attaches to the vehicle In an emergency you can Do not include the compact spare tire in the tire rotation After the tires have been rotated adjust the front use a cloth or a paper towel to do this and rear inflation pressures as shown on the Tire but be sure to use a scraper or wire brush and Loading Information label See Inflation Tire later if needed to get all the rust or dirt Pressure on page 5 59 an
72. lever to PARK P The DRL will stay off until the shift lever is moved out of the PARK P position The regular headlamp system should be turned on when needed Automatic Headlamp System When it is dark enough outside and the exterior lamps control is in the automatic position the headlamps will come on automatically See Headlamps on page 3 14 Your vehicle has a light sensor located on top of the instrument panel Make sure it is not covered or the headlamps will be on when you do not need them The system may also turn on the headlamps when driving through a parking garage or tunnel 3 15 Fog Lamps Use the fog lamps for better visibility in foggy or misty conditions 0 To use the fog lamps the parking lamps or low beam headlamps must be on The fog lamps button is located on the instrument panel above the radio Push the button to turn the fog lamps on or off The fog lamp button will be lit when the lamps are on The Fog lamps will go off whenever you turn the high beam headlamps on When the high beam headlamps are turned off the fog lamps will come on again Some localities have laws that require the headlamps to be on along with the fog lamps Instrument Panel Brightness This feature controls the brightness of the instrument panel lights The control for this feature is located on the instrument panel to the left of the steering column Turn the control up to brighten the lights or
73. longer Rear Window Wiper Washer The rear wiper and rear wash buttons are located on the instrument panel above the audio system MK Rear Wiper Press this button to turn the rear wiper on and off When the wiper is on it will run continuously at a preset speed C Wash Press this button to spray washer fluid on the rear window The window wiper will also come on Release the button when enough fluid has been sprayed on the window The rear wiper will run a few more cycles after it is released If the rear wiper function was already on prior to pressing the wash button it will stay on until the wiper button is pressed again The rear window washer uses the same fluid that is in the windshield washer reservoir See Windshield Washer Fluid on page 5 33 Cruise Control Cruise control lets you maintain a speed of about 25 mph 40 km h or more without keeping your foot on the accelerator This can really help on long trips Cruise control does not work at speeds below 25 mph 40 km h A CAUTION Cruise control can be dangerous where you cannot drive safely at a steady speed So do not use your cruise control on winding roads or in heavy traffic Cruise control can be dangerous on slippery roads On such roads fast changes in tire traction can cause excessive wheel slip and you could lose control Do not use cruise control on slippery roads Setting Cruise Control A CAUTION If you leave your cruise
74. misunderstandings can occur If your concern has not been resolved to your satisfaction the following steps should be taken STEP ONE Discuss your concern with a member of dealership management Normally concerns can be quickly resolved at that level If the matter has already been reviewed with the sales service or parts manager contact the owner of the dealership or the general manager STEP TWO If after contacting a member of dealership management it appears your concern cannot be resolved by the dealership without further help in the U S contact the Pontiac Customer Assistance Center by calling 1 800 762 2737 In Canada contact General Motors of Canada Customer Communication Centre in Oshawa by calling 1 800 263 3777 English or 1 800 263 7854 French 7 2 We encourage you to call the toll free number in order to give your inquiry prompt attention Please have the following information available to give the Customer Assistance Representative e Vehicle Identification Number VIN This is available from the vehicle registration or title or the plate at the top left of the instrument panel and visible through the windshield e Dealership name and location e Vehicle delivery date and present mileage When contacting Pontiac please remember that your concern will likely be resolved at a dealer s facility That is why we suggest you follow Step One first if you have a concern STEP THREE U S Owners
75. motor A circuit breaker will stop the motor until it cools down Clear away snow or ice to prevent an overload Use the lever on the right side of the steering column to operate the windshield wipers B High Speed Move the lever to this position for steady wiping at high speed GED Low Speed Move the lever to this position for steady wiping at low speed Delay Move the lever to this position to set a delay between wipes Delay Adjustment Move the lever to the delay position to choose a delayed wiping cycle Turn the intermittent adjust band down for a longer delay or up for a shorter delay O Off Move the lever to this position to turn off the windshield wipers QW Mist Move the lever all the way down to mist and release for a single wiping cycle The windshield wipers will stop after one wipe and the lever returns to its parked position If more wipes are needed hold the lever on mist longer Windshield Washer A CAUTION In freezing weather do not use your washer until the windshield is warmed Otherwise the washer fluid can form ice on the windshield blocking your vision There is a button marked with the windshield washer symbol at the end of the windshield wiper lever Press this button to spray washer fluid on the windshield The wipers will run for a few cycles to clear the window and then either stop or return to your preset speed For more wash cycles press and hold the button
76. on the airbag system earlier in this section Have your safety belt pretensioners checked if your vehicle has been in a crash if your airbag readiness light stays on after you start your vehicle or while you are driving See Airbag Readiness Light on page 3 29 Section 2 Features and Controls KYS vers deatdeiatacyatesancndenca teeta taunnien tapnnedeeeacagaheents 2 3 Remote Keyless Entry RKE System 2 4 Remote Keyless Entry RKE System OD GFATION s c ccadenicnentadamiencanancrmenec dines nE E 2 5 Remote Vehicle Start ccceeseeeeeeeeeaeeaes 2 8 Doors and LOCKS cicirine iinei 2 11 DOOM LOCKS sackcinteiesiticicisaltetsiedateamensmenttesaceia 2 11 Power Door LOCKS 2 ececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 2 11 Delayed LOCKING si sctieve event sedtecnti sist oneste 2 12 Programmable Automatic Door Locks 2 12 Rear Door Security LOCKS 2 12 Lockout Protection cc eceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 2 13 MG ALS saessdccnencs Sindusagcnsgachseddncinsedantuand ataciedut 2 13 WINGOWS escien anera aari 2 15 Power WINdOWS 20 cececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 2 16 SUM VISOMS eain perna oR aE 2 17 Theft Deterrent Systems cceeeeeeee eres 2 17 Content Theft Deterrent ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeenes 2 18 PASS Key jp 0ccccceeeeeeeeseeseeeseeneeeseees 2 18 PASS Key Ill Operation cccccccccceeeee eee 2 19 Starting and Operating Your Vehicl
77. pipe And check around again from time to time to be sure snow does not collect there Open a window just a little on the side of the vehicle that is away from the wind This will help keep CO out You can run the engine to keep warm but be careful Run your engine only as long as you must This saves fuel When you run the engine make it go a little faster than just idle That is push the accelerator slightly This uses less fuel for the heat that you get and it keeps the battery charged You will need a well charged battery to restart the vehicle and possibly for signaling later on with the headlamps Let the heater run for a while 4 20 Then shut the engine off and close the window almost all the way to preserve the heat Start the engine again and repeat this only when you feel really uncomfortable from the cold But do it as little as possible Preserve the fuel as long as you can To help keep warm you can get out of the vehicle and do some fairly vigorous exercises every half hour or so until help comes If Your Vehicle is Stuck in Sand Mud Ice or Snow Slowly and cautiously spin the wheels to free your vehicle when stuck in sand mud ice or snow See Rocking Your Vehicle to Get It Out on page 4 22 If your vehicle has a traction system it can often help to free a stuck vehicle Refer to your vehicle s traction system in the Index If the stuck condition is too severe for the traction system to free the
78. plays discs that contain both uncompressed CD audio CDA files and MP3 WMA files depending on which slot the disc is loaded into By default the radio reads only the uncompressed audio CDA and ignores the MP3 WMA files on the DVD deck On the CD deck pressing the CAT category button toggles between compressed and uncompressed audio format the default being the uncompressed format CDA MP3 WMA Format If you burn your own MP3 WMA disc on a personal computer e Make sure the MP3 WMA files are recorded on a CD R or CD RW disc e Do not mix standard audio and MP3 WMA files on one disc e The CD player lower slot is able to read and play a maximum combination of 512 files and folders The DVD player upper slot is able to read 255 folders 15 playlists and 40 sessions e Create a folder structure that makes it easy to find songs while driving Organize songs by albums using one folder for each album Each folder or album should contain 18 songs or less e Avoid subfolders The system can support up to 8 subfolders deep however keep the total number of folders to a minimum in order to reduce the complexity and confusion in trying to locate a particular folder during playback e Make sure playlists have a m3u wpl or pls extension other file extensions might not work 3 95 e Minimize the length of the file folder or playlist names Long file folder or playlist names or a combination of a large number of
79. power if the RSE system and RSA are shut off or if the headphones are out of range of the transmitters for more than three minutes If you move too far forward or step out of the vehicle the headphones lose the audio signal To adjust the volume on the headphones use the volume control located on the right side Notice Do not store the headphones in heat or direct sunlight This could damage the headphones and repairs will not be covered by your warranty Storage in extreme cold can weaken the baiteries Keep the headphones stored in a cool dry place The foam ear pads attached to the headphones can become worn or damaged if they are not handled or stored properly If the foam ear pads do become damaged or worn out the pads can be replaced separately from the headphone set It is not necessary to replace the complete headphone set The headphone replacement foam ear pads can be ordered in pairs See your dealer retailer for more information Battery Replacement To change the batteries on the headphones do the following 1 Turn the screw to loosen the battery door located on the left side of the headphones Slide the battery door open 2 Replace the two batteries in the compartment Make sure that they are installed correctly using the diagram on the inside of the battery compartment 3 Replace the battery door and tighten the door screw If the headphones are to be stored for a long period of time remove the batte
80. scan stations press and hold either arrow for a few seconds until a beep sounds The radio goes to a station plays for a few seconds then goes to the next station Press either arrow again to stop scanning The radio only seeks and scans stations with a strong signal that are in the selected band i Information Base Radio with CD Press to switch the display between the radio station frequency and the time When the ignition is off press to display the time i Information XM Satellite Radio Service MP3 WMA and RDS Features Press to display additional text information related to the current FM RDS or XM station or MP3 WMA song A choice of additional information such as Channel Song Artist and CAT category can appear Continue pressing to highlight the desired label or press the pushbutton positioned under any one of the labels and the information about that label displays When information is not available No Info displays Setting Preset Stations If the radio does not have XM up to 18 stations six FM1 six FM2 and six AM can be programmed on the six numbered pushbuttons by performing the following steps 1 Turn the radio on 2 Press BAND to select FM1 FM2 or AM 3 Tune in the desired station 4 Press and hold one of the six numbered pushbuttons for three seconds until a beep sounds When that pushbutton is pressed and released the station that was set returns 5 Repeat the Ste
81. seconds to stop all system features such as radio video screen RSA DVD and or CD While Parental Control is on a padlock icon displays When the radio is turned back on Parental Control is unlocked Before You Drive The RSE is designed for rear seat passengers only The driver cannot safely view the video screen while driving and should not try to do so In severe or extreme weather conditions the RSE system might not work until the temperature is within the operating range The operating range for the RSE system is above 4 F 20 C or below 140 F 60 C If the temperature of your vehicle is outside of this range heat or cool the vehicle until the temperature is within the operating range of the RSE system 3 102 Headphones The RSE includes two sets of wireless headphones that are only dedicated to this system These headphones are used to listen to the DVD radio or an auxiliary device connected to the RCA jacks The wireless headphones have an ON OFF switch and a volume control To use the headphones turn the switch to ON An indicator light located on the headphones illuminates If the light does not illuminate the batteries might need to be replaced See Battery Replacement later in this section for more information Switch the headphones to OFF when not in use The infrared transmitters are located in the display below the video screen The headphones shut off automatically to save the battery
82. selected category 4 To exit the category search mode press the FAV button or BAND button to display your favorites again Undesired XM categories can be removed through the setup menu To remove an undesired category perform the following 1 Press the MENU button to display the radio setup menu 2 Press the pushbutton located below the XM CAT label 3 Turn the Jd knob to display the category to be removed 4 Press the pushbutton located under the Remove label until the category name along with the word Removed displays 5 Repeat the steps to remove more categories Removed categories can be restored by pressing the pushbutton under the Add label when a removed category displays or by pressing the pushbutton under the Restore All label The radio does not let you remove or add categories while the vehicle is moving faster than 5 mph 8 km h Radio Messages Calibration Error The audio system has been calibrated for your vehicle from the factory If Calibration Error displays it means that the radio has not been configured properly for your vehicle and it must be returned to your dealer retailer for service Loc or Locked This message displays when the THEFTLOCK system has locked up the radio Take the vehicle to your dealer retailer for service If any error occurs repeatedly or if an error cannot be corrected contact your dealer retailer XM Satellite Radio Service XM is a Satellite radio ser
83. shift lever When using the Manual Shift Mode MSM a number indicating the gear selected will appear on the Make sure the shift lever is fully in PARK P before instrument cluster below the shift position display For starting the engine The vehicle has an automatic more information on the manual shift option see Manual transmission shift lock control system Shift Mode in this section 2 28 You must fully apply your regular brakes first and then press the shift lever button before you can shift from PARK P when the ignition is in RUN If you cannot shift out of PARK P ease pressure on the shift lever and push the shift lever all way into PARK P as you maintain brake application Then press the shift lever button and move the shift lever into another gear See Shifting Out of PARK P on page 2 35 REVERSE R Use this gear to back up Notice Shifting to REVERSE R while your vehicle is moving forward could damage the transmission The repairs would not be covered by your warranty Shift to REVERSE R only after your vehicle is stopped To rock the vehicle back and forth to get out of snow ice or sand without damaging the transmission see lf Your Vehicle is Stuck in Sand Mud Ice or Snow on page 4 21 NEUTRAL N In this position the engine does not connect with the wheels To restart when the vehicle is already moving use NEUTRAL N only A CAUTION Shifting into a drive gear while the engine i
84. stand on the plastic lower body panels when loading cargo on the luggage carrier Loading cargo on the luggage carrier will make the center of vehicle gravity higher Avoid high speeds sudden starts sharp turns sudden braking or abrupt maneuvers This could result in loss of control of the vehicle Do not exceed the maximum vehicle capacity when loading your vehicle For more information on vehicle capacity and loading see Loading Your Vehicle on page 4 22 To prevent damage or loss of cargo as you are driving check now and then to make sure the luggage carrier crossrails are locked and cargo is still securely fastened When the luggage carrier is not in use store the crossrail inside the vehicle If not possible lock one crossrail at the rear most position on the siderails and lock the other crossrail above the opening of the rear door to reduce wind noise Rear Compartment Storage Panel Cover Your vehicle may have an adjustable panel cargo cover feature The panel cargo cover can be adjusted into three positions There is a flip panel towards the front of the cargo cover You may have to flip this panel upward in order to gain access to the cargo cover To use the panel in the lower position do the following 1 Insert the front corners of the panel into the lower guides 2 Slide the panel forward 3 Press down on the back of the panel to lock it in place The panel can be used in this position i
85. start mode the rear defogger will turn off See Remote Keyless Entry RKE System Operation on page 2 5 Notice Do not use anything sharp on the inside of the rear window If you do you could cut or damage the warming grid and the repairs would not be covered by your warranty Do not attach a temporary vehicle license tape a decal or anything similar to the defogger grid Remote Start Climate Control Operation If your vehicle has the remote start feature and it is activated the climate control system heats and cools the inside of the vehicle using the modes that were set before the vehicle was turned off and the rear defogger automatically turns on If your vehicle has heated seats they may turn on if it is cold outside and will shut off when the key is turned to ON RUN See Heated Seats on page 1 4 3 24 Outlet Adjustment Use the louvers located on the air outlets to change the direction of the airflow Operation Tips e Clear away any ice snow or leaves from the air inlets at the base of the vehicle that may block the flow of air into your vehicle e Do not use any non GM approved hood deflectors that could adversely affect the performance of the system e Keep the path under the front seats clear of objects to help circulate the air inside of your vehicle more effectively Passenger Compartment Air Filter Outside air is routed through a passenger compartment air filter before entering the vehicle This
86. the outside air mode on When this mode is on outside air will circulate throughout the vehicle When the button is pressed an indicator light in the button comes on to show that it is activated The outside air mode can be used with all modes but it cannot be used with the recirculation mode lt amp Recirculation Press this button to recirculate cabin air through the vehicle It can be used to prevent outside air and odors from entering the vehicle or to help heat or cool the air inside the vehicle more quickly An indicator light will come on in this mode Operation in this mode during periods of high humidity and cool outside temperatures may result in increased window fogging If window fogging is experienced select the defrost mode The recirculation mode cannot be used with floor defrost or defogging modes If you try to select recirculation in one of those modes the indicator light flashes several times and turns off 3 21 x Air Conditioning Press this button to turn the air conditioning system on or off When this button is pressed an indicator light on the button comes on to show that the air conditioning is activated The air conditioning can be selected in any mode as long as the fan switch is on The air conditioning compressor does not operate when outside temperatures fall below 38 F 3 C The indicator light flashes several times and turns off when outside conditions affect air conditioning operation
87. the Malfunction Indicator Lamp will come on See Malfunction Indicator Lamp on page 3 36 Transmission Overheating If the transmission fluid temperature rises above 270 132 C or rises rapidly the Engine Coolant Temperature Warning Light will flash See Engine Coolant Temperature Warning Light on page 3 35 for more information When the transmission overheats it will go into a protection mode and will default into a different shift sequence to help cool the transmission fluid This shift sequence is the same for both DRIVE D position and manual mode Continue driving the vehicle in either position depending on the required vehicle speed and load Once the fluid temperature lowers to the normal temperature range the transmission will return to the normal shift patterns Towing or driving on long hills can cause the transmission fluid temperature to be higher than normal If the transmission fluid temperature will not cool you may need to pull over and check the transmission fluid level You should also check the engine coolant temperature If it is hot see Engine Overheating on page 5 25 2 31 SECOND 2 and THIRD 3 Gear Start Feature When accelerating your vehicle from a stop in snowy and icy conditions you may want to select SECOND 2 and THIRD 8 gear A higher gear and light application of the gas pedal may allow you to gain more traction on slippery surfaces With the Manual Shift Mode the vehicle can accel
88. the child in the child restraint in a rear seat position in the vehicle and check with your dealer retailer If no rear seat is available do not install a child restraint in this vehicle and check with your dealer retailer To remove the child restraint unbuckle the vehicle s safety belt and let it go back all the way If the top tether is attached to a top tether anchor disconnect it 1 55 Airbag System Your vehicle has the following airbags e A frontal airbag for the driver e A frontal airbag for the right front passenger Your vehicle may have the following airbags e A roof rail airbag for the driver and the passenger seated directly behind the driver e A roof rail airbag for the right front passenger and the passenger seated directly behind that passenger All of the airbags in your vehicle will have the word AIRBAG embossed in the trim or on an attached label near the deployment opening For frontal airbags the word AIRBAG will appear on the middle part of the steering wheel for the driver and on the instrument panel for the right front passenger With roof rail airbags the word AIRBAG will appear along the headliner or trim Even if you do not have a right front passenger seat in your vehicle there is still an active frontal airbag in the right side of the instrument panel Do not place cargo in front of this airbag 1 56 A CAUTION Be sure that cargo is not near an airbag Ina crash an inflating ai
89. the compact spare tire See Compact Spare Tire on page 5 88 for more information 4 Locate the jack and wheel wrench which are located on the driver s side of the rear cargo area behind an access door Pull out the access door to reach them 1 Lift the load floor up and pull it out of the vehicle and set it aside 5 78 5 Remove the wing bolt holding the jack and then remove it 6 Remove the hook and loop fastener straps holding the bag containing the wheel wrench Remove the wheel wrench from the bag 7 Extend the socket portion of the wrench from the handle Removing the Flat Tire and Installing the Spare Tire Take off the wheel cover or center cap if the vehicle has one to reach the wheel bolts 1 Do a safety check before proceeding See Changing a Flat Tire on page 5 76 for more information 2 Loosen all five plastic caps by turning the wheel wrench Saya counterclockwise Do e not try to remove plastic caps from the cover or center cap 3 Pull the cover or center cap away from the wheel Store the wheel cover in the cargo area until you have the flat tire repaired or replaced 4 Use the wheel wrench to loosen all the wheel nuts Do not remove them yet 5 79 5 Attach the wheel wrench to the jack bolt head and turn the wheel wrench clockwise That will raise the lift head a little 6 Place the jack near the flat tire Notice Make sure that the jack lift head is in the c
90. the display the system is in playback mode lt Group P gt Press to cycle through musical groupings on the DVD A disc Nav Navigate Press to display directional arrows for navigating through the menus d Audio Stream Press to cycle through audio steam formats located on DVD A disc There is not any type of notification for the customer to see through the radio display but video screen has a text field that shows audio stream changing Inserting a Disc To play a disc gently insert the disc with the label side up into the loading slot The DVD player might not accept some paper labeled media The player starts loading the disc into the system and display Loading Disc on the radio display At the same time the radio displays a softkey menu of option s Some discs automatically play the movie while others default to the softkey menu display which requires the Play Enter or Navigation softkeys to be pressed either by softkey or by the rear seat passenger using the remote control Loading a disc into the system depending on media type and format ranges from 5 to 20 seconds for a CD and up to 30 seconds for a DVD 3 87 Stopping and Resuming Playback To stop playing a DVD without turning off the system press the Il button on the remote control or press the pushbutton located under the stop or the play pause symbol tags displayed on the radio If the radio head is sourced to something other than DVD
91. the engine not to run as efficiently as designed You might notice this as stalling after start up stalling when you put the vehicle into gear misfiring hesitation on acceleration or stumbling on acceleration these conditions might go away once the engine is warmed up This will be detected by the system and cause the light to turn on If you experience one or more of these conditions change the fuel brand you use It will require at least one full tank of the proper fuel to turn the light off If none of the above steps have made the light turn off your dealer retailer can check the vehicle Your dealer retailer has the proper test equipment and diagnostic tools to fix any mechanical or electrical problems that might have developed Emissions Inspection and Maintenance Programs Some state provincial and local governments have or might begin programs to inspect the emission control equipment on your vehicle Failure to pass this inspection could prevent you from getting a vehicle registration Here are some things you need to know to help your vehicle pass an inspection Your vehicle will not pass this inspection if the check engine light is on or not working properly Your vehicle will not pass this inspection if the OBD on board diagnostic system determines that critical emission control systems have not been completely diagnosed by the system The vehicle would be considered not ready for inspection This can happen
92. the first year or upgrade to the Directions amp Connections Plan For more information press the OnStar button to speak with an advisor Some OnStar services Such as Remote Door Unlock or Stolen Vehicle Location Assistance may not be available until you register with OnStar 2 40 Available Services with Safe amp Sound Plan e Automatic Notification of Airbag Deployment e Advanced Automatic Crash Notification AACN If equipped e Link to Emergency Services e Roadside Assistance e Stolen Vehicle Location Assistance e AccidentAssist e Remote Door Unlock Vehicle Alert e OnStar Vehicle Diagnostics GM Goodwrench On Demand Diagnostics e OnStar Hands Free Calling with 30 complimentary minutes e OnStar Virtual Advisor U S Only Available Services included with Directions amp Connections Plan e All Safe and Sound Plan Services e Driving Directions Advisor delivered or OnStar Turn by Turn Navigation If equipped e RideAssist e Information and Convenience Services OnStar Hands Free Calling OnStar Hands Free Calling allows eligible OnStar subscribers to make and receive calls using voice commands Hands Free Calling is fully integrated into the vehicle and can be used with OnStar Pre Paid Minute Packages Hands Free Calling may also be linked to a Verizon Wireless service plan in the U S or a Bell Mobility service plan in Canada depending on eligibility To find out more refer to the OnStar Owner s Gu
93. the low tire pressure telltale When the system detects a malfunction the telltale will flash for approximately one minute and then remain continuously illuminated This sequence will continue upon subsequent vehicle start ups as long as the malfunction exists When the malfunction indicator is illuminated the system may not be able to detect or signal low tire pressure as intended TPMS malfunctions may occur for a variety of reasons including the installation of replacement or alternate tires or wheels on the vehicle that prevent the TPMS from functioning properly Always check the TPMS malfunction telltale after replacing one or more tires or wheels on your vehicle to ensure that the replacement or alternate tires and wheels allow the TPMS to continue to function properly See Tire Pressure Monitor Operation on page 5 63 for additional information Federal Communications Commission FCC and Industry and Science Canada The Tire Pressure Monitor System TPMS operates on a radio frequency and complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference 2 This device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation The Tire Pressure Monitor System TPMS operates on a radio frequency and complies with RSS 210 of Industry and Science Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions
94. the malfunction light and DIC message to come on are e One of the road tires has been replaced with the spare tire The spare tire does not have a TPMS sensor The TPMS malfunction light and DIC message should go off once you re install the road tire containing the TPMS sensor e The TPMS sensor matching process was started but not completed or not completed successfully after rotating the vehicle s tires The DIC message and TPMS malfunction light should go off once the TPMS sensor matching process is performed successfully See TPMS Sensor Matching Process later in this section e One or more TPMS sensors are missing or damaged The DIC message and the TPMS malfunction light should go off when the TPMS sensors are installed and the sensor matching process is performed successfully See your dealer retailer for service e Replacement tires or wheels do not match your vehicle s original equipment tires or wheels Tires and wheels other than those recommended for your vehicle could prevent the TPMS from functioning properly See Buying New Tires on page 5 70 e Operating electronic devices or being near facilities using radio wave frequencies similar to the TPMS could cause the TPMS sensors to malfunction If the TPMS is not functioning it cannot detect or signal a low tire condition See your dealer retailer for service if the TPMS malfunction light and DIC message comes on and stays on 5 65 TPMS Sensor Matching
95. the vehicle A top tether A C anchors the top of the child restraint There are two lower anchors for each LATCH seating to the vehicle A top tether anchor is built into the position that will accommodate a child restraint with vehicle The top tether attachment B on the child lower attachments B restraint connects to the top tether anchor in the vehicle in order to reduce the forward movement and rotation of the child restraint during driving or in a crash 1 43 Your child restraint may have a single tether A or a dual tether C Either will have a single attachment B to secure the top tether to the anchor Some child restraints that have a top tether are designed for use with or without the top tether being attached Others require the top tether always to be attached In Canada the law requires that forward facing child restraints have a top tether and that the tether be attached Be sure to read and follow the instructions for your child restraint If the child restraint does not have a top tether one can be obtained in kit form for many child restraints Ask the child restraint manufacturer whether or not a kit is available 1 44 Lower Anchor and Top Tether Anchor Locations 2 Top Tether Anchor Seating positions with top tether anchors Lower Anchor Seating positions with two lower anchors Rear Seat Each rear seating position has exposed metal anchors located in the crease between the s
96. time otherwise the flashing stops after five seconds and the current time displayed is automatically set With Date Display Single CD MP3 or a Single CD and DVD MP3 Player These radios have a clock button for setting the time and date To set the time and date follow these instructions 1 Turn the radio on 2 Press the button and the HR MIN MM DD YYYY hour minute month day and year displays 3 Press the pushbutton located under any one of the labels that you want to change Every time the pushbutton is pressed again the time or the date if selected increases by one e Another way to increase the time or date is to press the right SEEK arrow or gt gt FWD forward button e To decrease press the left SEEK arrow or lt lt REV reverse button You can also turn the Jd tune knob located on the upper right side of the radio to adjust the selected setting The date does not automatically display To see the date press the clock button while the radio is on The date with display times out after a few seconds and goes back to the normal radio and time display To change the time default setting from 12 hour to 24 hour press the button and then the pushbutton located under the forward arrow label Once the time 12H and 24H are displayed press the pushbutton located under the desired option to select the default Press the button again to apply the selected default or let the s
97. to maintain the vehicle s speed When going downhill you might have to brake or shift to a lower gear to keep the vehicle at a lower speed However when the brakes are applied the cruise control turns off Many drivers find this to be too much trouble and do not use cruise control on steep hills 3 13 Ending Cruise Control There are three ways to disengage the cruise control e Step lightly on the brake pedal e Press the button to turn off the cruise control system e Press the amp button When cruise control disengages the cruise symbol in the instrument panel cluster goes out Erasing Speed Memory The cruise control set speed memory is erased when the cruise control or the ignition is turned off Headlamps The exterior lamp control is located on the turn signal multifunction lever Exterior Lamp Control Turn the control with this symbol on it to operate the exterior lamps The exterior lamp control has the following positions AUTO Off Automatic Headlamps Turn the control to this position to put the headlamps in automatic mode Automatic mode will turn the exterior lamps on and off depending upon how much light is available outside of the vehicle 300 Parking Lamps Turn the control to this position to turn on the parking lamps together with the following e Sidemarker Lamps e Taillamps e License Plate Lamps e Instrument Panel Lights 2D D Headlamps Turning the control to this po
98. transmission will return to the normal shift patterns Towing or driving on long hills can cause the transmission fluid temperature to be higher than normal If the transmission fluid temperature will not cool you may need to pull over and check the transmission fluid level You should also check the engine coolant temperature If it is hot see Engine Overheating on page 5 25 2 27 Automatic Transmission Operation PARK P This position locks the front wheels It is the best position to use when the engine is started 3 6L V6 with 6 Speed because the vehicle cannot move easily The shift lever for the automatic transmission is located on the console between the seats A CAUTION Maximum engine speed is limited when the vehicle is in PARK P or NEUTRAL N to protect driveline components from improper operation It is dangerous to get out of your vehicle if the shift lever is not fully in PARK P with the parking brake firmly set Your vehicle can roll Do not leave your vehicle when the engine is running unless you have to If you have left the engine running the vehicle can move suddenly You or others could be injured To be sure your vehicle will not move even when you are on fairly level ground always set your parking brake and move the shift lever to PARK P See Shifting Into PARK P on page 2 33 lf you are pulling a trailer see Towing a Trailer on page 4 32 There are several different positions for the
99. turned off with a CD in the player it stays in the player When the ignition or radio is turned on the CD starts playing where it stopped if it was the last selected audio source When a CD is inserted the CD symbol appears on the CD As each new track starts to play the track number displays The CD player can play the smaller 3 inch 8 cm single CDs with an adapter ring Full size CDs and the smaller CDs are loaded in the same manner Care of Your CDs If playing a CD the sound quality can be reduced due to CD quality the method of recording the quality of the music that has been recorded and the way the CD has been handled Handle them carefully Store CD s in their original cases or other protective cases and away from direct sunlight and dust The CD and DVD player scans the bottom surface of the disc If the surface of a CD is damaged such as cracked broken or scratched the CD does not play properly or not at all Do not touch the bottom side of a CD while handling it this could damage the surface Pick up CDs by grasping the outer edges or the edge of the hole and the outer edge If the surface of a CD is soiled take a soft lint free cloth or dampen a clean soft cloth in a mild neutral detergent solution mixed with water and clean it Make sure the wiping process starts from the center to the edge Care of Your CD and DVD Player Do not add any label to a CD it could get caught in the CD player If a CD
100. vehicle s instrument panel See Engine Coolant Temperature Gage on page 3 35 There are several different types of engine overheating messages that may be displayed in the Driver Information Center DIC See DIC Warnings and Messages on page 3 52 If Steam Is Coming From Your Engine A CAUTION Steam from an overheated engine can burn you badly even if you just open the hood Stay away from the engine if you see or hear steam coming from it Turn it off and get everyone away from the vehicle until it cools down Wait until there is no sign of steam or coolant before you open the hood If you keep driving when the vehicles engine is overheated the liquids in it can catch fire You or others could be badly burned Stop your engine if it overheats and get out of the vehicle until the engine is cool See Overheated Engine Protection Operating Mode on page 5 26 for information on driving to a safe place in an emergency Notice If your engine catches fire because you keep driving with no coolant your vehicle can be badly damaged The costly repairs would not be covered by your warranty See Overheated Engine Protection Operating Mode on page 5 26 for information on driving to a safe place in an emergency 5 25 If No Steam Is Coming From Your Engine An overheat warning can indicate a serious problem If you get an engine overheat warning but see or hear no steam the problem may not be too serious Sometimes the engine
101. vehicle s interior may experience extremes of heat that could cause stains to set rapidly Lighter colored interiors may require more frequent cleaning Use care because newspapers and garments that transfer color to your home furnishings may also transfer color to your vehicle s interior When cleaning your vehicle s interior only use cleaners specifically designed for the surfaces being cleaned Permanent damage may result from using cleaners on surfaces for which they were not intended Use glass cleaner only on glass Remove any accidental over spray from other surfaces immediately To prevent over spray apply cleaner directly to the cleaning cloth Notice f you use abrasive cleaners when cleaning glass surfaces on your vehicle you could scratch the glass and or cause damage to the rear window defogger When cleaning the glass on your vehicle use only a soft cloth and glass cleaner Many cleaners contain solvents that may become concentrated in your vehicle s breathing space Before using cleaners read and adhere to all safety instructions on the label While cleaning your vehicle s interior maintain adequate ventilation by opening your vehicle s doors and windows Dust may be removed from small buttons and knobs using a small brush with soft bristles Your dealer retailer has a product for cleaning your vehicle s glass Should it become necessary you can also obtain a product from your dealer retailer to r
102. vehicle is kept for an overnight warranty repair Rental reimbursement will be limited and must be supported by original receipts This requires that you sign and complete a rental agreement and meet state provincial local and rental vehicle provider requirements Requirements vary and may include minimum age requirements insurance coverage credit card etc You are responsible for fuel usage charges and may also be responsible for taxes levies usage fees excessive mileage or rental usage beyond the completion of the repair It may not be possible to provide a like vehicle as a courtesy rental Additional Program Information All program options such as shuttle service may not be available at every dealer Please contact your dealer for specific information about availability All Courtesy Transportation arrangements will be administered by appropriate dealer personnel General Motors reserves the right to unilaterally modify change or discontinue Courtesy Transportation at any time and to resolve all questions of claim eligibility pursuant to the terms and conditions described herein at its sole discretion Collision Damage Repair If your vehicle is involved in a collision and it is damaged have the damage repaired by a qualified technician using the proper equipment and quality replacement parts Poorly performed collision repairs diminish your vehicle s resale value and safety performance can be compromised i
103. when the cooling system RESERVOIR including the coolant 105 kPa surge tank pressure 3 Fill the coolant surge tank with the proper cap and upper radiator DEX COOL coolant mixture to the COLD FILL line hose is no longer hot AOPEW 9 S DEX coole CP 1S Ouver gt Turn the pressure cap slowly counterclockwise about one quarter of a turn If you hear a hiss wait for that to stop This will allow any pressure still left to be vented out the discharge hose 2 Then keep turning the pressure cap slowly and remove it 5 30 5 Then replace the pressure cap Be sure the pressure cap is hand tight 6 After driving the vehicle check the level in the surge tank again when the cooling system has cooled down If the coolant is not at the proper level repeat Steps 1 through 3 and reinstall the pressure cap If the coolant is not at the proper level when the system cools down again see your dealer retailer 4 With the coolant surge tank pressure cap off start the engine and let it run until you can feel the upper radiator hose getting hot Watch out for the engine cooling fans By this time the coolant level inside the coolant surge tank may be lower If the level is lower add more of the proper DEX COOL coolant mixture to the coolant surge tank until the level reaches the COLD FILL line 5 31 Power Steering Fluid See Engine Compartment Overview on page 5 12 for reservoir location AAAA
104. years more than 17 000 annual motor vehicle related deaths have been associated with the use of alcohol with about 250 000 people injured For persons under 21 it is against the law in every U S state to drink alcohol There are good medical psychological and developmental reasons for these laws The obvious way to eliminate the leading highway safety problem is for people never to drink alcohol and then drive Medical research shows that alcohol in a person s system can make crash injuries worse especially injuries to the brain spinal cord or heart This means that when anyone who has been drinking driver or passenger is in a crash that person s chance of being killed or permanently disabled is higher than if the person had not been drinking Control of a Vehicle The following three systems help to control your vehicle while driving brakes steering and accelerator At times as when driving on snow or ice it is easy to ask more of those control systems than the tires and road can provide Meaning you can lose control of your vehicle See Traction Control System TCS on page 4 6 Adding non dealer non retailer accessories can affect your vehicle s performance See Accessories and Modifications on page 5 3 Braking See Brake System Warning Light on page 3 33 Braking action involves perception time and reaction time First you have to decide to push on the brake pedal That is perception tim
105. you are using a forward facing child restraint you may find it helpful to use your knee to push down on the child restraint as you tighten the belt If your child restraint has a top tether follow the child restraint manufacturer s instructions regarding the use of the top tether See Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children LATCH on page 1 42 for more information 1 51 7 Push and pull the child restraint in different directions to be sure it is secure To remove the child restraint unbuckle the vehicle s safety belt and let it go back all the way If the top tether is attached to a top tether anchor disconnect it Securing a Child Restraint in the Right Front Seat Position Your vehicle has airbags A rear seat is a safer place to secure a forward facing child restraint See Where to Put the Restraint on page 1 40 In addition your vehicle has a passenger sensing system which is designed to turn off the right front passenger s frontal airbag under certain conditions See Passenger Sensing System on page 1 64 and Passenger Airbag Status Indicator on page 3 30 for more information on this including important safety information A label on your sun visor says Never put a rear facing child seat in the front This is because the risk to the rear facing child is so great if the airbag deploys 1 52 A CAUTION A child in a rear facing child restraint can be seriously injured or killed if the right front p
106. you to lose control while driving If you mix tires of different sizes brands or types radial and bias belted tires the vehicle may not handle properly and you could have a crash Using tires of different sizes brands or types may also cause damage to your vehicle Be sure to use the correct size brand and type of tires on all wheels It is all right to drive with your compact spare temporarily as it was developed for use on your vehicle See Compact Spare Tire on page 5 88 A CAUTION If you use bias ply tires on your vehicle the wheel rim flanges could develop cracks after many miles of driving A tire and or wheel could fail suddenly causing a crash Use only radial ply tires with the wheels on your vehicle If you must replace your vehicle s tires with those that do not have a TPC Spec number make sure they are the same size load range speed rating and construction type radial and bias belted tires as your vehicle s original tires Vehicles that have a tire pressure monitoring system could give an inaccurate low pressure warning if non TPC Spec rated tires are installed on your vehicle Non TPC Spec rated tires may give a low pressure warning that is higher or lower than the proper warning level you would get with TPC Spec rated tires See Tire Pressure Monitor System on page 5 62 Your vehicle s original equipment tires are listed on the Tire and Loading Information Label See Loading Your V
107. your dealer retailer has additives that will help correct and prevent most deposit related problems Gasolines containing oxygenates such as ethers and ethanol and reformulated gasolines might be available in your area We recommend that you use these gasolines if they comply with the specifications described earlier However E85 85 ethanol and other fuels containing more than 10 ethanol must not be used in vehicles that were not designed for those fuels Notice Your vehicle was not designed for fuel that contains methanol Do not use fuel containing methanol It can corrode metal parts in the fuel system and also damage plastic and rubber parts That damage would not be covered under your warranty Some gasolines that are not reformulated for low emissions can contain an octane enhancing additive called methylcyclopentadieny manganese tricarbonyl MMT ask the attendant where you buy gasoline whether the fuel contains MMT We recommend against the use of such gasolines Fuels containing MMT can reduce the life of spark plugs and the performance of the emission control system could be affected The malfunction indicator lamp might turn on If this occurs return to your dealer retailer for service Fuels in Foreign Countries If you plan on driving in another country outside the United States or Canada the proper fuel might be hard to find Never use leaded gasoline or any other fuel not recommended in the previous text on f
108. 1 40 WINDOWS nck iextatrentonsre does a A E 2 15 POWE eera ster niwestenlstyive nl eed E 2 16 13 Wi Wi Wi ndshield WASHED ciasiasinccsccsnincansmoiatentadoamanesasenauatensmes 3 10 Washer FI id neor eurenean 5 33 Wiper Blade Replacement n iserisorrrnreneoa na 5 51 Wiper Blades Cleaning c cceeeeeeeeeees 5 94 Wiper FUSES rirni oes E E 5 99 WIPES cerimana a E E ees 3 9 ndshield Rear Washer Wiper 0006 3 11 MCSE DIVING risio nuestra ti itae 4 18 XM Radio Messages Your Vehicle and the Environment
109. 184 Usage Fluid Lubricant oe a in Canada 89021186 Engine oil which meets GM g y Standard GM6094M and displays S speed Use only T IV Automatic the American Petroleum Institute Automatic Transmission Fluid f Certified for Gasoline Engines Transmission GM Part No U S 88900925 in _ Engine Oil starburst symbol To determine the 3 4L V6 Canada 22689186 See Automatic proper viscosity for your vehicle s engine only Transmission Fluid on page 5 22 engine see Engine Oil on 6 speed page 5 15 Automatic 50 50 mixture of clean drinkable Transmission Transmission Fluid water and use only DEX COOL 3 6L V6 Coolant See Engine Coolant on engine only page 5 22 Key Lock Multi Purpose Lubricant Superlube C Y ders GM Part No U S 12346241 y in Canada 10953474 DEXRON VI Automatic Engine Coolant Usage Fluid Lubricant Usage k Fluid Lubricant Carrier Hood and Door Multi Purpose Lubricant Superlube Assembly _ Axle Lubricant Hinges Rear GM Part No U S 12346241 in Differential GM Part No U S 89021677 Folding Seat Canada 10953474 Rear Drive in Canada 89021678 Weatherstrip Lubricant Module GM Part No U S 3634770 With 3 4L V6 engine Weatherstrip in Canada 10953518 or VERSATRAK Fluid Conditioning Dielectric Silicone Grease GM Part No U S 12378514 GM Part No U S 12345579 Transfer Case in Canada 88901045 in Canada 992887 Power With 3 6L V6 engine SAE 75W 90 Transfer
110. 2008 Pontiac Torrent Owner Manual Cli Seats and Restraint Systems 006 1 1 Front Seats oo ccececeseccecceececceeceeceeseeseeseeees 1 2 Rear Seats oo eccecceccecceccecceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 1 10 Safety Bells ccccsssdactugidvesntgeeeteasaieagee seddaeene 1 12 Child Restraints o oo ccc eeccc ee ece eee ee eee eenene 1 31 Airbag System ooo ceccecceece eee eeeeeeeeeeenees 1 56 Restraint System Check ccceceeeeeee eee eees 1 71 Features and Controls 0 ccccccceeeeeeeeeeeenees 2 1 KeS 2 teee nections aohuadeceitinsantaantines states ener deseae 2 3 Doors and LOCKS oon eec ccc eanais 2 11 WINDOWS wgcbces ce hsicidcoandaiiddddaticnant teadelessceseecad 2 15 Theft Deterrent Systems eee eee eee eee 2 17 Starting and Operating Your Vehicle 2 20 MINOS ce 8edcctes iuhcedeaiacacencantens e R 2 37 OnStar System esenco keane ui 2 39 Storage Areas s snsneninsnrinisinrrrnrnrrrenn 2 43 SUNMPOOF a cee eeceeceeceecceccecceccueceeceeseeseeseeas 2 48 Instrument Panel cccccee sees sees sees sees eeaees 3 1 Instrument Panel Overview _ c0ce eee ee 3 4 Climate Controls oo cece ccc ec ecc eee ee eee eeene 3 20 Warning Lights Gages and Indicators _ 3 26 Driver Information Center DIC 3 45 Audio System S ooo cc ccccc ccc ec eee eeeeceeeeaeenenes 3 67 Driving Your Vehicle 00cc
111. 29 for more information Notice If an airbag covering is damaged opened or broken the airbag may not work properly Do not open or break the airbag coverings If there are any opened or broken airbag covers have the airbag covering and or airbag module replaced For the location of the airbag modules see What Makes an Airbag Inflate on page 1 62 See your dealer retailer for service 1 71 Replacing Restraint System Parts After a Crash A CAUTION A crash can damage the restraint systems in your vehicle A damaged restraint system may not properly protect the person using it resulting in serious injury or even death in a crash To help make sure your restraint systems are working properly after a crash have them inspected and any necessary replacements made as soon as possible 1 72 If you have had a crash do you need new belts or LATCH system if equipped parts After a very minor crash nothing may be necessary But the belt assemblies that were used during any crash may have been stressed or damaged See your dealer retailer to have your safety belt assemblies inspected or replaced If your vehicle has the LATCH system and it was being used during a crash you may need new LATCH system parts New parts and repairs may be necessary even if the belt or LATCH system if equipped was not being used at the time of the crash If an airbag inflates you will need to replace airbag system parts See the part
112. 3 Select the desired number of favorites pages by pressing the pushbutton located below the displayed page numbers 4 Press the FAV button or let the menu time out to return to the original main radio screen showing the radio station frequency labels and to begin the process of programming your favorites for the chosen amount of numbered pages Setting the Tone Bass Treble Base Radio with CD EQ Equalization To adjust the bass or treble press the Jd knob or EQ button until the desired tone control label displays Turn the Jd knob clockwise or counterclockwise to increase or decrease the setting The display shows the current bass or treble level If a station s frequency is weak or if there is static decrease the treble Setting the Tone Bass Treble BASS MID TREB Bass Midrange or Treble To adjust bass midrange or treble press the Jd knob until the tone control labels display Continue pressing to highlight the desired label or press the pushbutton positioned under the desired label Turn the Jd knob clockwise or counterclockwise to adjust the highlighted setting The highlighted setting can also be adjusted by pressing the SEEK arrows D gt FWD forward or lt lt REV reverse button until the desired levels are obtained If a station s frequency is weak or if there is static decrease the treble To quickly adjust bass midrange or treble to the middle position press the pushbutton positioned und
113. 6 1 61 Where Are the Airbags ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 1 59 Airbag Systems Adding Equipment to Your Airbag Equipped NGMIGIC emina nge sends caadanas Ea 1 70 How Does an Airbag Restrain eee 1 62 Passenger Sensing System 6 eeeeeeeeeees 1 64 Servicing Your Airbag Equipped Vehicle 1 69 What Makes an Airbag Inflate 6 1 62 All Witeel Drives aa sicicscs ceceenaad iieent necee ben cekenteas 5 44 All Wheel Drive Disabled Light 8 3 42 All Wheel Drive AWD System 4 8 All Wheel Drive Service Light eeeeeeeees 3 42 Antilock Brake System ABS aseen 4 5 Antilock Brake System Warning Light 3 34 Appearance Care Aluminum or Chrome Plated Wheels 5 95 Care of Safety Belts ceeceeeeeeeeeee eee 5 92 Chemical Paint Spotting eeeeeeeeeeeee eee 5 96 Cleaning Exterior Lamps Lenses 0 05 5 93 Fabric Garpet sacsessecieci eset aeiercsiavreeaiteeease 5 90 Finish Gane snc cccccne escieecaencecatrincsnenetendneediecend 5 94 Finish Damage sc c sch lesscrssetsoeenatievin envied 5 96 Instrument Panel Vinyl and Other Plastic SUMACES acc ceitaaiece eat egaine an anea 5 92 Interior Cleaning sesasine enaiis 5 88 kether nirre ip eE EE 5 91 Sheet Metal Damage ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 5 96 TNES areca eena athens e EAE EEE 5 96 Underbody Maintenance 5 96 Vehicle Care Appeara
114. 7 4236 TTY 1 800 424 9153 go to http www safercar gov or write to Administrator NHTSA 400 Seventh Street SW Washington D C 20590 You can also obtain other information about motor vehicle safety from http www safercar gov 7 15 Reporting Safety Defects to the Canadian Government If you live in Canada and you believe that your vehicle has a Safety defect notify Transport Canada immediately in addition to notifying General Motors of Canada Limited Call them at 1 800 333 0510 or write to Transport Canada Road Safety Branch 2780 Sheffield Road Ottawa Ontario K1B 3V9 Reporting Safety Defects to General Motors In addition to notifying NHTSA or Transport Canada in a situation like this please notify General Motors Call 1 800 762 2737 or write Pontiac Customer Assistance Center P O Box 33172 Detroit MI 48232 5172 In Canada call 1 800 263 3777 English or 1 800 263 7854 French or write General Motors of Canada Limited Customer Communication Centre CA1 163 005 1908 Colonel Sam Drive Oshawa Ontario L1H 8P7 7 16 Service Publications Ordering Information Service Manuals Service Manuals have the diagnosis and repair information on engines transmission axle suspension brakes electrical steering body etc Service Bulletins Service Bulletins give additional technical service information needed to knowledgeably service General Motors cars and trucks Each bulletin co
115. A CAUTION If you have the liftgate open and you pull a trailer with your vehicle carbon monoxide CO could come into your vehicle You cannot see or smell CO It can cause unconsciousness or death See Engine Exhaust on page 2 36 To maximize your safety when towing a trailer e Have your exhaust system inspected for leaks and make necessary repairs before starting on your trip Keep the liftgate closed If exhaust does come into your vehicle through a window in the rear or another opening drive with your front main heating or cooling system on and with the fan on any speed This will bring fresh outside air into your vehicle Do not use the climate control setting for maximum air because it only recirculates the air inside your vehicle See Climate Control System on page 3 20 4 36 Towing a trailer requires a certain amount of experience Before setting out for the open road you will want to get to know your rig Acquaint yourself with the feel of handling and braking with the added weight of the trailer And always keep in mind that the vehicle you are driving is now a good deal longer and not nearly as responsive as your vehicle is by itself Before you start check all trailer hitch parts and attachments safety chains electrical connector lamps tires and mirror adjustment If the trailer has electric brakes start your vehicle and trailer moving and then apply the trailer brake controller by hand to be sure the b
116. A CAUTION When you are doing this check your vehicle could begin to move You or others could be injured and property could be damaged Make sure there is room in front of your vehicle in case it begins to roll Be ready to apply the regular brake at once should the vehicle begin to move Park on a fairly steep hill with the vehicle facing downhill Keeping your foot on the regular brake set the parking brake e To check the parking brake s holding ability With the engine running and the transmission in NEUTRAL N slowly remove foot pressure from the regular brake pedal Do this until the vehicle is held by the parking brake only e To check the PARK P mechanism s holding ability With the engine running shift to PARK P Then release the parking brake followed by the regular brake Contact your dealer retailer if service is required Underbody Flushing Service At least every spring use plain water to flush any corrosive materials from the underbody Take care to clean thoroughly any areas where mud and other debris can collect Recommended Fluids and Hydraulic Brake Delco Supreme 11 Brake Fluid or System equivalent DOT 3 brake fluid Lubricants Fluids and lubricants identified below by name part Windshield number or specification can be obtained from your Washer Optikleen Washer Solvent dealer retailer Hydraulic F GM Power Steering Fluid Power Steering GM Part No U S 89021
117. And if you will tow a trailer you must add the tongue load to the GVW because your vehicle will be carrying that weight too See Loading Your Vehicle on page 4 22 for more information about your vehicle s maximum load capacity 4 34 If you are using a weight carrying or a weight distributing hitch the trailer tongue weight A should be 10 percent to 15 percent of the total loaded trailer weight B Do not exceed the maximum allowable tongue weight for your vehicle After you have loaded your trailer weigh the trailer and then the tongue separately to see if the weights are proper If they are not you may be able to get them right simply by moving some items around in the trailer Total Weight on Your Vehicle s Tires Be sure your vehicle s tires are inflated to the upper limit for cold tires You will find these numbers on the Certification Tire Label at the rear edge of the driver s door or see Loading Your Vehicle on page 4 22 Then be sure you do not go over the GVW limit for your vehicle including the weight of the trailer tongue Hitches It is important to have the correct hitch equipment Crosswinds large trucks going by and rough roads are a few reasons why you will need the right hitch Here are some rules to follow e If you will be pulling a trailer that when loaded will weigh more than 2 000 Ibs 900 kg be sure to use a properly mounted weight carrying hitch and sway control of the proper
118. Both General Motors and your dealer are committed to making sure you are completely satisfied with your new vehicle However if you continue to remain unsatisfied after following the procedure outlined in Steps One and Two you should file with the BBB Auto Line Program to enforce your rights The BBB Auto Line Program is an out of court program administered by the Council of Better Business Bureaus to settle automotive disputes regarding vehicle repairs or the interpretation of the New Vehicle Limited Warranty Although you may be required to resort to this informal dispute resolution program prior to filing a court action use of the program is free of charge and your case will generally be heard within 40 days If you do not agree with the decision given in your case you may reject it and proceed with any other venue for relief available to you You can contact the BBB Auto Line Program using the toll free telephone number or write them at the following address BBB Auto Line Program Council of Better Business Bureaus Inc 4200 Wilson Boulevard Suite 800 Arlington VA 22203 1838 Telephone 1 800 955 5100 This program is available in all 50 states and the District of Columbia Eligibility is limited by vehicle age mileage and other factors General Motors reserves the right to change eligibility limitations and or discontinue its participation in this program STEP THREE Canadian Owners In the event that you do no
119. Control System in the Index If you have air outlets on or under the instrument panel open them all the way See Engine Exhaust on page 2 36 To unlock the liftgate press the unlock button on the Remote Keyless Entry RKE transmitter twice or use the power door lock switch To lock the liftgate press the lock button on the RKE transmitter or use the power door lock switch The liftgate does not have a key lock cylinder To open the liftgate press the touchpad centered on the underside of the liftgate handle and pull up When closing the liftgate use the molded handles to pull the liftgate down Push the liftgate closed until it latches Liftgate Operation with Loss of Power The liftgate is equipped with an electric latch If the battery is disconnected or has low voltage the liftgate will not open To open the liftgate if this happens remove the interior trim plug located at the base of the liftgate from inside the vehicle Use a tool to push the service release lever located on the latch until you hear or feel the gate release a The liftgate can now be opened and closed manually You will need to use this procedure to open the liftgate until the power is restored Windows Z CAUTION Leaving children helpless adults or pets in a vehicle with the windows closed is dangerous They can be overcome by the extreme heat and suffer permanent injuries or even death from heat stroke Never leave a c
120. DAMAGE srenti mndi no oui inia 5 96 Underbody Maintenance scsscscsererersseseeenn 5 96 Chemical Paint Spotting cceeeeeeeeeeeeee es 5 96 Vehicle Care Appearance Materials 5 97 Vehicle Identification eee 5 98 Vehicle Identification Number VIN 5 98 Service Parts Identification Label 0 5 98 Electrical System ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 5 99 Add On Electrical Equipment 6 eeeeeeee 5 99 Windshield Wiper Fuses cceeeeeeeeeee tees 5 99 Fuses and Circuit Breakers 5 99 Instrument Panel Fuse Block 0ee 5 100 Engine Compartment Fuse Block 5 102 Capacities and Specifications 5 105 Service For service and parts needs visit your dealer retailer You will receive genuine GM parts and GM trained and supported service people Genuine GM parts have one of these marks ACVelco E parts GM aerial Goodwrench E Accessories Accessories and Modifications When non dealer non retailer accessories are added to your vehicle they can affect your vehicle s performance and safety including such things as airbags braking stability ride and handling emissions systems aerodynamics durability and electronic systems like antilock brakes traction control and stability control Some of these accessories could even cause malfunction or dam
121. ITS later in this section TRIP Press the trip fuel button until TRIP displays This display shows the current distance traveled in either miles mi or kilometers km since the last reset for the trip odometer This display will also show the outside air temperature in either degrees Fahrenheit F or degrees Celsius C The trip odometer can be reset to zero by pressing the set reset button while the trip odometer is displayed 3 46 AVG Average SPD Speed Press the trip fuel button until AVG Average SPD Speed displays This display shows the average speed of the vehicle in miles per hour mph or kilometers per hour km h This average is calculated based on the various vehicle speeds recorded since the last reset of this value To reset the value press and hold the set reset button The display will return to zero AVG Average ECON Economy Press the trip fuel button until AVG Average ECON Economy displays This display shows the approximate average miles per gallon mpg or liters per 100 kilometers L 100 km This number is calculated based on the number of mpg L 100 km recorded since the last time this menu item was reset To reset this display press and hold the set reset button The display will return to zero RANGE Press the trip fuel button until RANGE displays This display shows the approximate number of remaining miles mi or kilometers km the vehicle can be driven without r
122. ON ee Assume that other road users pedestrians Defensive Driving bicyclists and other drivers are going to be Defensive driving means always expect the careless and make mistakes Anticipate what unexpected The first step in driving defensively is to they might do and be ready In addition wear your safety belt See Safety Belts They Are for e Allow enough following distance between Everyone on page 1 12 you and the driver in front of you e Focus on the task of driving Driver distraction can cause collisions resulting in injury or possible death These simple defensive driving techniques could save your life Drunk Driving A CAUTION Drinking and then driving is very dangerous Your reflexes perceptions attentiveness and judgment can be affected by even a small amount of alcohol You can have a serious or even fatal collision if you drive after drinking Do not drink and drive or ride with a driver who has been drinking Ride home in a cab or if you are with a group designate a driver who will not drink Death and injury associated with drinking and driving is a global tragedy Alcohol affects four things that anyone needs to drive a vehicle judgment muscular coordination vision and attentiveness Police records show that almost 40 percent of all motor vehicle related deaths involve alcohol In most cases these deaths are the result of someone who was drinking and driving In recent
123. P without first pressing the button on the console shift lever If you can it means that the shift lever was not fully locked into PARK P 2 34 Torque Lock If you are parking on a hill and you do not shift your transmission into PARK P properly the weight of the vehicle may put too much force on the parking pawl in the transmission You may find it difficult to pull the shift lever out of PARK P This is called torque lock To prevent torque lock set the parking brake and then shift into PARK P properly before you leave the driver s seat To find out how see Shifting Into PARK P on page 2 33 When you are ready to drive move the shift lever out of PARK P before you release the parking brake If torque lock does occur you may need to have another vehicle push yours a little uphill to take some of the pressure from the parking pawl in the transmission so you can pull the shift lever out of PARK P Shifting Out of PARK P This vehicle is equipped with an electronic shift lock release system The shift lock release is designed to e Prevent ignition key removal unless the shift lever is in PARK P with the shift lever button fully released and e Prevent movement of the shift lever out of PARK P unless the ignition is in ON RUN or ACC ACCESSORY and the regular brake pedal is applied The shift lock release is always functional except in the case of an uncharged or low voltage less than 9 volt
124. Passenger Compartment Air Filter 3 24 Passenger Sensing System e eeeeeeeeeeeees 1 64 RASSING eneee a ieGien aed leatiee ees 4 12 PASS Key WN 22csccccvcetet cosudastevatereiesewacasey snus 2 18 PASS Key Ill Operation ccccceeesseeeeeeees 2 19 Perchlorate Materials Requirements California 5 4 Power Door LOCKS ariiraa EN ete 2 11 Reduced Engine Light eeeeeeeeereeeee 3 41 Retained Accessory RAP oaser 2 22 Seat oniro e a tua oreiwad edeeieeas E 1 3 Steering Fluid srrscnirisiennpnidieiiininerane 5 32 WINDOWS wevssitaseers cect vere nexsanideed ESE E 2 16 PRINAGCY at cst iets ten deen ena e 7 17 Event Data Recorders 0 ceeeeeeeeeeeees 7 18 Navigation System ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee eee ees 7 19 ON stab caie en a Neate E ince ance 7 19 Radio Frequency Identification 7 19 Programmable Automatic Door Locks 2 12 Radio Frequency Identification RFID Privacy 7 19 Radios srecno o tk eae dee a ea eeeeeenues 3 67 RAGIO eienen anar a e ENON aE aa 3 71 Radios Navigation Radio System see Navigation Manual aeeie a E 3 101 RECEPTION risien ae a EENE 3 111 Setting the Time cceeeeeeeeeeeeeee een eeneees 3 68 Theft Deterrent ccceceeeee ec ee eset eee eee 3 110 Rear Compartment Storage Panel Cover 2 45 Rear Door Security LOCKS ccceeeeeeeeeee
125. Pressure Light sccceeessseeeeseeneeees 3 39 Cargo LAMP Serrurier RN 3 18 Change Engine Oil Kontesa e 3 40 Electric Power Management s sesrereriersnie 3 18 Security Light Gat ccecanc achoatd eestn ttleanacereaceanse 3 40 Battery Run Down Protection sees 3 19 Fog Lamp Light 2c deccssce ston tae Mire senteoieuebttord 3 40 Accessory Power Outlet S eteeeeeees 3 19 Cruise Control Light ccccceccceeeeeeeeeees 3 41 Ashtray s and Cigarette Lighter 3 20 Section 3 Reduced Engine Power Light accses 3 41 Highbeam On Light seeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee ees 3 41 Service All Wheel Drive Light eeee 3 42 All Wheel Drive Disabled Light 005 3 42 Gate Ajar Light ceeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeee een eeees 3 42 Door Ajar Light pargiga 3 43 Service Vehicle Soon Light eeeeeeeeee ee 3 43 Fuel Gage senenin nonen aeae aea SANA eens 3 43 Low Fuel Warning Light a a 3 44 Driver Information Center DIC 3 45 DIC Operation and Displays eeeeeeeeees 3 45 DIC Compass s2 2 cisedeatnesucie ierann ataei 3 49 DIC Warnings and Messages 6eseeeeee eee 3 52 DIC Vehicle Personalization eeeeeeeeees 3 60 Instrument Panel Audio System s cceeeeeeeeee eee eeeeeeeeen ees 3 67 Setting the Time cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneee een eenes 3 68 PRaGIO S aracnean orrara a
126. RV fuel stop for about five minutes This will ensure proper lubrication of transmission components Re connect the vehicle s battery to start the vehicle To tow your vehicle from the front with all four wheels on the ground 1 Position the vehicle to tow and then secure it Turn the ignition to LOCK OFF Set the parking brake Turn the ignition to ACC ACCESSORY Shift your transmission to NEUTRAL N To prevent your battery from draining while the vehicle is being towed disconnect the vehicle s battery Contact your dealer retailer for more D OTe N information on the battery disconnection procedure 7 Release the parking brake Notice If you tow your vehicle without performing each of the steps listed under Dinghy Towing you could damage the automatic transmission Be sure to follow all steps of the dinghy towing procedure prior to and after towing your vehicle Notice If you exceed 65 mph 105 km h while towing your vehicle it could be damaged Never exceed 65 mph 105 km h while towing your vehicle Once you have reached your destination 1 Set the parking brake 2 Put the vehicle in PARK P 3 Re connect the vehicle s battery Contact your dealer retailer for more information on the battery connection procedure 4 Turn the ignition key to LOCK OFF and remove the key from the ignition Notice Don t tow a vehicle with the front drive wheels on the ground if one of the front ti
127. S de R L de C V Customer Assistance Center Paseo de la Reforma 2740 Col Lomas de Bezares C P 11910 Mexico D F 01 800 508 0000 Long Distance 011 52 53 29 0 800 GM Mobility Reimbursement Program E MOBILITY This program available to qualified applicants can reimburse you up to 1 000 of the cost of eligible aftermarket adaptive equipment required for your vehicle such as hand controls or a wheelchair scooter lift The offer is available for a very limited period of time from the date of vehicle purchase lease For more details or to determine your vehicle s eligibility visit gmmobility com or call the GM Mobility Assistance Center at 1 800 323 9935 Text telephone TTY users call 1 800 833 9935 General Motors of Canada also has a Mobility Program Call 1 800 GM DRIVE 463 7483 for details TTY users call 1 800 263 3830 Roadside Assistance Program For vehicles purchased in the U S call 1 800 ROADSIDE 762 3743 Text telephone TTY 1 888 889 2438 For vehicles purchased in Canada call 1 800 268 6800 Service is available 24 hours a day 365 days a year As the owner of a new Pontiac vehicle you are automatically enrolled in the Pontiac Roadside Assistance program Who is Covered Roadside Assistance coverage is for the vehicle operator regardless of ownership In Canada a person driving this vehicle without the consent of the owner is not eligible for coverage Services Provide
128. Should an Airbag Inflate on page 1 61 for more information Airbags should never be regarded as anything more than a supplement to safety belts What Will You See After an Airbag Inflates After the frontal airbags inflate they quickly deflate so quickly that some people may not even realize an airbag inflated Roof rail airbags may still be at least partially inflated for some time after they deploy Some components of the airbag module may be hot for several minutes For location of the airbag modules see What Makes an Airbag Inflate on page 1 62 The parts of the airbag that come into contact with you may be warm but not too hot to touch There may be some smoke and dust coming from the vents in the deflated airbags Airbag inflation does not prevent the driver from seeing out of the windshield or being able to steer the vehicle nor does it prevent people from leaving the vehicle A CAUTION When an airbag inflates there may be dust in the air This dust could cause breathing problems for people with a history of asthma or other breathing trouble To avoid this everyone in the vehicle should get out as soon as it is safe to do so If you have breathing problems but cannot get out of the vehicle after an airbag inflates then get fresh air by opening a window or a door If you experience breathing problems following an airbag deployment you should seek medical attention Your vehicle has a feature that may autom
129. Specific vehicle information can be found in one place The Online Owner Center allows you to e Get e mail service reminders e Access information about your specific vehicle including tips and videos and an electronic version of this owner manual e Keep track of your vehicle s service history and maintenance schedule e Find GM dealers retailers for service nationwide e Receive special promotions and privileges only available to members Refer to www MyGMLink com on the web for updated information and to register your vehicle My GM Canada Canada only My GM Canada is a password protected section of gmcanada com where you can save information on GM vehicles get personalized offers and use handy tools and forms with greater ease Here are a few of the valuable tools and services you will have access to My Showroom Find and save information on vehicles and current offers in your area My Dealers Retailers Save details such as address and phone number for each of your preferred GM Dealers or Retailers My Driveway Receive service reminders and helpful advice on owning and maintaining your vehicle My Preferences Manage your profile subscribe to E News and use tools and forms with greater ease To sign up to My GM Canada visit the My GM Canada section within www gmcanada com Customer Assistance for Text Telephone TTY Users To assist customers who are deaf hard of hearing or speec
130. To use random do one of the following 1 To play MP3 WMA files from the CD R or CD RW in random order press the pushbutton positioned under the RDM label until Random Current Disc displays Press the same pushbutton again to turn off random play 2 To play songs from all CDs loaded in a six disc CD player in random order press the pushbutton positioned under the RDM label until Randomize All Discs displays Press the same pushbutton again to turn off random play O Music Navigator Use the music navigator feature to play MP3 files on the CD R or CD RW in order by artist or album Press the pushbutton located below the music navigator label The player scans the disc to sort the files by artist and album ID3 tag information It can take several minutes to scan the disc depending on the number of MP3 WMA files recorded to the CD R or CD RW The radio can begin playing while it is scanning the disc in the background When the scan is finished the CD R or CD RW begins playing again 3 94 Once the disc has been scanned the player defaults to playing MP3 WMA files in order by artist The current artist playing is shown on the second line of the display between the arrows Once all songs by that artist are played the player moves to the next artist in alphabetical order on the CD R or CD RW and begins playing MP3 files by that artist If you want to listen to MP3 WMA files by another artist press the pushbutton located below eith
131. Warning Devices If you carry reflective triangles you can set them up at the side of the road about 300 feet 100 m behind your vehicle Horn Press near or on the horn symbols on the steering wheel pad to sound the horn Tilt Wheel Turn Signal Multifunction Lever Your vehicle has a tilt wheel that allows you to adjust the steering wheel The lever on the left side of the steering column includes the following e Turn and Lane Change Signals See Turn and Lane Change Signals on page 3 8 e 2D D Headlamp High Low Beam Changer See The lever to tilt the steering wheel is located on the left Headlamp High Low Beam Changer on page 3 8 side of the steering column l e Flash to Pass See Flash to Pass on page 3 9 To tilt the wheel hold the steering wheel and push the pop lever down Then move the steering wheel to a e lt amp Exterior Lamp Control See Headlamps comfortable position and pull the lever up firmly to lock on page 3 14 the column in place Turn and Lane Change Signals The turn signal has two upward for right and two downward for left positions These positions allow you to signal a turn or a lane change To signal a turn move the lever all the way up or down When the turn is finished the lever will return automatically An arrow on the instrument panel cluster will flash in the direction of the turn or lane change To signal a lane change raise or lower the lever until the arrow
132. a For additional information regarding the compact spare tire see Compact Spare Tire on page 5 88 5 60 How to Check Use a good quality pocket type gage to check tire pressure You cannot tell if your tires are properly inflated simply by looking at them Radial tires may look properly inflated even when they are under inflated Check the tire s inflation pressure when the tires are cold Cold means your vehicle has been sitting for at least three hours or driven no more than 1 mile 1 6 km Remove the valve cap from the tire valve stem Press the tire gage firmly onto the valve to get a pressure measurement If the cold tire inflation pressure matches the recommended pressure on the Tire and Loading Information label no further adjustment is necessary If the inflation pressure is low add air until you reach the recommended amount If you overfill the tire release air by pushing on the metal stem in the center of the tire valve Re check the tire pressure with the tire gage Be sure to put the valve caps back on the valve stems They help prevent leaks by keeping out dirt and moisture High Speed Operation A CAUTION Driving at high speeds 100 mph 160 km h or higher puts an additional strain on tires Sustained high speed driving causes excessive heat build up and can cause sudden tire failure You could have a crash and you or others could be killed Some high speed rated tires require inflation pressure a
133. a aE TEE EE 3 71 Using an MP3 Radio with CD or Six Disc CD Player riorreliecpiterar nnan raS a 3 90 Using an MP3 Radio with CD and DVD Player csciceiessstes eee ctiwtits iaai 3 95 XM Radio Messages ssscscsiererrrrerrnrereeen 3 100 Navigation Radio System eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 3 101 Rear Seat Entertainment RSE System 3 101 Theft Deterrent Feature a an 3 110 Audio Steering Wheel Controls 0655 3 110 Radio Reception wasccsscnectensetsecnesa canseeasereqcners 3 111 Multi Band Antenna eeceeeeeeeeeenee erate es 3 112 4 NOTES 3 3 Instrument Panel Overview 3 4 The main components of your instrument panel are the following A B C Air Outlets See Outlet Adjustment on page 3 24 Turn Signal Multifunction Lever See Turn Signal Multifunction Lever on page 3 7 Instrument Panel Cluster See Instrument Panel Cluster on page 3 27 Windshield Wiper Washer Lever See Windshield Wipers on page 3 9 Driver Information Center Controls See DIC Operation and Displays on page 3 45 Hazard Warning Flashers See Hazard Warning Flashers on page 3 6 Passenger Airbag Status Indicator See Passenger Airbag Status Indicator on page 3 30 Rear Window Wiper Washer Buttons See Rear Window Wiper Washer on pa
134. accessory power outlet Notice Adding any electrical equipment to your vehicle may damage it or keep other components from working as they should The repairs would not be covered by your warranty Do not use equipment exceeding maximum amperage rating of 20 amperes Check with your dealer retailer before adding electrical equipment When adding electrical equipment be sure to follow the installation instructions included with the equipment Notice Improper use of the power outlet can cause damage not covered by your warranty Do not hang any type of accessory or accessory bracket from the plug because the power outlets are designed for accessory power plugs only 3 19 Ashtray s and Cigarette Lighter Your vehicle may have a removable ashtray and cigarette lighter The ashtray can be placed into the front console cupholders To use the lighter push it in all the way and let go When it is ready it will pop back out by itself Notice Holding a cigarette lighter in while it is heating will not allow the lighter to back away from the heating element when it is hot Damage from overheating may occur to the lighter or heating element or a fuse could be blown Do not hold a cigarette lighter in while it is heating Do not use equipment exceeding maximum amperage rating of 15 amperes Notice f you put papers pins or other flammable items in the ashtray hot cigarettes or other smoking materials could ignite them and possi
135. ace 3 105 Remote Control Buttons D Power Press this button to turn the video screen on and off Y Illumination Press this button to turn the remote control backlight on The backlight automatically times out after 7 to 10 seconds if no other button is pressed while the backlight is on aa Title Press this button to return the DVD to the main menu of the DVD This function varies for each disc 3 106 Main Menu Press this button to access the DVD menu The DVD menu is different on every DVD Use the navigation arrows to move the cursor around the DVD menu After making a selection press the enter button This button only operates when using a DVD A W lt gt Menu Navigation Arrows Use the navigation arrows to navigate through a menu lt Enter Press this button to select the choice that is highlighted in any menu L Display Menu Press this button to adjust the brightness screen display mode normal full or zoom and display the language menu amp gt Return Press this button to exit the current active menu and return to the previous menu This button operates only when the display menu or a DVD menu is active HM Stop Press this button to stop playing rewinding or fast forwarding a DVD Press this button twice to return to the beginning of the DVD gt Play Pause Press this button to start playing a DVD Press this button while a DVD is playing to pause it
136. acement parts and recommended fluids and lubricants as prescribed in this manual are necessary to keep your vehicle in good working condition Any damage caused by failure to follow scheduled maintenance might not be covered by warranty 6 2 Your Vehicle and the Environment Proper vehicle maintenance not only helps to keep your vehicle in good working condition but also helps the environment All recommended maintenance is important Improper vehicle maintenance can even affect the quality of the air we breathe Improper fluid levels or the wrong tire inflation can increase the level of emissions from your vehicle To help protect our environment and to keep your vehicle in good condition be sure to maintain your vehicle properly Using the Maintenance Schedule We want to help you keep your vehicle in good working condition But we do not know exactly how you will drive it You might drive very short distances only a few times a week Or you might drive long distances all the time in very hot dusty weather You might use your vehicle in making deliveries Or you might drive it to work to do errands or in many other ways Because of all the different ways people use their vehicles maintenance needs vary You might need more frequent checks and replacements So please read the following and note how you drive If you have any questions on how to keep your vehicle in good condition see your dealer retailer This schedule i
137. acity of a tire Maximum Inflation Pressure The maximum air pressure to which a cold tire can be inflated The maximum air pressure is molded onto the sidewall Maximum Load Rating The load rating for a tire at the maximum permissible inflation pressure for that tire 5 57 Maximum Loaded Vehicle Weight The sum of curb weight accessory weight vehicle capacity weight and production options weight Normal Occupant Weight The number of occupants a vehicle is designed to seat multiplied by 150 Ibs 68 kg See Loading Your Vehicle on page 4 22 Occupant Distribution Designated seating positions Outward Facing Sidewall The side of an asymmetrical tire that has a particular side that faces outward when mounted on a vehicle The side of the tire that contains a whitewall bears white lettering or bears manufacturer brand and or model name molding that is higher or deeper than the same moldings on the other sidewall of the tire Passenger P Metric Tire A tire used on passenger cars and some light duty trucks and multipurpose vehicles Recommended Inflation Pressure Vehicle manufacturer s recommended tire inflation pressure as shown on the tire placard See Inflation Tire Pressure on page 5 59 and Loading Your Vehicle on page 4 22 5 58 Radial Ply Tire A pneumatic tire in which the ply cords that extend to the beads are laid at 90 degrees to the centerline of the tread Rim A metal support for a ti
138. ack into the player and begins playing For the Six Disc CD player press and hold this button for two seconds to eject all discs J Tune Turn this knob to select MP3 WMA files on the CD R or CD RW currently playing Ki SEEK D Press the left SEEK arrow to go to the start of the current MP3 WMA file if more than ten seconds have played Press the right SEEK arrow to go to the next MP3 WMA file If either SEEK arrow is held or pressed multiple times the player continues moving backward or forward through MP3 WMA files on the CD lt Previous Folder Press the pushbutton positioned under the Folder label to go to the first track in the previous folder gt Next Folder Press the pushbutton positioned under the Folder label to go to the first track in the next folder lt lt REV Reverse Press and hold this button to reverse playback quickly within an MP3 WMA file Sound is heard at a reduced volume Release this button to resume playing the file The elapsed time of the file displays D gt FWD Fast Forward Press and hold this button to advance playback quickly within an MP3 WMA file Sound is heard at a reduced volume Release this button to resume playing the file The elapsed time of the file displays 3 93 RDM Random With the random setting MP3 files on the CD R can be listened to in random rather than sequential order on one CD R CD RW or all discs in a six disc CD player
139. age 2 5 for more information NO CHANGE No change will be made to this feature The current setting will remain To select a setting press the set reset button while the desired setting is displayed on the DIC CHIME VOLUME This feature allows you to select the volume level of the chime Press the vehicle information button until CHIME VOLUME appears on the DIC display Press the set reset button to access the settings for this feature Then press the vehicle information button to scroll through the following settings NORMAL The chime volume will be set to a normal level LOUD The chime volume will be set to a loud level NO CHANGE No change will be made to this feature The current setting will remain There is no default for chime volume The volume will stay at the last known setting To select a setting press the set reset button while the desired setting is displayed on the DIC 3 65 REMOTE START If your vehicle has this feature it allows you to turn the remote start off or on The remote start feature allows you to start the engine from outside of the vehicle using the RKE transmitter See Remote Vehicle Start on page 2 8 for more information Press the vehicle information button until REMOTE START appears on the DIC display Press the set reset button to access the settings for this feature Then press the vehicle information button to scroll through the following settings OFF The remote start fea
140. age 5 15 and Scheduled Maintenance on page 6 4 for more information 3 40 Security Light For information regarding this light and the vehicle s security system see f Content Theft Deterrent on page 2 18 and PASS Key Ill Operation on page 2 19 Fog Lamp Light The fog lamp light will come on when the fog 9 lamps are in use The light will go out when the fog lamps are turned off See Fog Lamps on page 3 16 for more information Cruise Control Light This light comes on y whenever you set the cruise control The light goes out when the cruise control is turned off See Cruise Control on page 3 11 for more information Reduced Engine Power Light a Your vehicle has a reduced engine power light This light along with the service vehicle soon light will be displayed when a noticeable reduction in the vehicle s performance may occur Stop the vehicle and turn off the ignition Wait for 10 seconds and restart your vehicle This may correct the condition See Service Vehicle Soon Light on page 3 43 for more information The vehicle may be driven at a reduced speed when the reduced engine power light is on but acceleration and speed may be reduced The performance may be reduced until the next time you drive your vehicle If this light stays on see your dealer retailer as soon as possible for diagnosis and repair Highbeam On Light This light comes on when the high beam headlamps are in u
141. age not covered by warranty GM Accessories are designed to complement and function with other systems on your vehicle Your GM dealer retailer can accessorize your vehicle using genuine GM Accessories When you go to your GM dealer retailer and ask for GM Accessories you will know that GM trained and supported service technicians will perform the work using genuine GM Accessories Also see Adding Equipment to Your Airbag Equipped Vehicle on page 1 70 California Proposition 65 Warning Most motor vehicles including this one contain and or emit chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth defects or other reproductive harm Engine exhaust many parts and systems including some inside the vehicle many fluids and some component wear by products contain and or emit these chemicals California Perchlorate Materials Requirements Certain types of automotive applications such as airbag initiators seat belt pretensioners and lithium batteries contained in remote keyless entry transmitters may contain perchlorate materials Special handling may be necessary For additional information see www dtsc ca gov hazardouswaste perchlorate Doing Your Own Service Work A CAUTION You can be injured and your vehicle could be damaged if you try to do service work on a vehicle without knowing enough about it e Be sure you have sufficient knowledge experience the proper replacement parts and tools before y
142. ailer to add the manufacturer s remote vehicle start feature If your vehicle has the remote start ready feature your RKE transmitter will have extended range that will allow you to lock or unlock your vehicle from approximately 195 feet 60 m away See your dealer retailer if you would like to add the manufacturer s remote vehicle start feature to your vehicle Doors and Locks There are a couple of ways to manually lock or unlock your vehicle From the outside use the key in the driver s door Door Locks B 4 From the inside use the lock control on the door A CAUTION Power Door Locks The power door lock switches are located on the Unlocked doors can be dangerous driver s and front passenger s doors e Passengers especially children can easily open the doors and fall out of a moving vehicle When a door is locked the handle will not open it You increase the chance of being thrown out of the vehicle in a crash if the doors are not locked So wear safety belts properly and lock the doors whenever you drive Young children who get into unlocked vehicles may be unable to get out A child can be overcome by extreme heat and can suffer permanent injuries or even death from heat stroke Always lock your vehicle whenever you leave it Outsiders can easily enter through an unlocked door when you slow down or stop your vehicle Locking your doors can help prevent this from happening Unlock To unlock the doors
143. ailering is different than just driving your vehicle by itself Trailering means changes in handling acceleration braking durability and fuel economy Successful safe trailering takes correct equipment and it has to be used properly That is the reason for this section In it are many time tested important trailering tips and safety rules Many of these are important for your safety and that of your passengers So please read this section carefully before you pull a trailer If You Do Decide To Pull A Trailer If you do here are some important points e There are many different laws including speed limit restrictions having to do with trailering Make sure your rig will be legal not only where you live but also where you will be driving A good source for this information can be state or provincial police e Consider using a sway control See Hitches later in this section e Do not tow a trailer at all during the first 500 miles 800 km your new vehicle is driven Your engine axle or other parts could be damaged e During the first 500 miles 800 km that you tow a trailer do not drive over 50 mph 80 km h and do not make starts at full throttle This helps your engine and other parts of your vehicle wear in at the heavier loads Three important considerations have to do with weight e Weight of the trailer e Weight of the trailer tongue e Weight on your vehicle s tires Weight of the Trailer How heavy ca
144. al Multifunction Lever eeeeeeeeeeee ee 3 7 U Uniform Tire Quality Grading eeeeeeeeeeeees 5 72 Using This Manual sici5ei 2 crcacsage ceaveagsiceedes tetapeanaens iii Vehicle COMO csiseicsccasedcscgneieusrenceded shea eE EEDE 4 4 Damage Warnings cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeees iv Loading esince nnie ea a E A 4 22 Service Soon Light iesnas neesiana inira 3 43 SYMDOIS easg A E NE EE peN iv Vehicle Data Recording and Privacy 7 17 Vehicle Identification Number VIN cascccsctascsamenszccncinenas a 5 98 Service Parts Identification Label 5 98 Vehicle Personalization Deen r E escnemnmae a inerttaes 3 60 Vehicle Remote Start c cccccceceeeeeeeeeaeeeeees 2 8 Ventilation Adjustment ceeeeeeeeeeeeeee eee ee es 3 24 VISORS nes caceatasdessieatecee gee N EEG 2 17 W Warning Lights Gages and Indicators 3 26 Warnings DIC Warnings and Messages 0eeeeeeee 3 52 Hazard Warning Flashers ccce 3 6 Other Warning Devices ceceeeeeeeneeeeen eee 3 6 Safety and Symbols ecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenes iii Vehicle Damage ceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeereeeeeeeees iv Wheels Alignment and Tire Balance ccecce 5 74 Different Size 1 0 00 cece eeee cece eee eee eee eee eee nenne 5 72 Replacement sisceuasn cose stencceveneniengeeeeveaeerseneecenn 5 74 Where to Put the Restraint eee
145. all moving parts Your vehicle has a Computer Controlled Cranking System This feature assists in starting the engine and protects components If the ignition key is turned to the START position and then released when the engine begins cranking the engine will continue cranking for a few seconds or until the vehicle starts If the engine does not start and the key is held in START for many seconds cranking will be stopped after 15 seconds to prevent cranking motor damage To prevent gear damage this system also prevents cranking if the engine is already running Engine cranking can be stopped by turning the ignition switch to the ACC ACCESSORY or LOCK OFF position Notice Cranking the engine for long periods of time by returning the key to the START position immediately after cranking has ended can overheat and damage the cranking motor and drain the battery Wait at least 15 seconds between each try to let the cranking motor cool down 2 If the engine does not start after 5 10 seconds especially in very cold weather below 0 F or 18 C it could be flooded with too much gasoline Try pushing the accelerator pedal all the way to the floor and holding it there as you hold the key in START for up to a maximum of 15 seconds Wait at least 15 seconds between each try to allow the cranking motor to cool down When the engine starts let go of the key and accelerator If the vehicle starts briefly but then stops again do the sam
146. and StabiliTrak warning light on the instrument panel cluster will be on after first driving the vehicle and exceeding 30 mph 48 km h for 30 seconds The StabiliTrak system is off until the light has turned off This could take up to 15 minutes See DIC Warnings and Messages on page 3 52 for more information The traction control system and StabiliTrak warning light on the instrument panel cluster will flash when the system is operating You may also feel or hear the system working This is normal This light may also come on after extended heavy braking indicating the brakes have become too hot to limit wheel spin StabiliTrak can be turned off using the traction control button To disable StabiliTrak press and hold the traction control button for five seconds StabiliTrak can be activated again by pressing the traction control button The SERVICE STABILITRAK message will be displayed and the traction control system and StabiliTrak warning light on the instrument panel cluster will come on if there is a problem with the system When this light and the SERVICE STABILITRAK message are on the system is not operational Adjust your driving accordingly All Wheel Drive AWD System If your vehicle has all wheel drive AWD the AWD system operates automatically without any action required by the driver If the front drive wheels begin to slip the rear wheels will automatically begin to drive the vehicle as required Torque
147. andom play e Press the CD AUX button or for a six disc CD player press and hold the V button A beep sounds and Load All Discs displays Insert one or more discs partway into the slot of the CD player 3 80 To play tracks from all CDs loaded in a six disc CD player in random order press the pushbutton positioned under the RDM label until Randomize All Discs displays Press the same pushbutton again to turn off random play RPT Repeat Base Radio with CD With the repeat setting one track can be repeated e To repeat the track you are listening to press and release the RPT button An arrow symbol displays Press again to turn off repeat play When repeat is off the arrow symbol no longer displays i Information Base Radio with CD Press to switch the display between the track number elapsed time of the track and the time When the ignition is off press to display the time BAND Press to listen to the radio when a CD is playing The CD remains safely inside the radio for future listening CD AUX CD Auxiliary Press to play a CD when listening to the radio The CD icon and a message showing disc and or track number displays when a CD is in the player Press again and the system automatically searches for an auxiliary input device such as a portable audio player Playing a CD In Either the DVD or CD Slot Insert a CD partway into the slot label side up The player pulls it in and the CD should begin pla
148. ange clock or date settings while in the clock or date setting mode See the information given earlier in this section specific to the radio CD and the DVD Also see Setting the Time on page 3 68 for setting the clock and date K SEEK Previous Track Chapter Press to return to the start of the current track or chapter Press again to go to the previous track or chapter This button might not work when the DVD is playing the copyright information or the previews SEEK gt Next Track Chapier Press this button to go to the next track or chapter This button might not work when the DVD is playing the copyright information or the previews lt lt REV Fast Reverse Press to fast reverse the CD or DVD five times the normal speed The radio displays the elapsed time while in fast reverse To stop fast reversing press again This button might not work when the DVD is playing the copyright information or the previews D gt FWD Fast Forward Press to fast forward the CD or DVD The radio displays the elapsed time and fast forwards five times the normal speed To stop fast forwarding press again This button might not work when the DVD is playing the copyright information or the previews A Eject Press to eject a CD or DVD If a CD or DVD is ejected but not removed the player automatically pulls it back in after 15 seconds If loading and reading of a CD cannot be completed such as unknown format etc and the dis
149. anging a Flat Tire If a tire goes flat avoid further tire and wheel damage by driving slowly to a level place Turn on your vehicle s hazard warning flashers See Hazard Warning Flashers on page 3 6 for more information When your vehicle has a flat tire use the following example as a guide to assist you in the placement of A CAUTION wheel blocks Changing a tire can be dangerous The vehicle can slip off the jack and roll over or fall on you or other people You and they could be badly injured or even killed Find a level place to change your tire To help prevent the vehicle gt roni moving SEA Set the parking brake firmly Put the shift lever in PARK P Turn off the engine and do not restart while the vehicle is raised Do not allow passengers to remain in the vehicle To be even more certain the vehicle will not The following information tells you how to use the jack move you should put blocks at the front and and change a tire rear of the tire farthest away from the one being changed That would be the tire on the other side at the opposite end of the vehicle 5 77 Removing the Spare Tire and Tools If your vehicle has the rear compartment storage panel cover you will have to remove it to access the load floor See Rear Compartment Storage Panel Cover on page 2 45 for more information To access the spare tire and tools 2 Remove the nut retaining the spare tire 3 Remove
150. ar the OnStar advisor If the light next to the OnStar buttons is red this means that your system is not functioning properly and should be checked by your dealer retailer If the light appears clear no light is appearing your OnStar subscription has expired You can always press the OnStar button to confirm that your OnStar equipment is active Storage Areas Glove Box To open the glove box pull the handle to the left and pull the glove box door down until it stops and is fully open Cupholder s There are two cupholders located at the lower front of the center console armrest and a molded cupholder on the floor of the center console To use the cupholders on the armrest pull the tray forward There are two cupholders located at the rear of the center console Pull downward on the lid to use the cupholders Center Console Storage Your vehicle has a center console armrest with storage area Use the lever on the front of the console to open it Luggage Carrier A CAUTION If you try to carry something on top of your vehicle that is longer or wider than the luggage carrier like paneling plywood a mattress and so forth the wind can catch it as you drive along This can cause you to lose control What you are carrying could be violently torn off and this could cause you or other drivers to have a collision and of course damage your vehicle You may be able to carry something like this inside But never ca
151. ar to a manual transmission If your vehicle has this feature see Manual Shift Mode MSM 2 30 Manual Shift Mode MSM Automatic Transmission To use this feature do the following 1 Move the shift lever from DRIVE D to the left into the manual gate While driving in manual shift mode the transmission will remain in the driver gear selected When coming to a stop in the manual position the vehicle will automatically shift to FIRST 1 gear 2 Push the shift lever forward toward the plus to upshift or rearward toward the minus to downshift When using the Manual Shift Mode MSM the number of the gear selected will appear on the instrument cluster below the shift position display In manual shift mode all six forward gears can be selected While using the MSM feature the vehicle will have operation similar to a manual transmission You can use this for sport driving or when driving hilly roads to stay in gear longer or to downshift for more power or engine braking The transmission will only allow you to shift into gears appropriate for the vehicle speed e The transmission will not automatically shift to the next higher gear without moving the shift lever e The transmission will not allow shifting to the next lower gear if the vehicle speed is too high If the vehicle does not respond to a gear change or detects a problem with the transmission the range of gears may be reduced and
152. ar vehicle wash lightly apply the brake pedal until the brakes work normally CAUTION Continued CAUTION Continued Flowing or rushing water creates strong forces Driving through flowing water could cause your vehicle to be carried away If this happens you and other vehicle occupants could drown Do not ignore police warnings and be very cautious about trying to drive through flowing water Hydroplaning Hydroplaning is dangerous Water can build up under your vehicle s tires so they actually ride on the water This can happen if the road is wet enough and you are going fast enough When your vehicle is hydroplaning it has little or no contact with the road There is no hard and fast rule about hydroplaning The best advice is to slow down when the road is wet Other Rainy Weather Tips Besides slowing down other wet weather driving tips include e Allow extra following distance e Pass with caution e Keep windshield wiping equipment in good shape e Keep the windshield washer fluid reservoir filled e Have good tires with proper tread depth See Tires on page 5 52 Before Leaving on a Long Trip To prepare your vehicle for a long trip consider having it serviced by your dealer retailer before departing Things to check on your own include e Windshield Washer Fluid Reservoir full Windows clean inside and outside e Wiper Blades In good shape e Fuel Engine Oil Other Fluids All level
153. are driving on a very rough road When the road becomes smoother the CD should play e The CD is dirty scratched wet or upside down e The air is very humid If so wait about an hour and try again e There could have been a problem while burning the CD e The label could be caught in the CD player If any error occurs repeatedly or if an error cannot be corrected contact your dealer retailer If the radio displays an error message write it down and provide it to your dealer retailer when reporting the problem 3 83 Using the DVD Player The DVD player is controlled by the buttons on the remote control by the RSA system or by the buttons on the radio faceplate See Remote Control under Rear Seat Entertainment RSE System on page 3 101 for more information The DVD player is only compatible with DVDs of the appropriate region code that is printed on the jacket of most DVDs The DVD slot of the radio is compatible with most audio CDs CD R CD RW DVD Video DVD Audio DVD R RW DVD R RW media along with MP3 and WMA formats If an error message appears on the video screen or the radio see DVD Display Error Messages under Rear Seat Entertainment RSE System on page 3 101 and DVD Radio Error Messages in this section for more information 3 84 Playing a DVD DVD CD AUX Auxiliary Press to cycle through DVD CD or Auxiliary when listening to the radio The DVD CD text label and a message show
154. as silicone carbide tire cleaning brushes you could damage the aluminum or chrome plated wheels The repairs would not be covered by your warranty Never drive a vehicle equipped with aluminum or chrome plated wheels through an automatic car wash that uses silicone carbide tire cleaning brushes 5 95 Tires To clean the tires use a stiff brush with tire cleaner Notice Using petroleum based tire dressing products on your vehicle may damage the paint finish and or tires When applying a tire dressing always wipe off any overspray from all painted surfaces on your vehicle Sheet Metal Damage If the vehicle is damaged and requires sheet metal repair or replacement make sure the body repair shop applies anti corrosion material to parts repaired or replaced to restore corrosion protection Original manufacturer replacement parts will provide the corrosion protection while maintaining the warranty Finish Damage Any stone chips fractures or deep scratches in the finish should be repaired right away Bare metal will corrode quickly and may develop into major repair expense Minor chips and scratches can be repaired with touch up materials available from your dealer retailer Larger areas of finish damage can be corrected in your dealer s retailer s body and paint shop 5 96 Underbody Maintenance Chemicals used for ice and snow removal and dust control can collect on the underbody If these are not removed corro
155. asolines containing MMT See Additives on page 5 5 for additional information California Fuel If your vehicle is certified to meet California Emissions Standards it is designed to operate on fuels that meet California specifications See the underhood emission control label If this fuel is not available in states adopting California emissions standards your vehicle will operate satisfactorily on fuels meeting federal specifications but emission control system performance might be affected The malfunction indicator lamp could turn on and your vehicle might fail a smog check test See Malfunction Indicator Lamp on page 3 36 lf this occurs return to your authorized dealer retailer for diagnosis If it is determined that the condition is caused by the type of fuel used repairs might not be covered by your warranty Additives To provide cleaner air all gasolines in the United States are now required to contain additives that help prevent engine and fuel system deposits from forming allowing the emission control system to work properly In most cases you should not have to add anything to the fuel However some gasolines contain only the minimum amount of additive required to meet U S Environmental Protection Agency regulations To help keep fuel injectors and intake valves clean or if your vehicle experiences problems due to dirty injectors or valves look for gasoline that is advertised as TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline Also
156. asphalt and concrete A tire marked C may have poor traction performance Warning The traction grade assigned to this tire is based on straight ahead braking traction tests and does not include acceleration cornering hydroplaning or peak traction characteristics Temperature A B C The temperature grades are A the highest B and C representing the tire s resistance to the generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel Sustained high temperature can cause the material of the tire to degenerate and reduce tire life and excessive temperature can lead to sudden tire failure The grade C corresponds to a level of performance which all passenger car tires must meet under the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No 109 Grades B and A represent higher levels of performance on the laboratory test wheel than the minimum required by law Warning The temperature grade for this tire is established for a tire that is properly inflated and not overloaded Excessive speed underinflation or excessive loading either separately or in combination can cause heat buildup and possible tire failure 5 73 Wheel Alignment and Tire Balance The tires and wheels on your vehicle were aligned and balanced carefully at the factory to give you the longest tire life and best overall performance Adjustments to wheel alignment and tire balanci
157. assenger s airbag inflates This is because the back of the rear facing child restraint would be very close to the inflating airbag Even though the passenger sensing system is designed to turn off the right front passenger s frontal airbag if the system detects a rear facing child restraint no system is fail safe and no one can guarantee that an airbag will not deploy under some unusual circumstance even though it is turned off We recommend that rear facing child restraints be secured in a rear seat even if the airbag is off If you secure a forward facing child restraint in the right front seat always move the front passenger seat as far back as it will go It is better to secure the child restraint in a rear seat See Passenger Sensing System on page 1 64 for additional information If your vehicle does not have a rear seat that will accommodate a rear facing child restraint we recommend that rear facing child restraints not be transported in your vehicle even if the airbag is off If your child restraint has the LATCH system see Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children LATCH on page 1 42 for how to install your child restraint using LATCH If you secure a child restraint using a safety belt and it uses a top tether see Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children LATCH on page 1 42 for top tether anchor locations Do not secure a child seat in a position without a top tether anchor if a national or local law requir
158. at any time without notification Scheduling Service Appointments When your vehicle requires warranty service contact your dealer retailer and request an appointment By scheduling a service appointment and advising your service consultant of your transportation needs your dealer retailer can help minimize your inconvenience If your vehicle cannot be scheduled into the service department immediately keep driving it until it can be scheduled for service unless of course the problem is safety related If it is please call your dealership retailer let them know this and ask for instructions If the dealer retailer requests that you simply drop the vehicle off for service you are urged to do so as early in the work day as possible to allow for the same day repair Courtesy Transportation To enhance your ownership experience we and our participating dealers are proud to offer Courtesy Transportation a customer support program for vehicles with the Bumper to Bumper Base Warranty Coverage period in Canada and extended powertrain warranty in both the U S and Canada Several courtesy transportation options are available to assist in reducing your inconvenience when warranty repairs are required Courtesy Transportation is not a part of the New Vehicle Limited Warranty A separate booklet entitled Warranty and Owner Assistance Information furnished with each new vehicle provides detailed warranty coverage informatio
159. at is the time for evasive action steering around the problem Your vehicle can perform very well in emergencies like these First apply the brakes See Braking on page 4 4 It is better to remove as much speed as you can from a possible collision Then steer around the problem to the left or right depending on the space available An emergency like this requires close attention and a quick decision If you are holding the steering wheel at the recommended 9 and 3 o clock positions you can turn it a full 180 degrees very quickly without removing either hand But you have to act fast steer quickly and just as quickly straighten the wheel once you have avoided the object The fact that such emergency situations are always possible is a good reason to practice defensive driving at all times and wear safety belts properly Off Road Recovery You may find that your vehicle s right wheels have dropped off the edge of a road onto the shoulder while you are driving If the level of the shoulder is only slightly below the pavement recovery should be fairly easy Ease off the accelerator and then if there is nothing in the way steer so that your vehicle straddles the edge of the pavement You can turn the steering wheel up to one quarter turn until the right front tire contacts the pavement edge Then turn the steering wheel to go straight down the roadway 4 12 Passing Passing another vehicle on a two lane road
160. at you choose a collision repair facility that meets your needs before you ever need collision repairs Your dealer retailer may have a collision repair center with GM trained technicians and state of the art equipment or be able to recommend a collision repair center that has GM trained technicians and comparable equipment Insuring Your Vehicle Protect your investment in your GM vehicle with comprehensive and collision insurance coverage There are significant differences in the quality of coverage afforded by various insurance policy terms Many insurance policies provide reduced protection to your GM vehicle by limiting compensation for damage repairs by using aftermarket collision parts Some insurance companies will not specify aftermarket collision parts When purchasing insurance we recommend that you assure your vehicle will be repaired with GM original equipment collision parts If such insurance coverage is not available from your current insurance carrier consider switching to another insurance carrier If your vehicle is leased the leasing company may require you to have insurance that assures repairs with Genuine GM Original Equipment Manufacturer OEM parts or Genuine Manufacturer replacement parts Read your lease carefully as you may be charged at the end of your lease for poor quality repairs If a Crash Occurs Here is what to do if you are involved in a crash e Try to relax and then check to make sure you a
161. ate A CAUTION Even though the passenger sensing system is designed to turn off the right front passenger s frontal airbag if the system detects a rear facing A CAUTION child restraint no system is fail safe and no one can guarantee that an airbag will not deploy under some unusual circumstance even though it is turned off We recommend that rear facing child restraints be secured in the rear seat even if the airbag is off If the on indicator comes on when you have a rear facing child restraint installed in the right front passenger s seat it means that the passenger sensing system has not turned off the passenger s frontal airbag A child in a rear facing child restraint can be seriously injured or killed if the right front passenger s airbag inflates This is because the back of the If the word OFF or the off symbol is lit on the airbag rear facing child restraint would be very close status indicator it means that the passenger sensing to the inflating airbag Do not use a rear facing system has turned off the right front passenger s frontal child restraint in the right front passenger s airbag See Passenger Sensing System on page 1 64 seat if the airbag is turned on for more on this including important safety information 3 31 If after several seconds both status indicator lights remain on or if there are no lights at all there may be a problem with the lights or the passenger sensing system See your
162. atically unlock the doors turn the interior lamps on and turn the hazard warning flashers on when the airbags inflate You can lock the doors turn the interior lamps off and turn the hazard warning flashers off by using the controls for those features 1 63 In many crashes severe enough to inflate the airbag windshields are broken by vehicle deformation Additional windshield breakage may also occur from the right front passenger airbag e Airbags are designed to inflate only once After an airbag inflates you will need some new parts for the airbag system If you do not get them the airbag system will not be there to help protect you in another crash A new system will include airbag modules and possibly other parts The service manual for your vehicle covers the need to replace other parts e Your vehicle has a crash sensing and diagnostic module which records information after a crash See Vehicle Data Recording and Privacy on page 7 17 and Event Data Recorders on page 7 18 e Let only qualified technicians work on the airbag systems Improper service can mean that an airbag system will not work properly See your dealer retailer for service 1 64 Passenger Sensing System Your vehicle has a passenger sensing system for the right front passenger s position The passenger airbag status indicator will be visible on the instrument panel when you start your vehicle PASSENGER AIRBAG A
163. ating GAWR To find out the actual loads on your front and rear axles you need to go to a weigh station and weigh your vehicle Your dealer can help you with this Be sure to spread out your load equally on both sides of the centerline Never exceed the GVWR for your vehicle or the GAWR for either the front or rear axle A CAUTION Do not load your vehicle any heavier than the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR or either the maximum front or rear Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR If you do parts on your vehicle can break and it can change the way your vehicle handles These could cause you to lose control and crash Also overloading can shorten the life of your vehicle Notice Overloading your vehicle may cause damage Repairs would not be covered by your warranty Do not overload your vehicle If you put things inside your vehicle like suitcases tools packages or anything else they will go as fast as the vehicle goes If you have to stop or turn quickly or if there is a crash they will keep going A CAUTION Things you put inside your vehicle can strike and injure people in a sudden stop or turn or in a crash Put things in the cargo area of your vehicle Try to spread the weight evenly Never stack heavier things like suitcases inside the vehicle so that some of them are above the tops of the seats Do not leave an unsecured child restraint in your vehicle When you carry something ins
164. ay 3 Press the set reset button to enter the feature settings menu If the menu is not available FEATURE SETTNGS Settings AVAILABLE IN PRK Park will display Before entering the menu make sure the vehicle is in PARK P Feature Settings Menu Items The following are personalization features that allow you to program settings to the vehicle DISPLAY ENGLISH This feature will only display if a language other than English has been set This feature allows you to change the language in which the DIC messages appear to English Press the vehicle information button until the PRESS TO DISPLAY ENGLISH screen appears on the DIC display Press the set reset button to display all DIC messages in English DISPLAY LANG Language This feature allows you to select the language in which the DIC messages will appear Press the vehicle information button until DISPLAY LANG Language appears on the DIC display Press the set reset button to access the settings for this feature Then press the vehicle information button to scroll through the following settings ENGLISH default All messages will appear in English FRENCH All messages will appear in French SPANISH All messages will appear in Spanish NO CHANGE No change will be made to this feature The current setting will remain To select a setting press the set reset button while the desired setting is displayed on the DIC 3 61 AUTO LOCK This feature
165. ays on for an extended period of time when the system is turned on your vehicle needs service See Traction Control System TCS on page 4 6 and StabiliTrak System on page 4 7 for more information Engine Coolant Temperature Warning Light The engine coolant temperature warning light will come on when the engine has overheated G Pr If this happens you should pull over and turn off the engine as soon as possible See Engine Overheating on page 5 25 for more information Notice Driving with the engine coolant temperature warning light on could cause your vehicle to overheat See Engine Overheating on page 5 25 Your vehicle could be damaged and it might not be covered by your warranty Never drive with the engine coolant temperature warning light on Engine Coolant Temperature Gage This gage measures the temperature of the vehicle s engine coolant If the indicator needle moves towards the shaded in thermostat the engine is too hot The engine coolant temperature warning light will turn on See Engine Coolant Temperature Warning Light on page 3 35 for more information If you have been operating your vehicle under normal driving conditions and the engine coolant temperature warning light comes on you should pull off the road stop your vehicle and turn off the engine as soon as possible 3 35 Tire Pressure Light This light comes on briefly when the engine is started This light will also co
166. belt 1 41 A Child restraint or occupant using safety belt B Child restraint using LATCH Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children LATCH The LATCH system holds a child restraint during driving or in acrash This system is designed to make installation of a child restraint easier The LATCH system uses anchors in the vehicle and attachments on the child restraint that are made for use with the LATCH system 1 42 Make sure that a LATCH compatible child restraint is properly installed using the anchors or use the vehicle s safety belts to secure the restraint following the instructions that came with that restraint and also the instructions in this manual When installing a child restraint with a top tether you must also use either the lower anchors or the safety belts to properly secure the child restraint A child restraint must never be installed using only the top tether and anchor In order to use the LATCH system in your vehicle you need a child restraint that has LATCH attachments The child restraint manufacturer will provide you with instructions on how to use the child restraint and its attachments The following explains how to attach a child restraint with these attachments in your vehicle Not all vehicle seating positions or child restraints have lower anchors and attachments or top tether anchors and attachments Lower Anchors Top Tether Anchor Lower anchors A are metal bars built into
167. ber of safety cautions in this book A box with the word CAUTION is used to tell about things that could hurt you or others if you were to ignore the warning A CAUTION These mean there is something that could hurt you or other people We tell you what the hazard is and what to do to help avoid or reduce the hazard Please read these cautions If you do not you or others could be hurt A circle with a slash through it is a safety symbol which means Do Not Do Not do this or Do Not let this happen Vehicle Damage Warnings You will also find notices in this manual Notice These mean there is something that could damage your vehicle A notice tells about something that can damage the vehicle Many times this damage would not be covered by your vehicle s warranty and it could be costly The notice tells what to do to help avoid the damage When you read other manuals you might see CAUTION and NOTICE warnings in different colors or in different words There are also warning labels on the vehicle which use the same words CAUTION or NOTICE Vehicle Symbols The vehicle has components and labels that use symbols instead of text Symbols are shown along with the text describing the operation or information relating to a specific component control message gage or indicator Section 1 Seats and Restraint Systems Front Seat c cc cece ececeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeees 1 2
168. bly damage your vehicle Never put flammable items in the ashtray 3 20 Climate Controls Climate Control System The heating cooling and ventilation for the vehicle can be controlled with this system If your vehicle has the remote start feature the climate control system functions as part of the remote start feature See Remote Keyless Entry RKE System Operation on page 2 5 Operation Fan Turn the left knob clockwise or counterclockwise to increase or decrease the fan speed In any setting other than off the fan runs continuously with the ignition on To turn off the air completely turn the fan to 0 and select the recirculation button Temperature Control Turn the center knob clockwise or counterclockwise to increase or decrease the temperature inside the vehicle Use the right knob to select from the following modes There is one position between each mode to finely adjust airflow position 7s Vent This mode directs air to the instrument panel outlets pi Bi Level This mode splits the air between the instrument panel outlets and the floor outlets ted Floor This mode directs most of the air to the floor outlets with some air directed to the windshield and side windows The right knob may also be used to select the defrost and defog modes that are described in this section You can also select modes by using the following buttons Outside Air Press this button to turn
169. bum are displayed by the radio when recorded using ID3 tags version 1 and 2 Compressed Audio The radio also plays discs that contain both uncompressed CD audio CDA files and MP3 WMA files By default the radio reads only the uncompressed audio and ignores the MP3 WMA files Pressing the CAT category button toggles between compressed and uncompressed audio format 3 90 MP3 WMA Format If you burn your own MP3 WMA disc on a personal computer e Make sure the MP3 WMA files are recorded on a CD R or CD RW disc e Do not mix standard audio and MP3 WMA files on one disc e The CD player is able to read and play a maximum of 50 folders 50 playlists and 255 files e Create a folder structure that makes it easy to find songs while driving Organize songs by albums using one folder for each album Each folder or album should contain 18 songs or less e Avoid subfolders The system can support up to 8 subfolders deep however keep the total number of folders to a minimum in order to reduce the complexity and confusion in trying to locate a particular folder during playback e Make sure playlists have a mp3 or wpl extension other file extensions might not work e Minimize the length of the file folder or playlist names Long file folder or playlist names ora combination of a large number of files and folders or playlists can cause the player to be unable to play up to the maximum number of files folders playlis
170. c fails to eject press and hold for more than five seconds to force the disc to eject 3 85 DVD V Video Display Buttons Once a DVD V is inserted the radio display menu shows several tag options for DVD playing Press the pushbuttons located under any desired tag option during DVD playback See the tag options listed below for more information The rear seat passenger navigates the DVD V menus and controls through the remote control See Remote Control under Rear Seat Entertainment RSE System on page 3 101 for more information The Video Screen automatically turns on when the DVD V is inserted into the DVD slot gt il Play Pause Press either play or pause displayed on the radio system to toggle between pausing or restarting playback of a DVD If the forward arrow is showing on the display the system is in pause mode If the pause icon is showing on the display the system is in playback mode If the DVD screen is off press this button to turn the screen on Some DVDs begin playing after the previews have finished although there might be a delay of up to 30 seconds If the DVD does not begin playing the movie 3 86 automatically press the pushbutton located under the play pause symbol tag displayed on the radio If the DVD still does not play refer to the on screen instructions if available HM Stop Press to stop playing rewinding or fast forwarding a DVD lt 4 Enter Press to select the ch
171. cal passenger vehicle tire and a compact spare tire sidewall ES 4109 MS S K lt 2si60R 16 9 gt s ost DOT MaLgag oy af z Lu oc At K A oF peer y Sy Bavo ey a bn ne YS Olovu oe 8 Passenger P Metric Tire Example A Tire Size The tire size is a combination of letters and numbers used to define a particular tire s width height aspect ratio construction type and service description See the Tire Size illustration later in this section for more detail B TPC Spec Tire Performance Criteria Specification Original equipment tires designed to GM s specific tire performance criteria have a TPC specification code molded onto the sidewall GM s TPC specifications meet or exceed all federal safety guidelines C DOT Department of Transportation The Department of Transportation DOT code indicates that the tire is in compliance with the U S Department of Transportation Motor Vehicle Safety Standards D Tire Identification Number TIN The letters and numbers following DOT Department of Transportation code is the Tire Identification Number TIN The TIN shows the manufacturer and plant code tire size and date the tire was manufactured The TIN is molded onto both sides of the tire although only one side may have the date of manufacture 5 53 E Tire Ply Material The type of cord and number of plies in the sidewall and under the tread F Uniform Tire Qual
172. causes the driving wheels to spin A cornering skid is best handled by easing your foot off the accelerator pedal Remember Any traction control system helps avoid only the acceleration skid If your traction system is off then an acceleration skid is also best handled by easing your foot off the accelerator pedal See Traction Control System TCS on page 4 6 and StabiliTrak System on page 4 7 If your vehicle starts to slide ease your foot off the accelerator pedal and quickly steer the way you want the vehicle to go If you start steering quickly enough your vehicle may straighten out Always be ready for a second skid if it occurs Of course traction is reduced when water snow ice gravel or other material is on the road For safety you will want to slow down and adjust your driving to these conditions It is important to slow down on slippery surfaces because stopping distance will be longer and vehicle control more limited While driving on a surface with reduced traction try your best to avoid sudden steering acceleration or braking including reducing vehicle speed by shifting to a lower gear Any sudden changes could cause the tires to slide You may not realize the surface is slippery until your vehicle is skidding Learn to recognize warning clues such as enough water ice or packed snow on the road to make a mirrored surface and slow down when you have any doubt Remember Any Antilock Brake Syste
173. ceeeeeeeeeeees 4 1 Your Driving the Road and Your Vehicle _ 4 2 TOWING siesena EEA 4 27 Service and Appearance Care 00 5 1 Semice hernie REES 5 3 FUCL E stveddeaaes 5 5 Checking Things Under the Hood _ 5 10 All Wheel Drive oo eccecceccecceeeeeceeeeeeeseaeeaes 5 44 Headlamp Aiming oo cece ec ccc ec eee eee cence eee es 5 46 Bulb Replacement oo ee eee ec cce eee ee eee ee eee 5 47 Windshield Wiper Blade Replacement _ 5 51 WINGS Lh lec cacceceebeuntia t E E E E sane 5 52 Appearance Care oo ee eeeecceceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeneeaes 5 88 Vehicle Identification oo cece cece eeeeeeeeeee es 5 98 Electrical System oo eee ec ccc ec ec eee eenee een es 5 99 Capacities and Specifications eeeee 5 105 Maintenance Schedule 00 cccscesseesseeeeeueees 6 1 Maintenance Schedule ccceceeeeeeee ee 6 2 Customer Assistance Information 7 1 Customer Assistance and Information _ 7 2 Reporting Safety Defects ooo ceeeeeeeeee ees 7 15 Vehicle Data Recording and Privacy _ 7 17 WAG E E taki EEEE E T A 1 Canadian Owners A French language copy of this manual can be obtained from your dealer retailer or from Y Helm Incorporated PONTIAC F P O Box 07130 Detroit MI 48207 1 800 551 4123 GENERAL MOTORS GM the GM Emblem PONTIAC www helminc com the PONTIAC Emblem and the name TORRENT are Para regis
174. ceipt to Roadside Assistance In many instances mechanical failures may be covered However any cost for parts and labor for non warranty repairs are the responsibility of the driver Pontiac and General Motors of Canada Limited reserve the right to limit services or reimbursement to an owner or driver when in their sole discretion the claims become excessive in frequency or type of occurrence Calling For Assistance For prompt and efficient assistance when calling please provide the following to the Roadside Assistance Representative e Your name home address and home telephone number e Telephone number of your location e Location of the vehicle e Model year color and license plate number of the vehicle e Odometer reading Vehicle Identification Number VIN and delivery date of the vehicle e Description of the problem Towing and Road Service Exclusions Specifically excluded from Roadside Assistance coverage are towing or services for vehicles operated on a non public roadway or highway fines impound towing caused by a violation of local Municipal State Provincial or Federal law and mounting dismounting or changing of snow tires chains or other traction devices Roadside Assistance is not part of or included in the coverage provided by the New Vehicle Limited Warranty Pontiac and General Motors of Canada Limited reserve the right to make any changes or discontinue the Roadside Assistance program
175. ch Press the bottom of the switch part way and the driver s window will open a small amount Press the switch down all the way down and release it and the window will go down automatically To stop the window while it is lowering press and release the top of the switch Window Lockout fa Window Lockout Your vehicle has a lockout feature to prevent rear seat passengers from operating the windows Press the lockout button located with the power window switches to turn the feature on and off The window switch has a light that will come on when the switch is active Sun Visors To block out glare swing the sun visor down You can also detach the driver s sun visor from the center mount and slide it along the rod from side to side for greater coverage Visor Vanity Mirrors Your vehicle has covered visor vanity mirrors on both the drivers and passenger s side Theft Deterrent Systems Vehicle theft is big business especially in some cities Although your vehicle has a number of theft deterrent features we know that nothing we put on it can make it impossible to steal Content Theft Deterrent Your vehicle has a content theft deterrent alarm system To activate the theft deterrent system 1 Open the door 2 Lock the door with the power door lock switch or the Remote Keyless Entry RKE transmitter If you are using the RKE transmitter the door does not need to be open 3 Close all doors The key must be
176. children up to some age must be restrained while in a vehicle A CAUTION Children can be seriously injured or strangled if a shoulder belt is wrapped around their neck and the safety belt continues to tighten Never leave children unattended in a vehicle and never allow children to play with the safety belts 1 34 Every time infants and young children ride in vehicles they should have the protection provided by appropriate restraints Children who are not restrained properly can strike other people or can be thrown out of the vehicle In addition young children should not use the vehicle s adult safety belts alone they need to use a child restraint A CAUTION People should never hold an infant in their arms while riding in a vehicle An infant does not weigh much until a crash During a crash an infant will become so heavy it is not possible to hold it For example in a crash at only 25 mph 40 km h a 12 Ib 5 5 kg infant will suddenly become a 240 Ib 110 kg force on a person s arms An infant should be secured in an appropriate restraint CAUTION Continued children but not for young children and infants Neither the vehicle s safety belt system nor its airbag system is designed for them Young children and infants need the protection that a child restraint system can provide Children who are up against or very close to any airbag when it inflates can be seriously injured or killed A
177. ck if more than ten seconds have played Press the right arrow to go to the next track If either arrow is held or pressed multiple times the player continues moving backward or forward through the tracks on the CD lt lt REV Fast Reverse Press and hold to reverse playback quickly within a track Sound is heard at a reduced volume Release to resume playing the track The elapsed time of the track displays DD FWD Fast Forward Press and hold to advance playback quickly within a track Sound is heard at a reduced volume Release to resume playing the track The elapsed time of the track displays 3 79 RDM Random Base Radio with CD With the random setting CD tracks can be listened to in random rather than sequential order To use random do the following 1 Press to play tracks from the CD in random order The random icon displays 2 Press again to turn off random play The random icon disappears from the display RDM Random With the random setting tracks can be listened to in random rather than sequential order on one CD or all CDs in a six disc CD player To use random do one of the following e Press the CD AUX button or for a single CD player insert a disc partway into the slot of the CD player A RDM label displays To play the tracks from the single CD in random order press the pushbutton positioned under the RDM label until Random Current Disc displays Press the pushbutton again to turn off r
178. ck and hard to drive on But wet ice can be even more trouble because it can offer the least traction of all You can get wet ice when it is about freezing 32 F 0 C and freezing rain begins to fall Try to avoid driving on wet ice until salt and sand crews can get there Whatever the condition smooth ice packed blowing or loose snow drive with caution Traction control improves your ability to accelerate when driving on a slippery road But you can turn the traction system off if you ever need to You should turn the traction system off if your vehicle ever gets stuck in sand mud ice or snow See If Your Vehicle is Stuck in Sand Mud Ice or Snow on page 4 21 Even though your vehicle has a traction system slow down and adjust your driving to the road conditions Under certain conditions you might want to turn the traction system off such as when driving through deep snow and loose gravel to help maintain vehicle motion at lower speeds See Traction Control System TCS on page 4 6 and StabiliTrak System on page 4 7 The Antilock Brake System ABS improves your vehicle s stability when you make a hard stop ona slippery road Even though you have ABS begin stopping sooner than you would on dry pavement See Antilock Brake System ABS on page 4 5 e Allow greater following distance on any slippery road e Watch for slippery spots The road might be fine until you hit a spot that is covered with ice On
179. cle through DVD CD or Auxiliary when listening to the radio The DVD CD text label and a message showing track or chapter number displays when a disc is in either slot Press this button again and the system automatically searches for an auxiliary input device such as a portable audio player If a portable audio player is not connected No Aux Input Device displays If a disc is in both the DVD slot and the CD slot the DVD CD AUX button cycles between the two sources and does not indicate No Aux Input Device If a front auxiliary device is connected the DVD CD AUX button cycles through all available options such as DVD slot CD slot Front AUX and Rear AUX if available See Using the Auxiliary Input Jack s later in this section or Rear Seat Entertainment RSE System on page 3 101 Rear Seat Entertainment System Audio Video A V Jacks for more information If a MP3 WMA is inserted into top DVD slot the rear seat operator can turn on the video screen and use the remote control to navigate the CD tracks only through the remote control 3 100 XM Radio Messages XL Explicit Language Channels These channels or any others can be blocked at a customer s request by calling 1 800 852 XMXM 9696 XM Updating The encryption code in the receiver is being updated and no action is required This process should take no longer than 30 seconds No XM Signal The system is functioning correctly but the
180. cle and some jumper cables to start your vehicle Be sure to use the following steps to do it safely A CAUTION Batteries can hurt you They can be dangerous because They contain acid that can burn you They contain gas that can explode or ignite They contain enough electricity to burn you If you do not follow these steps exactly some or all of these things can hurt you Notice Ignoring these steps could result in costly damage to your vehicle that would not be covered by your warranty 5 38 Trying to start your vehicle by pushing or pulling it will not work and it could damage your vehicle 1 Check the other vehicle It must have a 12 volt battery with a negative ground system Notice f the other vehicle s system is not a 12 volt system with a negative ground both vehicles can be damaged Only use vehicles with 12 volt systems with negative grounds to jump start your vehicle 2 Get the vehicles close enough so the jumper cables can reach but be sure the vehicles are not touching each other If they are it could cause a ground connection you do not want You would not be able to start your vehicle and the bad grounding could damage the electrical systems To avoid the possibility of the vehicles rolling set the parking brake firmly on both vehicles involved in the jump start procedure Put an automatic transmission in PARK P or a manual transmission in NEUTRAL before setting the parking brake
181. cluding the spare if provided should be checked monthly when cold and inflated to the inflation pressure recommended by the vehicle manufacturer on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label If your vehicle has tires of a different size than the size indicated on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label you should determine the proper tire inflation pressure for those tires As an added safety feature your vehicle has been equipped with a tire pressure monitoring system TPMS that illuminates a low tire pressure telltale when one or more of your tires is significantly under inflated Accordingly when the low tire pressure telltale illuminates you should stop and check your tires as soon as possible and inflate them to the proper pressure Driving on a significantly under inflated tire causes the tire to overheat and can lead to tire failure Under inflation also reduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life and may affect the vehicle s handling and stopping ability 5 62 Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute for proper tire maintenance and it is the driver s responsibility to maintain correct tire pressure even if under inflation has not reached the level to trigger illumination of the TPMS low tire pressure telltale Your vehicle has also been equipped with a TPMS malfunction indicator to indicate when the system is not operating properly The TPMS malfunction indicator is combined with
182. compressed audio files but no folders all files are located under the root folder The folder down and the folder up buttons search playlists Px first and then go to the root folder When the radio displays the name of the folder the radio displays ROOT Order of Play Tracks recorded to the CD R or CD RW are played in the following order e Play begins from the first track in the first playlist and continues sequentially through all tracks in each playlist When the last track of the last playlist has played play continues from the first track of the first playlist e Play begins from the first track in the first folder and continues sequentially through all tracks in each folder When the last track of the last folder has played play continues from the first track of the first folder When play enters a new folder the display does not automatically show the new folder name unless you have chosen the folder mode as the default display The new track name displays File System and Naming The song name that displays is the song name that is contained in the ID3 tag If the song name is not present in the ID3 tag then the radio displays the file name without the extension such as mp3 as the track name Track names longer than 32 characters or four pages are shortened Parts of words on the last page of text and the extension of the filename does not display Preprogrammed Playlists Preprogrammed playlists that were c
183. control on when you are not using cruise you might hit a button and go into cruise when you do not want to You could be startled and even lose control Keep the cruise control switch off until you want to use cruise control The cruise control buttons are located on the steering Sal wheel On Off Press to turn the cruise control system on and off RES Resume Press RES to resume a set speed and to accelerate the speed SET Set Press SET to set a speed and to decrease the speed CANCEL Press to cancel cruise control To set a speed do the following 1 Press to turn cruise control on The indicator light on the button comes on 2 Get up to the desired speed 3 Press the SET and release it The cruise symbol displays in the instrument panel cluster to show the system is engaged 4 Take your foot off the accelerator pedal When the brakes are applied the cruise control shuts off If the vehicle is in cruise control and the Traction Control System TCS begins to limit wheel spin the cruise control automatically disengages See Traction Control System TCS on page 4 6 When road conditions allow the cruise control can be used again Resuming a Set Speed Suppose you set the cruise control at a desired speed and then apply the brakes This disengages the cruise control The cruise symbol in the instrument panel cluster also goes out indicating cruise is no longer engaged To
184. creen time out Radio with Six Disc CD MP3 This type of radio has a MENU button instead of the button to set the time and date To set the time and date follow these instructions 1 Turn the ignition key to ACC ACCESSORY or ON RUN Press the D knob located in the center of the radio to turn the radio on 2 Press the MENU button Once the clock option is displayed 3 Press the pushbutton located under that label The HR MIN MM DD YYYY displays 3 69 4 Press the pushbutton located under any one of the labels that you want to change Every time the pushbutton is pressed again the time or the date if selected increases by one e Another way to increase the time or date is to press the right DI SEEK arrow or gt gt FWD button e To decrease the time or date press the left K1 SEEK arrow or lt REV button or turn the Jd knob located on the upper right side of the radio The date does not automatically display To see the date press the MENU button and then the button while the radio is on The date with display times out after a few seconds and goes back to the normal radio and time display 3 70 To change the time default setting from 12 hour to 24 hour or to change the date default setting from month day year to day month year follow these instructions 1 Press the button and then the pushbutton located under the forward arrow label Once the time 12H and 24H and the date MM DD YYYY mo
185. csisa maetieieddencueseedtnestnteen 2 43 GIOVE BOX aaan i a desk Soeene 2 43 Luggage Carrier cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee eee een ees 2 43 Rear Compartment Storage Panel Cover 2 45 Rear Seat Armrest 0 cceeceeeeceeeeeeeeeeees 2 46 TADS ais eesti E A itguctrnelendeanmtent 2 47 Stuck in Sand Mud Ice or Snow eee 4 21 SUN VISOMS isian er e a E E 2 17 SUNTOO rire prane n aE ETEA AEE n EANA 2 48 11 Table TaACMOMECCn caoran ae a nanan Taillamps Turn Signal Stoplamps and Back up Lamps TCS Warning Light cesisisssiseissiinisinsesnmsmniigsi 3 34 Theft Deterrent Radio ccccccceeeeeeeeee ees 3 110 Theft Deterrent Systems ceceeeeeeeeeeeeee es 2 17 Content Theft Deterrent cceeeeeeeeeee eee 2 18 PASS Keya Ul reer a E EE 2 18 PASS Key Ill Operation ccccceeeeee 2 19 Tilt E E EE 3 7 Time SONG ecaa a E 3 68 Tire Pressure Hghte remia ee EREE 3 36 ESEE E E E EA E 5 52 Aluminum or Chrome Plated Wheels Cleaning esea A a mre rete 5 95 Buying New TIES s fraccceccsestacebemnerninctieneeresd 5 70 CAINS vasicisiecds sasveved dans ana aN a Eni 5 75 Changing a Flat Tire ceceeeeeeeeeeeneeeeee eens 5 76 Cleaning eeren aanraai 5 96 Compact Spare Tire ccceeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeees 5 88 Different Size 0 ccc ee cece c eee ee eee eeeeeeeee eens 5 72 High Speed Operation ceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee ees 5 61 If a Tire Goe
186. d E Tire Inflation The temporary use tire or compact spare tire should be inflated to 60 psi 420 kPa For more information on tire pressure and inflation see Inflation Tire Pressure on page 5 59 F Tire Size A combination of letters and numbers define a tire s width height aspect ratio construction type and service description The letter T as the first character in the tire size means the tire is for temporary use only G TPC Spec Tire Performance Criteria Specification Original equipment tires designed to GM s specific tire performance criteria have a TPC specification code molded onto the sidewall GM s TPC specifications meet or exceed all federal safety guidelines Tire Size The following illustration shows an example of a typical passenger vehicle tire size P225 60R16 97S IT HIT A Passenger P Metric Tire The United States version of a metric tire sizing system The letter P as the first character in the tire size means a passenger vehicle tire engineered to standards set by the U S Tire and Rim Association B Tire Width The three digit number indicates the tire section width in millimeters from sidewall to sidewall 5 55 C Aspect Ratio A two digit number that indicates the tire height to width measurements For example if the tire size aspect ratio is 60 as shown in item C of the illustration it would mean that the tire s sidewall is 60 percent as high as it is wide
187. d The following services are provided in the U S and Canada up to 5 years 100 000 miles 160 000 km whichever occurs first and in Canada only up to a maximum coverage of 100 e Fuel Delivery Delivery of enough fuel for the vehicle to get to the nearest service station approximately 5 in Canada In Canada service to provide diesel may be restricted For safety reasons propane and other alternative fuels will not be provided through this service e Lock out Service Lock out service is covered at no charge if you are unable to gain entry into your vehicle A remote unlock may be available if you have an active OnStar subscription To ensure security the driver must present personal identification before lock out service is provided In Canada the vehicle registration is also required Emergency Tow From a Public Roadway or Highway Tow to the nearest dealership for warranty service or in the event of a vehicle disabling crash Winch out assistance is provided when the vehicle is mired in sand mud or snow Flat Tire Change Installation of a spare tire in good condition when equipped and properly inflated is covered at no charge The customer is responsible for the repair or replacement of the tire if not covered by a warrantable failure Jump Siart A battery jump start is covered at no charge if the vehicle does not start Trip Routing Service Canada only Upon request Roadside Assistance will send you detai
188. d Loading Your Vehicle off See Changing a Flat Tire on page 5 76 on page 4 22 5 68 When It Is Time for New Tires Various factors such as maintenance temperatures driving speeds vehicle loading and road conditions influence when you need new tires One way to tell when it is time for new tires is to check the treadwear indicators which appear when your tires have only 1 16 inch 1 6 mm or less of tread remaining Some commercial truck tires may not have treadwear indicators You need new tires if any of the following statements are true e You can see the indicators at three or more places around the tire e You can see cord or fabric showing through the tire s rubber e The tread or sidewall is cracked cut or snagged deep enough to show cord or fabric e The tire has a bump bulge or split e The tire has a puncture cut or other damage that cannot be repaired well because of the size or location of the damage The rubber in tires degrades over time even if they are not being used This is also true for the spare tire if your vehicle has one Multiple conditions affect how fast this aging takes place including temperatures loading conditions and inflation pressure maintenance With proper care and maintenance tires will typically wear out before they degrade due to age If you are unsure about the need to replace your tires as they get older consult the tire manufacturer for more in
189. d to go much farther beyond the passed vehicle before you can return to your lane Backing Up Hold the bottom of the steering wheel with one hand Then to move the trailer to the left just move that hand to the left To move the trailer to the right move your hand to the right Always back up slowly and if possible have someone guide you Making Turns Notice Making very sharp turns while trailering could cause the trailer to come in contact with the vehicle Your vehicle could be damaged Avoid making very sharp turns while trailering When you are turning with a trailer make wider turns than normal Do this so your trailer will not strike soft shoulders curbs road signs trees or other objects Avoid jerky or sudden maneuvers Signal well in advance 4 37 Turn Signals When Towing a Trailer When you tow a trailer your vehicle has to have extra wiring The arrows on your instrument panel will flash whenever you signal a turn or lane change Properly hooked up the trailer lamps will also flash telling other drivers you are about to turn change lanes or stop When towing a trailer the arrows on your instrument panel will flash for turns even if the bulbs on the trailer are burned out Thus you may think drivers behind you are seeing your signal when they are not It s important to check occasionally to be sure the trailer bulbs are still working Driving On Grades Reduce speed and shift to a lower gear b
190. delivery service i Drain flush and refill cooling system This service can be complex you should have your dealer retailer perform this service See Engine Coolant on page 5 22 for what to use Inspect hoses Clean radiator condenser pressure cap and filler neck Pressure test the cooling system and pressure cap j Check system for interference or binding and for damaged or missing parts Replace parts as needed Replace any components that have high effort or excessive wear k A fluid loss in any vehicle system could indicate a problem Have the system inspected and repaired and the fluid level checked Add fluid if needed I f you drive regularly under dusty conditions inspect the filter at each engine oil change m Visually inspect belt for fraying excessive cracks or obvious damage Replace belt if necessary Owner Checks and Services These owner checks and services should be performed at the intervals specified to help ensure the safety dependability and emission control performance of your vehicle Your dealer retailer can assist you with these checks and services Be sure any necessary repairs are completed at once Whenever any fluids or lubricants are added to your vehicle make sure they are the proper ones as shown in Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 6 12 At Each Fuel Fill It is important to perform these underhood checks at each fuel fill Engine Oil Level Check Notice It
191. dewall Tire Removes soil and black Cleaner shampoo Cleans and marks from whitewalls Wash Wax Concentrate lightly waxes and raised white lettering Biodegradable and Vinyl Cleaner Cleans vinyl phosphate free Removes dirt grime Quickly removes spots Glass Cleaner smoke and fingerprints Spot Lifter and stains from carpets Removes dirt and grime vinyl and cloth Chrome Wheel Cleaner irom chrome wheels upholstery Removes dust Odorless spray odor fingerprints and surface Odor Eliminator eliminator used on fabrics Finish Enhancer contaminants Spray on vinyl leather and carpet and wipe off 5 97 Vehicle Identification Vehicle Identification Number VIN st SAMPLE4UX1M072675 This is the legal identifier for your vehicle It appears on a plate in the front corner of the instrument panel on the driver side You can see it if you look through the windshield from outside your vehicle The VIN also appears on the Vehicle Certification and Service Parts labels and the certificates of title and registration Engine Identification The eighth character in the VIN is the engine code This code helps you identify your vehicle s engine specifications and replacement parts See Capacities and Specifications on page 5 105 for your vehicle s engine code 5 98 Service Parts Identification Label This label is on the inside of the glove box It is very helpful if you ever need to order parts The label
192. djustment for high speed operation When speed limits and road conditions are such that a vehicle can be driven at high speeds make sure the tires are rated for high speed operation in excellent condition and set to the correct cold tire inflation pressure for the vehicle load If your vehicle has P235 50R18 size tires they will require inflation pressure adjustment when driving your vehicle at speeds of 100 mph 160 km h or higher Set the cold inflation pressure to the maximum inflation pressure shown on the tire sidewall or 35 psi 241 kPa whichever is lower See the example following When you end this high speed driving return the tires to the cold tire inflation pressure shown on the Tire and Loading Information label See Loading Your Vehicle on page 4 22 and Inflation Tire Pressure on page 5 59 Example You will find the maximum load and inflation pressure molded on the tire s sidewall in small letters near the rim flange It will read something like this Maximum load 690 kg 1521 Ibs 300 kPa 44 psi Max Press For this example you would set the inflation pressure for high speed driving at 35 psi 241 kPa 5 61 Tire Pressure Monitor System The Tire Pressure Monitor System TPMS uses radio and sensor technology to check tire pressure levels The TPMS sensors monitor the air pressure in your vehicle s tires and transmit tire pressure readings to a receiver located in the vehicle Each tire in
193. down to dim them Dome Lamp If the vehicle has a dome lamp with a switch the following are the settings O Off Move the lever to this position to turn the lamp off even when a door is open Door Move the lever to this position so that the lamp comes on when a door is opened a On Move the lever to this position to turn the dome lamp on Entry Lighting The dome lamp and the cargo lamp inside the vehicle comes on when any door is opened if the dome lamp is in the door position In addition these lamps come on when the Remote Keyless Entry RKE unlock button is pressed It stays on for 20 seconds or until a door is opened After the door is opened and then closed the light remains on for 20 seconds or until the key is put in the ignition and turned to the ON RUN position Map Lamps Your vehicle may have lamps located on the headliner above the rearview mirror Push on the lens in the lamp to turn them on and off 3 17 Cargo Lamp The cargo lamp is located over the rear compartment and is controlled by the dome lamp See Dome Lamp on page 3 17 Electric Power Management The vehicle has Electric Power Management EPM that estimates the battery s temperature and state of charge It then adjusts the voltage for best performance and extended life of the battery When the battery s state of charge is low the voltage is raised slightly to quickly put the charge back in When the state of cha
194. e 2 20 New Vehicle Break In eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 2 20 IGNITION POSITIONS ssn nnion 2 21 Retained Accessory Power RAP 00 2 22 Starting the Engine ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 2 22 Engine Coolant Heater ceeeeeeeeeee teeters 2 23 Automatic Transmission Operation 3 4L V6 with 5 Speed 2 20 0 eeeeeeeeeee eens 2 25 Automatic Transmission Operation 3 6L V6 with 6 Speed 2 00 00 eeeeeeeeeeee eres 2 28 Parking Brake socer ite Adctnendins a 2 32 Shifting Into PARK P cceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 2 33 Shifting Out of PARK P c eeeeeeeeeeeee eee 2 35 Parking Over Things That Burn eee 2 35 Engine Exhaust seiersen e 2 36 Running the Engine While Parked 2 36 MINT ONS cine ccidiecanes inate iacanendaneddenieanetiynaiadey 2 37 Manual Rearview Mirror seeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 2 37 Manual Rearview Mirror with OnStar 2 37 Automatic Dimming Rearview Mirror With ONStan amanennet iiaia 2 38 Outside Power Mirrors 0seeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 2 38 Outside Convex Mirrors cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 2 39 2 1 Section 2 Features and Controls OnStar System l a 2 39 Luggage Carrier ccrsciceciiiisnieninsieiniaai 2 43 Storage Areas cccccccccccccececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeess 2 43 Rear Compartment Storage Panel Cover 2 45 GIOVE BOX widciesciechdcade dacadnavccteshnace
195. e 4 Remove the wheel stow rod from the left side of the floor compartment 4 K j Be To store the flat or spare tire and tools 1 Place the wheel wrench into the bag 2 Use the hook and loop fastener straps to secure the bag to the fully collapsed jack 5 86 6 Remove the cap if your vehicle has one from the center of the load floor Position the rod through the hole Replace the rear compartment load floor over the wheel stow rod through the hole in the floor 7 Place the flat or damaged tire face down on the load floor with the threaded wheel stow rod sticking up through the center hole of the wheel 8 Install the nut onto the wheel stow rod and tighten 9 Install the rear compartment storage panel cover in the middle position See Rear Compartment Storage Panel Cover on page 2 45 for more information The compact spare is for temporary use only Replace the compact spare tire with a full size tire as soon 5 Screw the threaded wheel stow rod onto the spare tire bracket The final position of the wheel stow rod as you can must be turned to the farthest forward position 5 87 Compact Spare Tire Although the compact spare tire was fully inflated when the vehicle was new it can lose air after a time Check the inflation pressure regularly It should be 60 psi 420 kPa After installing the compact spare on the vehicle stop as soon as possible and make sure the spare tire is correctly infla
196. e Then you have to bring up your foot and do it That is reaction time Average reaction time is about three fourths of a second But that is only an average It might be less with one driver and as long as two or three seconds or more with another Age physical condition alertness coordination and eyesight all play a part So do alcohol drugs and frustration But even in three fourths of a second a vehicle moving at 60 mph 100 km h travels 66 feet 20 m That could be a lot of distance in an emergency so keeping enough space between your vehicle and others is important And of course actual stopping distances vary greatly with the surface of the road whether it is pavement or gravel the condition of the road whether it is wet dry or icy tire tread the condition of the brakes the weight of the vehicle and the amount of brake force applied Avoid needless heavy braking Some people drive in spurts heavy acceleration followed by heavy braking rather than keeping pace with traffic This is a mistake The brakes might not have time to cool between hard stops The brakes will wear out much faster if you do a lot of heavy braking If you keep pace with the traffic and allow realistic following distances you will eliminate a lot of unnecessary braking That means better braking and longer brake life If your vehicle s engine ever stops while you are driving brake normally but do not pump the brakes If you do
197. e h Change n transmission fluid normal service Replace spark plugs and inspect spark plug wires An Emission Control Service Engine cooling system service or every five years whichever occurs first An Emission Control Service See footnote i Inspect engine accessory drive belt An Emission Control Service See footnote m Maintenance Footnotes a Visually inspect brake lines and hoses for proper hook up binding leaks cracks chafing etc Inspect disc brake pads for wear and rotors for surface condition Inspect other brake parts including calipers parking brake etc Check parking brake adjustment b Visually inspect front and rear suspension and steering system for damaged loose or missing parts or signs of wear Visually check constant velocity joints rubber boots and axle seals for leaks With 3 4L V6 engine Inspect electric power steering cables for proper hook up binding cracks chafing etc With 3 6L V6 engine Inspect hydraulic power steering lines and hoses for proper hook up binding leaks cracks chafing etc c Visually inspect hoses and have them replaced if they are cracked swollen or deteriorated Inspect all pipes fittings and clamps replace with genuine parts as needed To help ensure proper operation a pressure test of the cooling system and pressure cap and cleaning the outside of the radiator and air conditioning condenser is recommended at least once a year d
198. e the computer keeps receiving updates on wheel speed and controls braking pressure accordingly Remember ABS does not change the time you need to get your foot up to the brake pedal or always decrease stopping distance If you get too close to the vehicle in front of you you will not have time to apply the brakes if that vehicle suddenly slows or stops Always leave enough room up ahead to stop even though you have ABS Using ABS Do not pump the brakes Just hold the brake pedal down firmly and let antilock work for you You might hear the antilock pump or motor operate and feel the brake pedal pulsate but this is normal Braking in Emergencies With ABS you can steer and brake at the same time In many emergencies steering can help you more than even the very best braking Panic Brake Assist Your vehicle has a Panic Brake Assist feature designed to assist the driver in stopping or decreasing vehicle speed in emergency driving conditions This feature uses the Electronic Stability Control ESC hydraulic brake control module to supplement the power brake system under conditions where the driver has quickly and forcefully applied the brake pedal in an attempt to quickly stop or slow down the vehicle The ESC hydraulic brake control module increases brake pressure at each corner of the vehicle until the Antilock Brake System ABS activates Minor brake pedal pulsations or pedal movement during this time is normal and the
199. e 5 12 for more information on the location of the remote positive terminal and the engine oil dipstick Z CAUTION CAUTION Continued Be sure the battery has enough water You do not need to add water to the battery installed in your new vehicle But if a battery has filler caps be sure the right amount of fluid is there If it is low add water to take care of that first If you do not explosive gas could be present Battery fluid contains acid that can burn you A CAUTION Do not get it on you If you accidentally get it in your eyes or on your skin flush the place with water and get medical help immediately An electric fan can start up even when the engine is not running and can injure you Keep hands clothing and tools away from any underhood electric fan Using a match near a battery can cause battery gas to explode People have been hurt doing this and some have been blinded Use a flashlight if you need more light A CAUTION CAUTION Continued Fans or other moving engine parts can injure you badly Keep your hands away from moving parts once the engine is running 5 41 Check that the jumper cables do not have loose or missing insulation If they do you could get a shock The vehicles could be damaged too Before you connect the cables here are some basic things you should know Positive will go to positive or to a remote positive terminal if the vehicle has one Negative
200. e checked when to check it and what you can easily do to help keep your vehicle in good condition The proper replacement parts fluids and lubricants to use are listed in Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 6 12 and Maintenance Replacement Parts on page 6 14 When your vehicle is serviced make sure these are used All parts should be replaced and all necessary repairs done before you or anyone else drives the vehicle We recommend the use of genuine parts from your dealer retailer 6 3 Scheduled Maintenance When the change engine oil light and or CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON message comes on it means that service is required for your vehicle Have your vehicle serviced as soon as possible within the next 600 miles 1 000 km It is possible that if you are driving under the best conditions the engine oil life system may not indicate that vehicle service is necessary for over a year However the engine oil and filter must be changed at least once a year and at this time the system must be reset Your dealer retailer has trained service technicians who will perform this work using genuine parts and reset the system If the engine oil life system is ever reset accidentally you must service your vehicle within 3 000 miles 5 000 km since your last service Remember to reset the oil life system whenever the oil is changed See Engine Oil Life System on page 5 18 for information on the Engine Oil Life System and resetting the syst
201. e entire seat forward or rearward do the following 1 Lift and hold the release bar located under the front of the seat cushion to unlock the seat 2 Slide the seat to the desired position 3 Release the bar 4 Try to move the seat back and forth to ensure the seat is locked in place Safety Belts Safety Belts They Are for Everyone This part of the manual tells you how to use safety belts properly It also tells you some things you should not do with safety belts A CAUTION Do not let anyone ride where he or she cannot wear a Safety belt properly If you are ina crash and you are not wearing a safety belt your injuries can be much worse You can hit things inside the vehicle harder or be ejected from it and be seriously injured or killed In the same crash you might not be if you are buckled up Always fasten your safety belt and check that your passenger s are restrained properly too A CAUTION It is extremely dangerous to ride in a cargo area inside or outside of a vehicle In a collision people riding in these areas are more likely to be seriously injured or killed Do not allow people to ride in any area of your vehicle that is not equipped with seats and safety belts Be sure everyone in your vehicle is in a seat and using a safety belt properly Your vehicle has indicators as a reminder to buckle your safety belts See Safety Belt Reminders on page 3 28 In most states and in all Canadia
202. e information 2 48 To express open the sunroof glass panel and sunshade press the switch rearward and release it To stop the sunroof before it is completely open press the switch rearward again The sunshade cannot be closed with the sunroof open To close the sunroof press forward and hold the switch until the sunroof stops lifts and seals at the back of the sunroof glass Press forward on the switch again to make sure the sunroof is fully closed To put the sunroof in the vent position pull down on the front of the switch Push up on the front of the switch to close it Section 3 Instrument Panel Instrument Panel Overview eee 3 4 Climate Controls eee 3 20 Hazard Warning Flashers c eeeeeeeneeeee ees 3 6 Climate Control System cceeeeeeeeeeee tenes 3 20 Other Warning Devices ceeeeeeeeeneeeeeneees 3 6 Outlet Adjustment scenarierne seisin 3 24 FROM ie gcacetcaeaheabdat mend chee cents shag EAEE E Eaa 3 6 Passenger Compartment Air Filter 3 24 Tilt Wheel Suseeiies pes bessrinssnstensrrnnnnnntennrtnnnnntemt 3 7 Warning Lights Gages and Indicators 3 26 Turn Signal Multifunction Lever ceee 3 7 Instrument Panel Cluster cccccccceeeeeeeeees 3 27 Turn and Lane Change Signals 111ee 3 8 Speedometer and Odometer ccccccccecees 3 28 Headlamp High Low Beam Changer
203. e is first started and then turn off as you start to drive This could be an early indicator that the air pressure in the tire s are getting low and need to be inflated to the proper pressure 5 64 A Tire and Loading Information label attached to your vehicle shows the size of your vehicle s original equipment tires and the correct inflation pressure for your vehicle s tires when they are cold See Loading Your Vehicle on page 4 22 for an example of the Tire and Loading Information label and its location on your vehicle Also see Inflation Tire Pressure on page 5 59 Your vehicle s TPMS can warn you about a low tire pressure condition but it does not replace normal tire maintenance See Tire Inspection and Rotation on page 5 67 and Tires on page 5 52 Notice Liquid tire sealants could damage the Tire Pressure Monitor System TPMS sensors Sensor damage caused by using a tire sealant is not covered by your warranty Do not use liquid tire sealants TPMS Malfunction Light and Message The TPMS will not function properly if one or more of the TPMS sensors are missing or inoperable When the system detects a malfunction the low tire warning light flashes for about one minute and then stays on for the remainder of the ignition cycle A DIC warning message is also displayed The low tire warning light and DIC warning message come on at each ignition cycle until the problem is corrected Some of the conditions that can cause
204. e it repaired if needed 5 46 What to Use Refer to the Maintenance Schedule to determine what kind of lubricant to use See Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 6 12 Headlamp Aiming Headlamp aim has been preset at the factory and should need no further adjustment However if your vehicle is damaged in a crash the headlamp aim may be affected Aim adjustment to the low beam headlamps may be necessary if oncoming drivers flash their high beam headlamps at you for vertical aim If the headlamps need to be re aimed it is recommended that you take the vehicle to your dealer retailer for service Bulb Replacement For the proper type of replacement bulbs see Replacement Bulbs on page 5 50 For any bulb changing procedure not listed in this section contact your dealer retailer Halogen Bulbs A CAUTION Halogen bulbs have pressurized gas inside and can burst if you drop or scratch the bulb You or others could be injured Be sure to read and follow the instructions on the bulb package Headlamps Front Turn Signal Sidemarker and Parking Lamps To replace one of these bulbs 1 Open the hood See Hood Release on page 5 11 for more information Remove the three headlamp assembly attachment Screws Pull the headlamp assembly toward you to release it from the hidden lower headlamp mount The headlamp assembly will need to be carefully disengaged from the vehicle A
205. e ready to warn you if there is a problem If the ABS light stays on turn the ignition off if the light comes on when you are driving stop as soon as it is safely possible and turn the ignition off Then start the engine again to reset the system If the ABS light still stays on or comes on again while you are driving your vehicle needs service If the regular brake system warning light is not on you still have brakes but you do not have antilock brakes If the regular brake system warning light is also on you do not have antilock brakes and there is a problem with your regular brakes See Brake System Warning Light on page 3 33 For vehicles with a Driver Information Center DIC see DIC Warnings and Messages on page 3 52 for all brake related DIC messages 3 34 when you start the engine Traction Control System TCS Warning Light A ee Your vehicle has a Traction Control System TCS and StabiliTrak warning light When the traction control is activated the light will flash when the TCS is limiting wheel spin or when the StabiliTrak system is active You may feel or hear the system working but this is normal This light may also come on after extended heavy braking indicating the brakes have become too hot to limit wheel spin This light will come on and stay on if the TCS is turned off using the traction control on off button located next to the gear shift lever If the TCS warning light comes on and st
206. e seat near the operate it is located on the outboard side of the driver s front of the seat cushion To raise the seat move seat To adjust the seat do any of the following the lever upward repeatedly until the seat is at the Move the seat forward or rearward by sliding the desired height To lower the seat move the lever control forward or rearward downward repeatedly until the seat is at the desired height e Raise or lower the front part of the seat cushion by moving the front of the control up or down e Raise or lower the rear part of the seat cushion by moving the rear of the control up or down Manual Lumbar If your vehicle has this feature the knob is located on the front of the driver seat lower cushion on the inboard side Turn the knob clockwise or counterclockwise to increase or decrease the lumbar support Heated Seats SS Cc If your vehicle has heated seats the switches are located on the instrument panel near the climate controls Cc The ignition must be on for the heated seats to operate Press the switch nearest to the seat once to turn the heated seat on to the high setting Both indicator lights will be lit Press the switch a second time to turn the heated seat to the low setting One indicator light will be lit Press the switch a third time to turn the heated seat off If your vehicle has remote vehicle start and is started using the remote keyles
207. e surface of the fuse panel door 5 99 Instrument Panel Fuse Block The instrument panel fuse block is located on the RAP 1 p e passenger side of the center console to the left of the Hi e H glove box near the floor ag Ca HEBARARAHR x Fuses_ __Usage _ Remove the console cover to access the fuse block Heated Seats Driver Side Turn Signal Automatic Occupant Sensing Module Power Mirrors 5 100 Fuses Usage O Function Actuator Canister Vent 22 Center High Mounted Stoplamp Dimmer Interior Lights Relays Usage RAP RLY Retained Accessory Power Relay ee Rear Defogger Relay Circuit Breakers PWR WNDW PWR SEATS EMPTY Empty PLR Fuse Puller 5 101 Engine Compartment Fuse Block To remove the fuse block cover push in on the tabs located on the rear of the cover and lift To reinstall fit The engine compartment fuse block is located on the together the tabs located on the front of the cover driver side of the engine compartment and push down on the cover until the tabs on the rear of the cover click into place See Engine Compartment Overview on page 5 12 for more information on location Notice Spilling liquid on any electrical components on your vehicle may damage it Always keep the covers on any electrical component 5 102 v i BEE H FREE e FOT 4 che a e Cooling Fan 2 Cooling Fan 1
208. e thing This clears the extra gasoline from the engine Do not race the engine immediately after starting it Operate the engine and transmission gently until the oil warms up and lubricates all moving parts Notice The engine is designed to work with the electronics in your vehicle If you add electrical parts or accessories you could change the way the engine operates Before adding electrical equipment check with your dealer retailer If you do not your engine might not perform properly Any resulting damage would not be covered by your vehicle s warranty Engine Coolant Heater The engine coolant heater if available can help in cold weather conditions at or below 0 F 18 C for easier starting and better fuel economy during engine warm up Plug in the coolant heater at least four hours before starting your vehicle An internal thermostat in the plug end of the cord may exist which will prevent engine coolant heater operation at temperatures 2 23 To Use the Engine Coolant Heater 1 Turn off the engine 2 Open the hood and unwrap the electrical cord The cord is located on the passenger s side of the engine compartment near the radiator 3 Plug it into a normal grounded 110 volt AC outlet A CAUTION Plugging the cord into an ungrounded outlet could cause an electrical shock Also the wrong kind of extension cord could overheat and cause a fire You could be seriously injured Plug the cord into a p
209. e which tire needs to be checked You can receive more than one tire pressure message at a time To read the other messages that may have been sent at the same time press the set reset button If a tire pressure message appears on the DIC stop as soon as you can Have the tire pressures checked and set to those shown on the Tire Loading Information label See Tires on page 5 52 Loading Your Vehicle on page 4 22 and Inflation Tire Pressure on page 5 59 The DIC also shows the tire pressure values See DIC Operation and Displays on page 3 45 lf the tire pressure is low the low tire pressure warning light comes on See Tire Pressure Light on page 3 36 DRIVER DOOR OPEN This message displays when the driver door is not closed properly Close the door completely 3 54 ENGINE HOT A C Air Conditioning OFF This message displays when the engine coolant becomes hotter than the normal operating temperature To avoid added strain on a hot engine the air conditioning compressor is automatically turned off When the coolant temperature returns to normal the A C operation automatically resumes You can continue to drive your vehicle ENGINE OVERHEATD Overheated IDLE ENGINE Notice lf you drive your vehicle while the engine is overheating severe engine damage may occur If an overheat warning appears on the instrument panel cluster and or DIC stop the vehicle as soon as possible Do not increase the engine speed above normal id
210. eadiness Light on page 3 29 for more information 1 58 Where Are the Airbags The right front passenger s airbag is in the instrument panel on the passenger s side The driver s airbag is in the middle of the steering wheel A CAUTION If something is between an occupant and an airbag the airbag might not inflate properly or it might force the object into that person causing severe injury or even death The path of an inflating airbag must be kept clear Do not put anything between an occupant and an airbag and do not attach or put anything on the steering wheel hub or on or near any other airbag covering If your vehicle has roof rail airbags never Fi i Je i secure anything to the roof of your vehicle by n a a a routing the rope or tie down through any door Driver Side shown Passenger Side similar or window opening If you do the path of an inflating roof rail airbag will be blocked If your vehicle has roof rail airbags for the driver right front passenger and second row outboard passengers they are in the ceiling above the side windows 1 60 When Should an Airbag Inflate Frontal airbags are designed to inflate in moderate to severe frontal or near frontal crashes to help reduce the potential for severe injuries mainly to the driver s or right front passenger s head and chest However they are only designed to inflate if the impact exceeds a predetermined deployment threshold Deployment th
211. eaeeeeeees 6 7 Maintenance Record csccceeeceeeeeeeeeeees 6 16 Maintenance Replacement Parts 5 6 14 Maintenance Requirements eeeeeeeeee ees 6 2 Owner Checks and Services cc0ceceeeeeees 6 8 Recommended Fluids and Lubricants 6 12 Scheduled Maintenance ccccceeeeeeeeee es 6 4 WSING cote teach Ataeig E E meee as 6 2 Your Vehicle and the Environment 6 2 Malfunction Indicator Light ceeeeeeeee eee 3 36 Manual Lumbar Controls cccccceeeeeeeeeeeees 1 4 Manual Reclining Seatbacks eeeeeeeeee ees 1 5 Manual Seats eere re E E 1 2 Manual USING cceceeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeaeaenes iil Map Lamps riiui daid a E 3 17 Message DIC Warnings and Messages eeeeeeee 3 52 Mirrors Automatic Dimming Rearview with OnStar 2 38 Manual Rearview Mirror ccceeeeeeeeeeeee 2 37 Manual Rearview Mirror with OnStar 2 37 Outside Convex Mirrors cccecceeeeeeeeea ee 2 39 Outside Power Mirrors ccccceeeeeeeeeeeeaee 2 38 MP8 arctic csctcct acti E ERA 3 90 3 95 MY GMILIAKCOM wate ccaenccoencee encode ceetverttnwictiaeeanctes 7 4 N Navigation System Privacy ceeeeeeeeeeeees 7 19 Navigation Radio System see Navigation Manual aiee cesta teadoacamedeeeissadsepusandeent ans 3 101 New Vehicle Break In c ec
212. eatback and the seat cushion The top tether anchors for each rear seating position are located on the back of the rear seatback You may need to adjust the rear compartment storage panel cover in the rear cargo area to access the anchors Be sure to use an anchor located on the same side of the vehicle as the seating position where the child restraint will be placed Do not secure a child restraint in a position without a top tether anchor if a national or local law requires that the top tether be attached or if the instructions that come with the child restraint say that the top tether must be attached Accident statistics show that children are safer if they are restrained in the rear rather than the front seat See Where to Put the Restraint on page 1 40 for additional information 1 45 Securing a Child Restraint Designed for the LATCH System CAUTION Continued anchor or attachment to come loose or even Z CAUTION break during a crash A child or others could be injured if this happens To help prevent If a LATCH type child restraint is not attached injury to people and damage to your vehicle to anchors the restraint will not be able to attach only one child restraint per anchor protect the child correctly In a crash the child could be seriously injured or killed Make sure that a LATCH type child restraint is properly installed using the anchors or use the vehicle s safety belts to secure the restraint f
213. econds if the vehicle s lights are not visible The vehicle s doors will be locked Pressing the remote start button again after the vehicle has started will turn off the ignition When the vehicle s engine starts the parking lamps will turn on and remain on while the engine is running 3 To extend the engine run time by 10 minutes repeat Steps 1 and 2 while the engine is still running The engine run time can only be extended if it is the first remote start since the vehicle has been driven Remote start can be extended one time If the remote start procedure is used again before the first 10 minute time frame has ended the first 10 minutes will immediately expire and the second 10 minute time frame will start For example if the lock button and then the remote start buttons are pressed again after the vehicle has been running for five minutes 10 minutes are added allowing the engine to run for 15 minutes After entering the vehicle during a remote start insert and turn the key to ON RUN to drive the vehicle After a remote start the engine will automatically shut off after 10 minutes unless a time extension has been done or the vehicle s key is inserted into the ignition switch and turned to ON RUN A maximum of two remote starts or remote start attempts are allowed between ignition cycles After your vehicle s engine has been started two times using the remote start button the vehicle s ignition s
214. ect brake pads for wear and evenly tighten wheel nuts in the proper sequence to torque specifications in Capacities and Specifications on page 5 105 Brake linings should always be replaced as complete axle sets Brake Pedal Travel See your dealer retailer if the brake pedal does not return to normal height or if there is a rapid increase in pedal travel This could be a sign that brake service might be required Brake Adjustment Every time you apply the brakes with or without the vehicle moving the brakes adjust for wear 5 36 Replacing Brake System Parts The braking system on a vehicle is complex Its many parts have to be of top quality and work well together if the vehicle is to have really good braking Your vehicle was designed and tested with top quality brake parts When you replace parts of the braking system for example when the brake linings wear down and you need new ones put in be sure you get new approved replacement parts If you do not the brakes might not work properly For example if someone puts in brake linings that are wrong for your vehicle the balance between the front and rear brakes can change for the worse The braking performance you have come to expect can change in many other ways if someone puts in the wrong replacement brake parts Battery Your vehicle has a maintenance free battery When it is time for a new battery see your dealer retailer for one that has the replacemen
215. eee ees 2 12 Rear Seat Armrest 0cceceececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 2 46 Rear Seat Entertainment System 608 3 101 Rear Windshield Washer Wiper 000 3 11 Rearview Mirror Automatic Dimming with OD ae me ee a 2 38 Rearview Mirror with OnStar a a 2 37 Rearview Mirrors 2 sceceeeeeeeee tees eeeeeeeeeees 2 37 Reclining Seatbacks Manual 0 0e 0eees Recommended Fluids and Lubricants Recreational Vehicle Towing Reduced Engine Power Light cee Remote Keyless Entry RKE System 0 Remote Keyless Entry RKE System Operation 0 cc ccc eecec eee eeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeees Remote Vehicle Start c cccececeeeeeeeeeee tees Removing the Flat Tire and Installing the Spare TIE eanet ereraa a a a E RNE ones Removing the Spare Tire and Tools Replacement Bulbs c eceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeees Replacement Parts Maintenance Reporting Safety Defects Canadian Government 0ceseeeeeeeneeeeeneees General Motors oi 2c2 is0sscses siiin eean eeri United States Government ceeeeeeeee ees Restraint System Check Checking the Restraint Systems Replacing Restraint System Parts After a Crash eee ee ee Retained Accessory Power RAP eccere Roadside Assistance Program s eeeseeeeeeeee tessa eens Rocking Your Vehicle to Get it Out
216. eeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 2 20 Odometer scienne O OSRE 3 28 Odometer THP cazgesazatc site seecceiensne Meaceaadinuas inca 3 28 Off Road Recovery ccceceeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeeees 4 12 Oil Change Engine Oil Light eee 3 40 ENQING iini eare iniaa a E E 5 15 Pressure Light ieissccicscaiensicteadectniaacadseresadhens 3 39 Oil Engine Oil Life System seeeeeeeeeen 5 18 Older Children Restraints c cccccceeeeeeaee 1 31 Online Owner Center ccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 7 4 OnStar PRIVACY osain nasie an ani 7 19 OnStar System see OnStar Manual 2 39 Other Warning Devices eeeeeeeeeee teense teens 3 6 Outlet Adjustment isisisi 3 24 Outlets Accessory POWET ccceeeec eee ee eeeeeeeeeeeees 3 19 Outside Convex Mirrors 0cceceeceeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 2 39 Power Mirrors sccsceieis eve Hee diate dae 2 38 Overheated Engine Protection Operating Mode cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 5 26 Owner Checks and Services ecceeeeeeeeeeeees 6 8 Owners Canadian cccccceccccecececeseeeeeeeeneneneas ii Paint Damage cscc eishisleaite iaadietiingeiiiteciane 5 96 Park Brake sinne aa Eaa 2 32 Park P SAIMING MLO sacs ses chaect anra a o EA 2 33 Shifting Out ON doseren aadatan a 2 35 Parking Over Things That Burn c eeeeeeeeeeeee teens 2 35 Passenger Airbag Status Indicator 0065 3 30
217. efore you start down a long or steep downgrade If you do not shift down you might have to use your brakes so much that they would get hot and no longer work well If you are towing a trailer that weighs more than 1 000 Ibs 450 kg drive in INTERMEDIATE I instead of DRIVE D or as you need to a lower gear This will minimize heat build up and extend the life of your transmission 4 38 Parking on Hills A CAUTION You really should not park your vehicle with a trailer attached on a hill If something goes wrong your rig could start to move People can be injured and both your vehicle and the trailer can be damaged But if you ever have to park your rig on a hill do the following 1 Apply your regular brakes but do not shift into PARK P yet 2 Have someone place chocks under the trailer wheels 3 When the wheel chocks are in place release the regular brakes until the chocks absorb the load 4 Reapply the regular brakes Then apply your parking brake and then shift to PARK P 5 Release the regular brakes When You Are Ready to Leave After Parking on a Hill 1 Apply your regular brakes and hold the pedal down while you do the following e Start your engine e Shift into a gear e Release the parking brake 2 Let up on the brake pedal 3 Drive slowly until the trailer is clear of the chocks 4 Stop and have someone pick up and store the chocks Maintenance When Trailer Towing
218. efueling The fuel range estimate is based on an average of the vehicle s fuel economy over recent driving history and the amount of fuel remaining in the fuel tank This estimate will change if driving conditions change For example if driving in traffic and making frequent stops this display may read one number but if the vehicle is driven on a freeway the number may change even though the same amount of fuel is in the fuel tank This is because different driving conditions produce different fuel economies Generally freeway driving produces better fuel economy than city driving If your vehicle is low on fuel the FUEL LEVEL LOW message will be displayed See FUEL LEVEL LOW under DIC Warnings and Messages on page 3 52 for more information Blank Display This display shows no information Vehicle Information Menu Items i Vehicle Information Press this button to scroll through the following displays OIL LIFE Press the vehicle information button until OIL LIFE REMAINING displays This display shows an estimate of the oil s remaining useful life If you see 99 OIL LIFE REMAINING on the display that means 99 of the current oil life remains The engine oil life system will alert you to change the oil on a schedule consistent with your driving conditions When the remaining oil life is low the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON message will appear on the display along with the Change Engine Oil Light on the instrument
219. ehicle on page 4 22 for more information about the Tire and Loading Information Label and its location on your vehicle Different Size Tires and Wheels If you add wheels or tires that are a different size than your original equipment wheels and tires this could affect the way your vehicle performs including its braking ride and handling characteristics stability and resistance to rollover Additionally if your vehicle has electronic systems such as anti lock brakes rollover airbags traction control and electronic stability control the performance of these systems can be affected A CAUTION If you add different sized wheels your vehicle may not provide an acceptable level of performance and safety if tires not recommended for those wheels are selected You may increase the chance that you will crash and suffer serious injury Only use GM specific wheel and tire systems developed for your vehicle and have them properly installed by a GM certified technician See Buying New Tires on page 5 70 and Accessories and Modifications on page 5 3 for additional information 5 72 Uniform Tire Quality Grading Quality grades can be found where applicable on the tire sidewall between tread shoulder and maximum section width For example Treadwear 200 Traction AA Temperature A The following information relates to the system developed by the United States National Highway Traffic Safety Administration NHTSA which grad
220. eing drained You may notice that the vehicle attempts to reduce the drain for you by turning off accessories such as interior fans rear defogger and heated seats Turn off all accessories If the vehicle is not running start and run the engine for at least 10 minutes to allow the battery to recharge If the engine is running and the condition persists see your dealer retailer See Electric Power Management on page 3 18 for more information BUCKLE PASSENGER SEATBELT This message reminds you to buckle the passenger s safety belt See Passenger Sensing System on page 1 64 This message displays and a chime sounds when the ignition is on the driver s safety belt is buckled the passenger s safety belt is unbuckled with the passenger airbag enabled and the vehicle is in motion You should have the passenger buckle their safety belt This reminder will be repeated if the ignition is on the vehicle is in motion the driver is buckled and the passenger is still unbuckled and the passenger airbag is enabled If the passenger s safety belt is already buckled this message and chime will not come on BUCKLE SEATBELT This message reminds you to buckle the driver s safety belt This message displays and a chime sounds when the ignition is on the drivers safety belt is unbuckled and the vehicle is in motion You should buckle your safety belt If the driver remains unbuckled when the ignition is on and the vehicle is i
221. em When the change engine oil light and or CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON message appears certain services checks and inspections are required Required services are described in the following for Maintenance I and Maintenance II Generally it is recommended that your first service be Maintenance I your second service be Maintenance II and that you alternate Maintenance I and Maintenance H thereafter However in some cases Maintenance II may be required more often Maintenance I Use Maintenance I if the light message comes on within 10 months since the vehicle was purchased or Maintenance II was performed Maintenance II Use Maintenance II if the previous service performed was Maintenance I Always use Maintenance II whenever the light message comes on 10 months or more since the last service or if the light message has not come on at all for one year Scheduled Maintenance sevice A Maintenance 1 Change engine oil and filter See Engine Oil on page 5 15 Reset oil life system See Engine Oil Life System on page 5 18 An Emission Control Service Visually check for any leaks or damage See footnote k Inspect engine air cleaner filter If necessary replace filter See Engine Air Cleaner Filter on page 5 20 See footnote I Rotate tires and check inflation pressures and wear See Tire Inspection and Rotation on page 5 67 and Tire Wear Inspection in At Least Once a Month on page 6 9 Inspect bra
222. emove odors from your vehicle s upholstery Do not clean your vehicle using the following cleaners or techniques e Never use a knife or any other sharp object to remove a soil from any interior surface e Never use a stiff brush It can cause damage to your vehicle s interior surfaces e Never apply heavy pressure or rub aggressively with a cleaning cloth Use of heavy pressure can damage your interior and does not improve the effectiveness of soil removal e Use only mild neutral pH soaps Avoid laundry detergents or dishwashing soaps with degreasers Using too much soap will leave a residue that leaves streaks and attracts dirt For liquid cleaners about 20 drops per gallon 3 78 L of water is a good guide e Do not heavily saturate your upholstery while cleaning e Damage to your vehicle s interior may result from the use of many organic solvents such as naptha alcohol etc 5 89 Fabric Carpet Cleaning Fabric Carpet Use a vacuum cleaner often to get rid of dust and loose dirt Wipe vinyl leather plastic and painted surfaces with a clean damp cloth Your dealer retailer has cleaners for the cleaning of fabric and carpet They will clean normal spots and stains very well If the vehicle has the Ultra Lux suede fabric follow the listed procedures except do not use any solvents or dry cleaning products Here are some cleaning tips e Always read the instructions on the cleaner label e Clean up s
223. er arrow button The CD goes to the next or previous artist in alphabetical order Continue pressing either button until the desired artist displays To change from playback by artist to playback by album press the pushbutton located below the Sort By label From the sort screen push one of the buttons below the album button Press the pushbutton below the back label to return to the main music navigator screen Now the album name is displayed on the second line between the arrows and songs from the current album begins to play Once all songs from that album are played the player moves to the next album in alphabetical order on the CD R CD RW and begin playing MP3 WMA files from that album To exit music navigator mode press the pushbutton below the Back label to return to normal MP3 WMA playback BAND Press this button to listen to the radio when a CD is playing The inactive CD remains inside the radio for future listening CD AUX CD Auxiliary Press this button to play a CD when listening to the radio The CD icon and a message showing disc and or track number displays when a CD is in the player Press this button again and the system automatically searches for an auxiliary input device such as a portable audio player If a portable audio player is not connected No Input Device Found displays Using an MP3 Radio with CD and DVD Player MP3 WMA CD R or CD RW Disc Compressed Audio or Mixed Mode Discs The radio also
224. er belt Here is how to wear a lap shoulder belt properly 1 Adjust the seat if the seat is adjustable so you can sit up straight To see how see Seats in the Index 2 Pick up the latch plate and pull the belt across you Do not let it get twisted The lap shoulder belt may lock if you pull the belt across you very quickly If this happens let the belt go back slightly to unlock it Then pull the belt across you more slowly If you ever pull the shoulder portion of a passenger belt out all the way you may engage the child 3 Push the latch plate into the buckle until it clicks restraint locking feature If this happens just let the Pull up on the latch plate to make sure it is secure belt go back all the way and start again If the belt is not long enough see Safety Belt Extender on page 1 30 Make sure the release button on the buckle is positioned so you would be able to unbuckle the safety belt quickly if necessary 4 If equipped with a shoulder belt height adjuster move it to the height that is right for you Improper shoulder belt height adjustment could reduce the effectiveness of the safety belt in a crash See Shoulder Belt Height Adjustment later in this section 1 25 5 To make the lap part tight pull up on the shoulder belt It may be necessary to pull stitching on the safety belt through the latch plate to fully tighten the lap belt on smaller occupants To unlatch the belt jus
225. er the BASS MID or TREB label for more than two seconds A beep sounds and the level adjusts to the middle position To quickly adjust all tone and speaker controls to the middle position press the Jd knob for more than two seconds until a beep sounds EQ Equalization Press to select preset equalization settings To return to the manual mode press the EQ button until Manual displays or starts to manually adjust the bass midrange or treble by pressing the sJ knob EQ Equalization Radio with CD and DVD Press to choose bass and treble equalization settings designed for different types of music Your choices are pop rock country talk jazz and classical Selecting MANUAL or changing bass or treble returns the EQ to the manual bass and treble settings Unique EQ settings can be saved for each source If your radio has a Bose audio system your EQ settings are either MANUAL or TALK Adjusting the Speakers Balance Fade Base Radio with CD Cl BAL FADE Balance Fade To adjust the balance or fade press the I button or the JJ knob until the desired speaker control label displays Turn the Jd knob clockwise or counterclockwise to adjust the setting 3 75 Adjusting the Speakers Balance Fade BAL FADE Balance Fade To adjust balance or fade press the Jd knob until the speaker control labels display Continue pressing to highlight the desired label or press the pushbutton positioned under the desired
226. eral seconds the CD R or CD RW automatically pulls back into the player If loading and reading of a CD cannot be completed such as unknown format etc and the disc fails to eject press and hold this button for more than five seconds to force the disc to eject A DVD Eject Press and release this button to eject the CD R or CD RW that is currently playing in the top slot A beep sounds and Ejecting Disc displays Once the disc is ejected Remove Disc displays The CD R or CD RW can be removed If the CD R or CD RW is not removed after several seconds the CD R or CD RW automatically pulls back into the player If loading and reading of a CD cannot be completed such as unknown format etc and the disc fails to eject press and hold this button for more than five seconds to force the disc to eject J Tune Turn this knob to select MP3 WMA files on the CD R or CD RW currently playing 3 98 Ki SEEK Press the left SEEK arrow to go to the start of the current MP3 WMA file if more than five seconds have played If less than five seconds have played the previous MP3 WMA file plays Press the right SEEK arrow to go to the next MP3 WMaA file If either SEEK arrow is held or pressed multiple times the player continues moving backward or forward through the MP3 WMA files on the CD lt A Previous Folder Press the pushbutton positioned under the Folder label to go to the first track in the previous folder
227. erate from a stop in SECOND 2 or THIRD 3 1 Move the shift lever from DRIVE D into the manual gate 2 With the vehicle stopped move the shift lever forward to select SECOND 2 or THIRD 3 The vehicle will start from a stop position in SECOND 2 or THIRD 3 3 Once the vehicle is moving select the desired drive gear or move the shift lever to the DRIVE D position 2 32 Parking Brake The parking brake lever is located to the right of the driver s seat To set the parking brake hold the brake pedal down and pull up on the parking brake lever If the ignition is on the brake system warning light will come on To release the parking brake hold the brake pedal down Pull the parking brake lever up until you can press the release button Hold the release button in as you move the brake lever all the way down Make sure to release the parking brake before driving the vehicle If the parking brake is applied and the vehicle is moving at least 4 mph 6 km h a chime will activate to remind you to release the parking brake Notice Driving with the parking brake on can overheat the brake system and cause premature wear or damage to brake system parts Make sure that the parking brake is fully released and the brake warning light is off before driving Shifting Into PARK P A CAUTION It can be dangerous to get out of your vehicle if the shift lever is not fully in PARK P with the parking brake firmly
228. erminology and Definitions 0 5 56 Inflation Tire Pressure ceeeeeeeeeee eee 5 59 High Speed Operation ceeeeeeeeeeeee eee ees 5 61 Tire Pressure Monitor System 6 e eeeeeee 5 62 Tire Pressure Monitor Operation 00 5 63 Tire Inspection and Rotation cee 5 67 Section 5 Service and Appearance Care When It Is Time for New Tires Buying New Tires Different Size Tires and Wheels 55 Uniform Tire Quality Grading Wheel Alignment and Tire Balance Wheel Replacement Tre CHAINS secete eE E E If a Tire Goes Flat ccceeeeceeeeceeeeeeeeeeeees Changing a Flat Tire Removing the Spare Tire and Tools Removing the Flat Tire and Installing the Spare Tie nener renkies uiter keari diene aaa Storing a Flat or Spare Tire and Tools Compact Spare Tire cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees Appearance Care c ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee ees Interior Cleaning Fabric Carpet Leather Instrument Panel Vinyl and Other Plastic Surfaces Care of Safety Belts cc eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee eens Weatherstrips Washing Your Vehicle Cleaning Exterior Lamps Lenses 0 00 5 93 FINISH CANE notir tesenian E EREE 5 94 Windshield and Wiper Blades 5 94 Aluminum or Chrome Plated Wheels ANG TrM seieren ea E 5 95 TSS areri ea a EA 5 96 Sheet Metal Damage eeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 5 96 Finish
229. ernate angles less than 90 degrees to the centerline of the tread Cold Tire Pressure The amount of air pressure in a tire measured in pounds per square inch psi or kilopascals kPa before a tire has built up heat from driving See Inflation Tire Pressure on page 5 59 Curb Weight The weight of a motor vehicle with standard and optional equipment including the maximum capacity of fuel oil and coolant but without passengers and cargo DOT Markings A code molded into the sidewall of a tire signifying that the tire is in compliance with the U S Department of Transportation DOT motor vehicle safety standards The DOT code includes the Tire Identification Number TIN an alphanumeric designator which can also identify the tire manufacturer production plant brand and date of production GVWR Gross Vehicle Weight Rating See Loading Your Vehicle on page 4 22 GAWR FRT Gross Axle Weight Rating for the front axle See Loading Your Vehicle on page 4 22 GAWR RR Gross Axle Weight Rating for the rear axle See Loading Your Vehicle on page 4 22 Intended Outboard Sidewall The side of an asymmetrical tire that must always face outward when mounted on a vehicle Kilopascal kPa The metric unit for air pressure Light Truck LT Metric Tire A tire used on light duty trucks and some multipurpose passenger vehicles Load Index An assigned number ranging from 1 to 279 that corresponds to the load carrying cap
230. es 4 2 Drunk Driving oiiess naan a ee sena aaa E EEE 4 3 Control of a Vehicle ssisecisisisntnsrinariess neasi 4 4 Braking saissetiae E E TOEN 4 4 Antilock Brake System ABS i c 4 5 Braking in Emergencies ascneaenseeernrerrrernnnnns 4 6 Traction Control System TCS aeeeeeeeeeeee 4 6 StabiliTrak System cccccccccceeeeeeeeeseeeeeeenes 4 7 All Wheel Drive AWD System n 4 8 SU ering 20 02 cc ccc eec a aae E aai 4 9 Off Road Recovery ccceeceeeeeeeeeeeee een entesa 4 12 PASSING arinei aa E EO ES 4 12 LOSS 0f GCOnttOl ioina senceie ttecenbtiedieatacentteey 4 12 Driving Your Vehicle DriVingatiNiQnt cicsc0 2ectatiacdenenniemnauseearnieans 4 14 Driving in Rain and on Wet Roads 4 15 Before Leaving on a Long Trip 0e 4 16 Highway Hypnosis ccceeeeeeeeee eee teeta eeeees 4 16 Hill and Mountain Roads eeeeeeeeeeeeeee 4 17 Winter Diving scicssreck coninaamemmipecxerreeetaeatt 4 18 If Your Vehicle is Stuck in Sand Mud lce OF SNOW 2 0 cece cece ec ceeeeeeeeeeeeeetaeeeeeeaes 4 21 Rocking Your Vehicle to Get It Out 4 22 Loading Your Vehicle ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 4 22 TOWING sinami eramen EAER 4 27 Towing Your Vehicle snssrers ariera 4 27 Recreational Vehicle Towing eeeeeeeeee 4 27 TOWING a Trailer cciiscccclestuacccnncnek cond aeucar eienn 4 32 Your Driving the Road and Your Vehicle A CAUTI
231. es that the top tether be anchored or if the instructions that come with the child restraint say that the top strap must be anchored In Canada the law requires that forward facing child restraints have a top tether and that the tether be attached You will be using the lap shoulder belt to secure the child restraint in this position Follow the instructions that came with the child restraint 1 Move the seat as far back as it will go before securing the forward facing child restraint When the passenger sensing system has turned off the right front passenger s frontal airbag the off indicator on the passenger airbag status indicator should light and stay lit when you start the vehicle See Passenger Airbag Status Indicator on page 3 30 2 Put the child restraint on the seat 3 Pick up the latch plate and run the lap and shoulder portions of the vehicle s safety belt through or around the restraint The child restraint instructions will show you how 1 53 4 Push the latch plate into the buckle until it clicks Make sure the release button is positioned so you would be able to unbuckle the safety belt quickly if necessary 1 54 5 Pull the rest of the shoulder belt all the way out of the retractor to set the lock 6 To tighten the belt push down on the child restraint pull the shoulder portion of the belt to tighten the lap portion of the belt and feed the shoulder belt back into the retractor I
232. es tires by treadwear traction and temperature performance This applies only to vehicles sold in the United States The grades are molded on the sidewalls of most passenger car tires The Uniform Tire Quality Grading UTQG system does not apply to deep tread winter type snow tires space saver or temporary use spare tires tires with nominal rim diameters of 10 to 12 inches 25 to 30 cm or to some limited production tires While the tires available on General Motors passenger cars and light trucks may vary with respect to these grades they must also conform to federal safety requirements and additional General Motors Tire Performance Criteria TPC standards Treadwear The treadwear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a specified government test course For example a tire graded 150 would wear one and a half 1 5 times as well on the government course as a tire graded 100 The relative performance of tires depends upon the actual conditions of their use however and may depart significantly from the norm due to variations in driving habits service practices and differences in road characteristics and climate Traction AA A B C The traction grades from highest to lowest are AA A B and C Those grades represent the tire s ability to stop on wet pavement as measured under controlled conditions on specified government test surfaces of
233. esead eyensete 2 43 Rear Seat Armrest cceceseeseeeeese cree 2 46 Cupholder S lt ccssccissechixaudaedseosastes vice nantes 9 43 Table SORE ECEEEEE EEE SEOEEEEESOOEEESSEOOEEEESS 2 47 Center Console Storage s 9 43 Convenience Net cccccececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenees 2 48 SUNPOOSR 2 ceciceitacesosachandeaiaeanndiacnemsqnaaced ote nae 2 48 Keys A CAUTION Leaving children in a vehicle with the ignition key is dangerous for many reasons children or others could be badly injured or even killed They could operate the power windows or other controls or even make the vehicle move The windows will function with the keys in the ignition and they could be seriously injured or killed if caught in the path of a closing window Do not leave the keys in a vehicle with children The key can be used for the ignition and all locks The key has a bar coded key tag that the dealer retailer or qualified locksmith can use to make new keys Store this information in a safe place not in your vehicle Notice lf you ever lock your keys in your vehicle you may have to damage the vehicle to get in Be sure you have spare keys If you are locked out of your vehicle contact Roadside Assistance See Roadside Assistance Program on page 7 7 for more information Remote Keyless Entry RKE System If the vehicle has the Remote Keyless Entry RKE system it operates on a radio frequency subject to Federal Communications Co
234. et reset button to access the settings for this feature Then press the vehicle information button to scroll through the following settings OFF The exterior lamps will not turn on 30 SECONDS default The exterior lamps will stay on for 30 seconds 1 MINUTE The exterior lamps will stay on for one minute 2 MINUTES The exterior lamps will stay on for two minutes NO CHANGE No change will be made to this feature The current setting will remain To select a setting press the set reset button while the desired setting is displayed on the DIC APPRCH Approach LIGHTNG Lighting This feature allows you to select whether or not to have the exterior lights turn on briefly during low light periods after unlocking the vehicle using the RKE transmitter Press the vehicle information button until ARPRCH Approach LIGHTNG Lighting appears on the DIC display Press the set reset button to access the settings for this feature Then press the vehicle information button to scroll through the following settings OFF The exterior lights will not turn on when you unlock the vehicle with the RKE transmitter ON default If it is dark enough outside the exterior lights will turn on briefly when you unlock the vehicle with the RKE transmitter The lights will remain on for 20 seconds or until the lock button on the RKE transmitter is pressed or the vehicle is no longer off See Remote Keyless Entry RKE System Operation on p
235. f you are using a forward facing child restraint you may find it helpful to use your knee to push down on the child restraint as you tighten the belt 7 If your vehicle does not have a rear seat and your child restraint has a top tether follow the child restraint manufacturer s instructions regarding the use of the top tether See Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children LATCH on page 1 42 for more information 8 Push and pull the child restraint in different directions to be sure it is secure If the airbag is off the off indicator in the passenger airbag status indicator will come on and stay on when the vehicle is started If a child restraint has been installed and the on indicator is lit turn the vehicle off Remove the child restraint from the vehicle and reinstall the child restraint If after reinstalling the child restraint and restarting the vehicle the on indicator is still lit check to make sure that the vehicle s seatback is not pressing the child restraint into the seat cushion If this happens slightly recline the vehicle s seatback and adjust the seat cushion if possible Also make sure the child restraint is not trapped under the vehicle head restraint If this happens adjust the head restraint Remove any additional material from the seat such as blankets cushions seat covers seat heaters or seat massagers before reinstalling or securing the child restraint If the on indicator is still lit secure
236. f you need additional space above the panel Place the cargo on top of the panel in this position A CAUTION If you were to carry things on the adjustable panel when it is in the upper cargo cover or center positions during a sudden vehicle movement or a crash those things could be thrown around in the vehicle You or others could be injured When it is in the upper or center position always secure any cargo on the floor beneath the panel cover To use the panel in the center position do the following 1 Insert the front corners of the panel into the middle guides 2 Slide the panel forward 3 Press down and pull rearward on the back of the panel to lock it in place 2 46 The panel can be used in this position when you have to place a flat or spare tire in the rear cargo area To use the panel in the upper position do the following 1 Insert the front corners of the panel into the top guides 2 Slide the panel forward 3 Press down and pull rearward on the back of the panel to lock it in place This can be used as a cargo cover for the rear area The panel may be installed either carpet or plastic side up The panel may also be used as a table in this position See Table on page 2 47 for more information Rear Seat Armrest Your vehicle may have a rear seat armrest that contains two cupholders To access the cupholders pull the armrest down from the rear seatback Your vehicle may have a
237. fan temperature and mode settings the vehicle was set to when the vehicle was last turned off The rear window defogger will also turn on If your vehicle has heated seats they may turn on during colder outside temperatures and will shut off when the key is turned to ON RUN You may not notice an increase in seat surface temperature until the seat is occupied for a short period of time Laws in some local communities may restrict the use of remote starters For example some laws may require a person using remote start to have the vehicle in view when doing so Check local regulations for any requirements on remote starting of vehicles Q Remote Vehicle Start This button will be on the RKE transmitter if you have remote start Your RKE transmitter with the remote start button provides an increased range of operation However the range may be less while the vehicle is running As a result you may need to be closer to your vehicle to turn it off than you were to turn it on If your vehicle is low on fuel do not use the remote start feature The vehicle may run out of fuel To start the engine using the remote start feature 1 Aim the RKE transmitter that has a remote vehicle start button at the vehicle 2 Press and release the transmitter s lock button then immediately press and hold the remote vehicle start button Hold the remote start button until the vehicle s turn signal lamps flash or for at least four s
238. fe to do so Have the electrical system checked by your dealer retailer immediately Connecting a battery charger to your vehicle while the ignition is in any position other than LOCK OFF may cause this message to appear If you need to charge your vehicle make sure that the key is in LOCK OFF or out of the ignition during charging SERVICE BRAKE SYSTEM This message displays and a chime sounds when the brake fluid level is low The brake system warning light also appears on the instrument panel cluster when this message appears on the DIC See Brake System Warning Light on page 3 33 Have the brake system serviced by your dealer retailer as soon as possible SERVICE POWER STEERING On some vehicles this message displays when a problem is detected with the power steering system When this message is displayed you may notice that the effort required to steer the vehicle increases or feels heavier but you will still be able to steer the vehicle Have your vehicle serviced by your dealer retailer immediately SERVICE STABILITRAK This message displays if there has been a problem detected with the StabiliTrak System A warning light also appears on the instrument panel cluster See Traction Control System TCS Warning Light on page 3 34 See StabiliTrak System on page 4 7 for more information If this message turns on while you are driving pull off the road as soon as possible and stop carefully Try resetting the system b
239. fety belts the airbag sensing and diagnostic module steering wheel instrument panel roof rail airbag modules ceiling headliner or pillar garnish trim overhead console front sensors side impact sensors rollover sensor module or airbag wiring can affect the operation of the airbag system In addition your vehicle has a passenger sensing system for the right front passenger s position which includes sensors that are part of the passenger s seat The passenger sensing system may not operate properly if the original seat trim is replaced with non GM covers upholstery or trim or with GM covers upholstery or trim designed for a different vehicle Any object such as an aftermarket seat heater or a comfort enhancing pad or device installed under or on top of the Q P seat fabric could also interfere with the operation of the passenger sensing system This could either prevent proper deployment of the passenger airbag s or prevent the passenger sensing system from properly turning off the passenger airbag s See Passenger Sensing System on page 1 64 If you have any questions about this you should contact Customer Assistance before you modify your vehicle The phone numbers and addresses for Customer Assistance are in Step Two of the Customer Satisfaction Procedure in this manual See Customer Satisfaction Procedure on page 7 2 If your vehicle has rollover roof rail airbags see Different Size Tires and Wheels on page 5
240. folded forward upright or partially reclined Both of the seatbacks can be moved to any of the the protection needed in a crash The person three positions independent of the other seatback position The rear bench seat can also be moved forward and rearward Split Folding Rear Seat The rear split bench seatbacks have three available wearing the belt could be seriously injured After raising the rear seatback always check to be sure that the safety belts are properly routed and attached and are not twisted To fold the seatback down do the following A CAUTION Notice Folding a rear seat with the safety belts ifthe seatback INGE tocked it COUIG Moye l still fastened may cause damage to the seat or the forward in a sudden stop or crash That could safety belts Always unbuckle the safety belts cause injury to the person sitting there Always and return them to their normal stowed position push and pull on the seatback to be sure it is before folding a rear seat locked 1 Ensure all three of the safety belts are unbuckled and the front seatbacks are not reclined 2 Lift the lever located on the top of the seatback to release the seatback 3 Fold the seatback forward to the desired position To recline the seatback do the following 1 Lift and hold the lever located on top of the seatback 2 Tilt the seatback rearward then release the lever when the seatback is in the desired position To slide th
241. formation 5 69 Buying New Tires GM has developed and matched specific tires for your vehicle The original equipment tires installed on your vehicle when it was new were designed to meet General Motors Tire Performance Criteria Specification TPC Spec system rating If you need replacement tires GM strongly recommends that you get tires with the same TPC Spec rating This way your vehicle will continue to have tires that are designed to give the same performance and vehicle safety during normal use as the original tires GM s exclusive TPC Spec system considers over a dozen critical specifications that impact the overall performance of your vehicle including brake system performance ride and handling traction control and tire pressure monitoring performance GM s TPC Spec number is molded onto the tire s sidewall near the tire size If the tires have an all season tread design the TPC Spec number will be followed by an MS for mud and snow See Tire Sidewall Labeling on page 5 53 for additional information 5 70 GM recommends replacing tires in sets of four This is because uniform tread depth on all tires will help keep your vehicle performing most like it did when the tires were new Replacing less than a full set of tires can affect the braking and handling performance of your vehicle See Tire Inspection and Rotation on page 5 67 for information on proper tire rotation A CAUTION Mixing tires could cause
242. ge 3 11 Fog Lamps Button See Fog Lamps on page 3 16 Power Mirror Control See Outside Power Mirrors on page 2 38 Instrument Panel Brightness Control See Instrument Panel Brightness on page 3 16 vO Z2Er K O Cruise Controls See Cruise Control on page 3 11 Tilt Wheel See Tilt Wheel on page 3 7 Horn See Horn on page 3 6 Audio Steering Wheel Controls See Audio Steering Wheel Controls on page 3 110 Audio System See Audio System s on page 3 67 Shift Lever See Shifting Into PARK P on page 2 33 Traction Control System TCS Button See Traction Control System TCS on page 4 6 Power Window Switches See Power Windows on page 2 16 Climate Control System See Climate Control System on page 3 20 Heated Seat Buttons If Equipped See Heated Seats on page 1 4 Glove Box See Glove Box on page 2 43 Hazard Warning Flashers The hazard warning flashers let you warn the police and others that you have a problem The front and rear turn signal lamps will flash on and off The hazard warning flasher button is located towards the center of the instrument panel Press the button to make the front and rear turn signal lamps flash on and off Press the button again to turn the flashers off While the hazard warning flashers are on the turn signals do not work The hazard warning flashers work no matter what position the key is in and even if the key is not in the ignition switch Other
243. ge on page 3 43 Low Fuel Warning Light on page 3 44 and Filling the Tank on page 5 8 for more information HOOD OPEN This message displays on some vehicles when the hood is not closed properly Close the hood completely See Hood Release on page 5 11 ICE POSSIBLE DRIVE WITH CARE This message displays when the outside air temperature is cold enough to create icy road conditions Adjust your driving accordingly LIFTGATE OPEN This message displays when the liftgate is not closed completely Close the liftgate completely See Liftgate on page 2 13 3 55 OIL PRSSURE Pressure LOW STOP ENGINE Notice If you drive your vehicle while the engine oil pressure is low severe engine damage may occur If a low oil pressure warning appears on the Driver Information Center DIC stop the vehicle as soon as possible Do not drive the vehicle until the cause of the low oil pressure is corrected See Engine Oil on page 5 15 for more information This message displays when the vehicle s engine oil pressure is low The oil pressure light also appears on the instrument panel cluster See Oil Pressure Light on page 3 39 Stop the vehicle immediately as engine damage can result from driving a vehicle with low oil pressure Have the vehicle serviced by your dealer retailer as soon as possible when this message is displayed PASSENGER DOOR FRONT REAR OPEN This message displays when one or more of the passenger doors are not c
244. ght stays on after you start your vehicle it means the airbag system may not be working properly The airbags in your vehicle may not inflate in a crash or they could even inflate without a crash To help avoid injury to yourself or others have your vehicle serviced right away if the airbag readiness light stays on after you start your vehicle The airbag readiness light should flash for a few seconds when you start the engine If the light does not come on then have it fixed immediately If there is a problem with the airbag system an airbag Driver Information Center DIC message may also come on See DIC Warnings and Messages on page 3 52 for more information 3 30 Passenger Airbag Status Indicator Your vehicle has the passenger sensing system Your instrument panel has a passenger airbag status indicator PASSENGER AIRBAG A ON OFF 2 Canada United States When you start the vehicle the passenger airbag status indicator will light ON and OFF or the symbol for on and off for several seconds as a system check Then after several more seconds the status indicator will light either ON or OFF or either the on or off symbol to let you know the status of the right front passenger s frontal airbag If the word ON or the on symbol is lit on the passenger airbag status indicator it means that the right front passenger s frontal airbag is enabled may infl
245. h impaired and who use Text Telephones TTYs Pontiac has TTY equipment available at its Customer Assistance Center Any TTY user in the U S can communicate with Pontiac by dialing 1 800 833 PONT 7668 TTY users in Canada can dial 1 800 263 3830 Customer Assistance Offices Pontiac encourages customers to call the toll free number for assistance However if a customer wishes to write or e mail Pontiac the letter should be addressed to United States Customer Assistance Pontiac Customer Assistance Center P O Box 33172 Detroit MI 48232 5172 www Pontiac com 1 800 762 2737 or 1 800 833 7668 For Text Telephone devices TTYs Roadside Assistance 1 800 ROADSIDE 762 3743 Fax Number 313 381 0022 From Puerto Rico 1 800 496 9992 English 1 800 496 9993 Spanish Fax Number 313 381 0022 From U S Virgin Islands 1 800 496 9994 Fax Number 313 381 0022 Canada Customer Assistance General Motors of Canada Limited Customer Communication Centre CA1 163 005 1908 Colonel Sam Drive Oshawa Ontario L1H 8P7 www gmcanada com 1 800 263 3777 English 1 800 263 7854 French 1 800 263 3830 For Text Telephone devices TTYs Roadside Assistance 1 800 268 6800 Overseas Customer Assistance Please contact the local General Motors Business Unit Mexico Central America and Caribbean Islands Countries Except Puerto Rico and U S Virgin Islands Customer Assistance General Motors de Mexico
246. has the following information e Vehicle Identification Number VIN e Model designation e Paint information e Production options and special equipment Do not remove this label from the vehicle Electrical System Add On Electrical Equipment Notice Do not add anything electrical to your vehicle unless you check with your dealer retailer first Some electrical equipment can damage your vehicle and the damage would not be covered by your warranty Some add on electrical equipment can keep other components from working as they should Add on equipment can drain your vehicle s battery even if your vehicle is not operating Your vehicle has an airbag system Before attempting to add anything electrical to your vehicle see Servicing Your Airbag Equipped Vehicle on page 1 69 Windshield Wiper Fuses The windshield wiper motor is protected by a circuit breaker and a fuse If the motor overheats due to heavy snow or ice the wiper will stop until the motor cools If the overload is caused by some electrical problem have it fixed Fuses and Circuit Breakers The wiring circuits in your vehicle are protected from short circuits by fuses and circuit breakers This greatly reduces the chance of circuit overload and fire caused by electrical problems Your vehicle has an underhood fuse block and an instrument panel fuse block To identify and check fuses circuit breakers and relays refer to the Fuse Usage Chart on the insid
247. he 3 Install the new blade following i TAR i 4 Push the wiper blade arm back into place 1 Lift the wiper arm away from the windshield Tires Your new vehicle comes with high quality tires made by a leading tire manufacturer If you ever have questions about your tire warranty and where to obtain service see your vehicle Warranty booklet for details A CAUTION Poorly maintained and improperly used tires are dangerous Overloading your tires can cause overheating as a result of too much flexing You could have an air out and a serious accident See Loading Your Vehicle on page 4 22 CAUTION Continued 5 52 CAUTION Continued Underinflated tires pose the same danger as overloaded tires The resulting accident could cause serious injury Check all tires frequently to maintain the recommended pressure Tire pressure should be checked when your tires are cold See Inflation Tire Pressure on page 5 59 Overinflated tires are more likely to be cut punctured or broken by a sudden impact such as when you hit a pothole Keep tires at the recommended pressure Worn old tires can cause accidents If your tread is badly worn or if your tires have been damaged replace them See High Speed Operation on page 5 61 for inflation pressure adjustment for high speed driving Tire Sidewall Labeling Useful information about a tire is molded into its sidewall The examples below show a typi
248. he connected portable audio player If a portable audio player is not connected No Input Device Found or No Aux may display DVD CD AUX CD Auxiliary Radio with CD and DVD Press to cycle through DVD CD or Auxiliary while listening to the radio The DVD CD text label and a message showing track or chapter number displays when a disc is in either slot Press again and the system automatically searches for an auxiliary input device such as a portable audio player If a portable audio player is not connected No Aux Input Device displays If a disc is in both the DVD slot and the CD slot the DVD CD AUX button cycles between the two sources and does not indicate No Aux Input Device If a front auxiliary device is connected the DVD CD AUX button cycles through all available options such as DVD slot CD slot Front AUX and Rear AUX if available See Using the Auxiliary Input Jack s later in this section or Rear Seat Entertainment RSE System on page 3 101 Audio Video A V Jacks for more information 3 89 Using an MP3 Radio with CD or Six Disc CD Player MP3 WMA CD R or CD RW Disc The radio plays MP3 and WMA files that were recorded on a CD R or CD RW disc The files can be recorded with the following fixed bit rates 32 kbps 40 kbps 56 kbps 64 kbps 80 kbps 96 kbps 112 kbps 128 kbps 160 kbps 192 kbps 224 kbps 256 kbps and 320 kbps or a variable bit rate Song title artist name and al
249. he proper level If the system is ever reset accidentally you must change the oil at 3 000 miles 5 000 km since the last oil change Remember to reset the oil life system whenever the oil is changed How to Reset the Engine Oil Life System The Engine Oil Life System calculates when to change the engine oil and filter based on vehicle use Whenever the oil is changed reset the system so it can calculate when the next oil change is required If a situation occurs where you change the oil prior to a change engine oil light or CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON message being turned on reset the system 1 Turn the ignition key to ON RUN with the engine off 2 Fully press and release the accelerator pedal three times within five seconds The change engine oil light will flash while the system is resetting 3 When the light stops flashing turn the key to LOCK OFF If the light or message comes back on and stays on when you start your vehicle the engine oil life system has not reset Repeat the procedure What to Do with Used Oil Used engine oil contains certain elements that can be unhealthy for your skin and could even cause cancer Do not let used oil stay on your skin for very long Clean your skin and nails with soap and water or a good hand cleaner Wash or properly dispose of clothing or rags containing used engine oil See the manufacturer s warnings about the use and disposal of oil products Used oil can be a threat to
250. hen have poor braking or even none e Top of hills Be alert something could be in your going down a hill You could crash Shift down lane stalled car accident to let the engine assist the brakes on a steep e Pay attention to special road signs falling rocks downhill slope area winding roads long grades passing or no passing zones and take appropriate action If you do not shift down the brakes could get so hot that they would not work well You Winter Driving Here are some tips for winter driving e Have your vehicle in good shape for winter e You might want to put winter emergency supplies in your vehicle Include an ice scraper a small brush or broom a supply of windshield washer fluid a rag some winter outer clothing a small shovel a flashlight a red cloth and a couple of reflective warning triangles And if you will be driving under severe conditions include a small bag of sand a piece of old carpet or a couple of burlap bags to help provide traction Be sure you properly secure these items in your vehicle Also see Tires on page 5 52 Driving on Snow or Ice Most of the time those places where the tires meet the road probably have good traction However if there is snow or ice between the tires and the road you can have a very slippery situation You have a lot less traction or grip and need to be very careful What is the worst time for this Wet ice Very cold snow or ice can be sli
251. hicle is in motion If the driver s belt is already buckled neither the chime nor the light will come on Passenger Safety Belt Reminder Light Several seconds after the engine is started a chime will sound for several seconds to remind the front passenger to buckle their safety belt This would only occur if the passenger airbag is enabled See Passenger Sensing System on page 1 64 for more information The passenger safety belt light located on the instrument panel will come on and stay on for several seconds and then flash for several more This chime and light are repeated if the passenger remains unbuckled and y the vehicle is in motion If the passenger s safety belt is buckled neither the chime nor the light will come on Airbag Readiness Light There is an airbag readiness light on the instrument panel cluster which shows the airbag symbol The system checks the airbag s electrical system for malfunctions The light tells you if there is an electrical problem The system check includes the airbag sensor the pretensioners the airbag modules the wiring and the crash sensing and diagnostic module For more information on the airbag system see Airbag System on page 1 56 e N 3 29 If the airbag readiness light stays on after you start the vehicle or comes on when you are driving your airbag system may not work properly Have your vehicle serviced right away A CAUTION If the airbag readiness li
252. hild a helpless adult or a pet alone in a vehicle especially with the windows closed in warm or hot weather 2 15 Power Windows A CAUTION Leaving children helpless adults or pets in a vehicle with the windows closed is dangerous They can be overcome from extreme heat in warm or hot weather and suffer permanent injuries or even death from heat stroke Leaving children in a vehicle with the ignition key is dangerous for many reasons children The window switches for all doors are located on the or others could be badly injured or even killed center console A window switch for each rear window is They could operate the power windows or located on each rear door other controls or even make the vehicle move To open a window press the bottom of the switch To The windows will function with the keys in the close a window press the top of the switch ignition and they could be seriously injured or The power windows operate when the ignition is RUN killed if caught in the path of a closing or ACC Accessory or while in Retained Accessory window Do not leave keys in a vehicle with Power RAP See Retained Accessory Power RAP on children page 2 22 When there are children in the rear seat use the window lockout button to prevent unintentional operation of the windows Express Down Window The driver s window switch has an express down feature that allows the window to be lowered without holding the swit
253. hild restraint in a rear seat See Passenger Sensing System on page 1 64 for additional information When securing a child restraint in a rear seating position study the instructions that came with your child restraint to make sure it is compatible with this vehicle If your vehicle does not have a rear seat that will accommodate a rear facing child restraint we recommend that rear facing child restraints not be transported in your vehicle even if the airbag is off Wherever you install a child restraint be sure to secure the child restraint properly Keep in mind that an unsecured child restraint can move around in a collision or sudden stop and injure people in the vehicle Be sure to properly secure any child restraint in your vehicle even when no child is in it If you need to secure more than one child restraint in the rear seat review the following illustrations Depending on where you place the child restraint or the size of the child restraint you may not be able to access certain safety belt assemblies or LATCH anchors for additional passengers or child restraints Configurations for Use of Child Restraints A Child restraint using LATCH B Occupant prohibited gt Occupant prohibited Child restraint using LATCH Child restraint using LATCH Occupant prohibited Child restraint or occupant using safety belt Child restraint or occupant using safety
254. ht cts cisvests daisies eh nse 3 41 CuUpNOIGEL S arimasin ranea na EE a eia 2 43 Customer Assistance Information Courtesy Transportation eceeeeeeeeeees 7 10 Customer Assistance for Text Telephone TTY SEIS morroensis a SER 7 5 Customer Assistance Offices eeeeees 7 5 Customer Satisfaction Procedure 5 7 2 GM Mobility Reimbursement Program 7 6 Reporting Safety Defects to General Motors 7 16 Reporting Safety Defects to the Canadian GOVERNMENE cris ncteiac ct n a iah nno ei 7 16 Reporting Safety Defects to the United States Government eceeeeeeeeeeeeees 7 15 Roadside Assistance Program icce 7 7 Service Publications Ordering Information 7 16 Daytime Running Lamps c eeeeeeeeee eee eees 3 15 Defensive Driving 2 c eceeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 4 2 Delayed LOCKING sss ronen 2 12 DIC COMPASS airnean ainean 3 49 Dise MPS oraeson aE A 3 90 3 95 Doing Your Own Service Work sseeccccceescceceeee 5 4 Dome Lampies E RE 3 17 Door Ajam WIQWt eicon 3 43 Delayed LOCKING riro eisista 2 12 MOCKS aea os E e E EEE 2 11 Power Door LOCKS ssoraiicraernr cenai anr 2 11 Programmable Automatic Door Locks 2 12 Rear Door Security LOCKS eeeeeeeeeee ees 2 12 Driver Seat Height Adjuster cseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee ee 1 3 Driver Information Center DIC eeeeeee 3 45 DIC Operati
255. ibrated If the DIC display does not show a heading for example N for North or the heading does not change after making turns there may be a strong magnetic field interfering with the compass Such interference may be caused by a magnetic CB or cell phone antenna mount a magnetic emergency light magnetic note pad holder or any other magnetic item Turn off the vehicle move the magnetic item then turn on the vehicle and calibrate the compass To calibrate the compass use the following procedure Compass Calibration Procedure 1 Before calibrating the compass make sure the compass zone is set to the variance zone in which the vehicle is located See Compass Variance Zone Procedure earlier in this section Do not operate any switches such as window sunroof climate controls seats etc during the calibration procedure Press the vehicle information button until PRESS TO CALIBRATE COMPAS Compass displays Press the set reset button to start the compass calibration The DIC will display CALIBRATING DRIVE IN CIRCLES Drive the vehicle in tight circles at less than 5 mph 8 km h to complete the calibration The DIC will display CALIBRATION COMPLETE for a few seconds when the calibration is complete The DIC display will then return to the previous menu 3 51 DIC Warnings and Messages Messages are displayed on the DIC to notify the driver that the status of the vehicle has changed and tha
256. ide in the vehicle s glove box visit www onstar com or www onstar ca or speak with an OnStar advisor by pressing the OnStar button or calling 1 888 4 ONSTAR 1 888 466 7827 OnStar Virtual Advisor OnStar Virtual Advisor is a feature of OnStar Hands Free Calling that uses your minutes to access location based weather local traffic reports and stock quotes By pressing the phone button and giving a few simple voice commands you can browse through the various topics See the OnStar Owner s Guide for more information Only available in the continental U S OnStar Steering Wheel Controls Your vehicle may have a Talk Mute button that can be used to interact with OnStar Hands Free Calling See Audio Steering Wheel Controls on page 3 110 for more information On some vehicles you may have to hold the button for a few seconds and give the command ONSTAR to activate the OnStar Hands Free Calling On some vehicles the mute button can be used to dial numbers into voicemail systems or to dial phone extensions See the OnStar Owner s Guide for more information 2 44 How OnStar Service Works Your vehicle s OnStar system has the capability of recording and transmitting vehicle information This information is automatically sent to an OnStar Call Center at the time of an OnStar button press Emergency button press or if your airbags or AACN system deploys The vehicle information usually includes your GPS location and
257. ide the vehicle secure it whenever you can Do not leave a seat folded down unless you need to Towing Towing Your Vehicle Consult your dealer retailer or a professional towing service if you need to have your disabled vehicle towed See Roadside Assistance Program on page 7 7 If you want to tow your vehicle behind another vehicle for recreational purposes such as behind a motorhome see Recreational Vehicle Towing following Recreational Vehicle Towing Recreational vehicle towing means towing your vehicle behind another vehicle such as behind a motorhome The two most common types of recreational vehicle towing are known as dinghy towing towing your vehicle with all four wheels on the ground and dolly towing towing your vehicle with two wheels on the ground and two wheels up on a device known as a dolly With the proper preparation and equipment many vehicles can be towed in these ways See Dinghy Towing and Dolly Towing following Here are some important things to consider before you do recreational vehicle towing e What s the towing capacity of the towing vehicle Be sure you read the tow vehicle manufacturer s recommendations e How far will you tow Some vehicles have restrictions on how far and how long they can tow e Do you have the proper towing equipment See your dealer retailer or trailering professional for additional advice and equipment recommendation
258. ied Notice Using a tool to force the key from the ignition switch could cause damage or break the key Use the correct key and turn the key only with your hand Make sure the key is in all the way If none of this works then your vehicle needs service O LOCK OFF You will only be able to remove your key when the ignition is turned to LOCK OFF The ignition switch cannot be turned to LOCK OFF unless the shift lever is in PARK P ACC ACC ACCESSORY This position operates some of your electrical accessories ON RUN This is the position the switch returns to after you start your engine and release the switch The switch stays in the ON RUN position when the engine is running But even when the engine is not running you can use ON RUN to operate your electrical accessories and to display some warning and indicator lights The battery could be drained if you leave the key in the ACC ACCESSORY or ON RUN position with the engine off You may not be able to start your vehicle if the battery is allowed to drain for an extended period of time Q START This position starts the engine When the engine starts release the key The ignition switch will return to ON RUN for normal driving 2 21 Key In the Ignition Never leave your vehicle with the keys inside as it is an easy target for joy riders or thieves If you leave the key in the ignition and park your vehicle a chime will sound when you open the driver s d
259. if you have recently replaced the battery or if the battery has run down The diagnostic system is designed to evaluate critical emission control systems during normal driving This can take several days of routine driving If you have done this and your vehicle still does not pass the inspection for lack of OBD system readiness your dealer retailer can prepare the vehicle for inspection Oil Pressure Light A CAUTION Do not keep driving if the oil pressure is low If you do your engine can become so hot that it catches fire You or others could be burned Check your oil as soon as possible and have your vehicle serviced Notice Lack of proper engine oil maintenance may damage the engine The repairs would not be covered by your warranty Always follow the maintenance schedule in this manual for changing engine oil This light will come on briefly when you start your engine If it does not have your vehicle serviced 3 39 When the light comes on and stays on it means that oil is not flowing through your engine properly You could be low on oil and you might have some other system problem Change Engine Oil Light If this light comes on and stays on for 30 seconds it means that service is required for your vehicle A CHANGE OIL SOON message will appear on the DIC For more information see DIC Warnings and Messages on page 3 52 After having the oil changed you will need to reset the light See Engine Oil on p
260. ing track or chapter number displays when a disc is in either slot Press again and the system automatically searches for an auxiliary input device such as a portable audio player If a portable audio player is not connected No Aux Input Device displays If a disc is in both the DVD slot and the CD slot the DVD CD AUX button cycles between the two sources and does not indicate No Aux Input Device If a front auxiliary device is connected the DVD CD AUX button cycles through all available options such as DVD slot CD slot Front AUX and Rear AUX if available See Using the Auxiliary Input Jack s later in this section or Rear Seat Entertainment RSE System on page 3 101 Audio Video A V Jacks for more information D Power Press to turn the radio on or off Turn clockwise or counterclockwise to increase or decrease the volume Press and hold for more than two seconds turns off the entire radio and Rear Seat Entertainment RSE system and starts the parental control feature which prevents the rear seat occupant from operating the Rear Seat Audio RSA system or remote control A lock symbol appears next to the clock display The parental control feature remains on until a subsequent press and hold of the power button is performed more than two seconds or until the driver turns the ignition off and exits the vehicle J Tune Turn to change tracks on a CD or DVD to manually tune a radio station or to ch
261. io make sure that it can be added by checking with your dealer retailer Also check federal rules covering mobile radio and telephone units If sound equipment can be added it is very important to do it properly Added sound equipment may interfere with the operation of your vehicle s engine radio or other systems and even damage them Your vehicle s systems may interfere with the operation of sound equipment that has been added Your vehicle has a feature called Retained Accessory Power RAP With RAP the audio system can be played even after the ignition is turned off See Retained Accessory Power RAP on page 2 22 for more information 3 68 Setting the Time Without Date Display AM FM Base Radio with a Single CD Player This type of radio has a clock button for setting the time Set the time by following these steps 1 Turn the radio on 2 Press the button until the hour begins flashing on the display Press the button a second time and the minutes begin flashing on the display 3 While either the hour or the minutes are flashing turn the Jd tune knob located on the upper right side of the radio clockwise or counterclockwise to increase or decrease the time Instead of using the Jd knob you can also press the SEEK arrows D gt FWD forward or lt lt REV reverse buttons to adjust the time 4 Press the button again until the clock display stops flashing to set the currently displayed
262. irbags plus lap shoulder belts offer protection for adults and older CAUTION Continued 1 35 Q What are the different types of add on child A restraints Add on child restraints which are purchased by the vehicle s owner are available in four basic types Selection of a particular restraint should take into consideration not only the child s weight height and age but also whether or not the restraint will be compatible with the motor vehicle in which it will be used For most basic types of child restraints there are many different models available When purchasing a child restraint be sure it is designed to be used in a motor vehicle If it is the restraint will have a label saying that it meets federal motor vehicle safety standards The restraint manufacturer s instructions that come with the restraint state the weight and height limitations for a particular child restraint In addition there are many kinds of restraints available for children with special needs 1 36 A CAUTION Newborn infants need complete support including support for the head and neck This is necessary because a newborn infant s neck is weak and its head weighs so much compared with the rest of its body In a crash an infant in a rear facing seat settles into the restraint so the crash forces can be distributed across the strongest part of an infant s body the back and shoulders Infants should always be secured
263. is important to check the engine oil regularly and keep it at the proper level Failure to keep the engine oil at the proper level can cause damage to the engine not covered by your warranty Check the engine oil level and add the proper oil if necessary See Engine Oil on page 5 15 Engine Coolant Level Check Check the engine coolant level and add DEX COOL coolant mixture if necessary See Engine Coolant on page 5 22 Windshield Washer Fluid Level Check Check the windshield washer fluid level in the windshield washer fluid reservoir and add the proper fluid if necessary At Least Once a Month Tire Inflation Check Inspect your vehicle s tires and make sure they are inflated to the correct pressures Do not forget to check the spare tire See Inflation Tire Pressure on page 5 59 Check to make sure the spare tire is stored securely See Changing a Flat Tire on page 5 76 Tire Wear Inspection Tire rotation may be required for high mileage highway drivers prior to the Engine Oil Life System service notification Check the tires for wear and if necessary rotate the tires See Tire Inspection and Rotation on page 5 67 At Least Once a Year Starter Switch Check A CAUTION When you are doing this inspection the vehicle could move suddenly If the vehicle moves you or others could be injured 1 Before you start be sure you have enough room around the vehicle 2 Firmly apply both the parking brake and the
264. is normal and the DVD continues to play through the previous audio source Use the remote control D button or amp the disc to turn off the screen The overhead console contains the IR transmitters for the wireless headphones and the IR receivers for the remote control They are located at the rear of the console Notice Avoid directly touching the video screen as damage may occur See Cleaning the Video Screen later in this section for more information Remote Control To use the remote control aim it at the transmitter window at the rear of the RSE overhead console and press the desired button Direct sunlight or very bright light can affect the ability of the RSE transmitter to receive signals from the remote control If the remote control does not seem to be working the batteries may need to be replaced See Battery Replacement later in this section Objects blocking the line of sight can also affect the function of the remote control If a CD or DVD is in the Radio DVD slot the remote control power button can be used to turn on the video screen display and start the disc The radio can also turn on the video screen display See Radio s on page 3 71 for more information Notice Storing the remote control in a hot area or in direct sunlight can damage it and the repairs will not be covered by your warranty Storage in extreme cold can weaken the batteries Keep the remote control stored in a cool dry pl
265. is recorded on a personal computer and a description label is needed try labeling the top of the recorded CD with a marking pen The use of CD lens cleaners for CDs is not advised due to the risk of contaminating the lens of the CD optics with lubricants internal to the CD and DVD player mechanism Notice f a label is added to a CD or more than one CD is inserted into the slot at a time or an attempt is made to play scratched or damaged CDs the CD player could be damaged While using the CD player use only CDs in good condition without any label load one CD at a time and keep the CD player and the loading slot free of foreign materials liquids and debris If an error displays see CD Messages later in this section amp EJECT Base Radio with CD Press to eject the CD If the CD is not removed after several seconds the CD automatically pulls back into the player amp EJECT Press to eject CD s To eject the CD that is currently playing press and release this button A beep sounds and Ejecting Disc displays Once the disc is ejected Remove Disc displays The CD can be removed If the CD is not removed after several seconds the CD automatically pulls back into the player and begins playing For the Six Disc CD player press and hold for two seconds to eject all discs J Tune Turn to select tracks on the CD currently playing ki SEEK Press the left arrow to go to the start of the current tra
266. it will not be against your body Instead it will be in front of you In a crash you could go into it receiving neck or other injuries The lap belt cannot do its job either In a crash the belt could go up over your abdomen The belt forces would be there not at your pelvic bones This could cause serious internal injuries For proper protection when the vehicle is in motion have the seatback upright Then sit well back in the seat and wear your safety belt properly Do not have a seatback reclined if your vehicle is moving 1 6 Head Restraints Adjust the head restraint so that the top of the restraint is at the same height as the top of the occupant s head This position reduces the chance of a neck injury in a crash Pull the head restraint up to raise it To lower the head restraint press the button located on the top of the seatback and push the restraint down Passenger Folding Seatback To fold the seatback do the following 1 Lower the head restraint all the way 2 Lift the bar under the front of the seat to unlock it Slide the seat as far back as it will go and release o the bar Try to move the seat back and forth to A CAUTION make sure it is locked into place If you fold the seatback forward to carry longer objects such as skis be sure any such cargo is not near an airbag In a crash an inflating airbag might force that object toward a person This could cause severe injury or eve
267. it radio ID label This label is needed to activate the service Unknown If this message is received when tuned to channel 0 there could be a receiver fault Consult with your dealer retailer Check XM Receivr If this message does not clear within a short period of time the receiver could have a fault Consult with your dealer retailer XM Not Available If this message does not clear within a short period of time the receiver could have a fault Consult with your dealer retailer Navigation Radio System Your vehicle may have a navigation radio system The navigation system has built in features intended to minimize driver distraction Technology alone no matter how advanced can never replace your own judgment See the Navigation System manual for some tips to help you reduce distractions while driving Rear Seat Entertainment RSE System Your vehicle may have a DVD Rear Seat Entertainment RSE system The RSE system works with the vehicle s audio system The DVD player is part of the front radio The RSE system includes a radio with a DVD player a video display screen audio video jacks two wireless headphones and a remote control See Radio s on page 3 71 for more information on the vehicle s audio DVD system 3 101 Parental Control The RSE system may have a Parental Control feature depending on which radio you have To enable Parental Control press and hold the radio power button for more than two
268. ither miles used in the United States or kilometers used in Canada Your vehicle has a tamper resistant odometer The digital odometer will read 999 999 if someone tries to turn it back You may wonder what happens if your vehicle needs a new odometer installed If the new one can be set to the mileage total of the old odometer then it must be If not then it is set at zero and a label must be put on the driver s door to show the old mileage reading when the new odometer was installed Trip Odometer Your trip odometer is located in the Driver Information Center and shows how far your vehicle has been driven since the trip odometer was last reset For more information see DIC Operation and Displays on page 3 45 3 28 Tachometer The tachometer shows your engine speed in revolutions per minute rpm Notice f you operate the engine with the tachometer in the solid red area your vehicle could be damaged The damages would not be covered by your warranty Do not operate the engine in the solid red area Safety Belt Reminders Safety Belt Reminder Light When the engine is started a chime will come on for several seconds to remind people to fasten their safety belts unless the driver s safety belt is already buckled The safety belt light will also come on and stay on for several seconds then it will flash for several more LZ This chime and light is repeated if the driver remains unbuckled and the ve
269. ity Grading UTQG Tire manufacturers are required to grade tires based on three performance factors treadwear traction and temperature resistance For more information see Uniform Tire Quality Grading on page 5 72 G Maximum Cold Inflation Load Limit Maximum load that can be carried and the maximum pressure needed to support that load 5 54 ESS OOOOBSS ay 3 9 Q 0 S k2 g a Oe D 9 xal lt 2 OL 3 Lv1AN Compact Spare Tire Example A Temporary Use Only The compact spare tire or temporary use tire has a tread life of approximately 3 000 miles 5 000 km and should not be driven at speeds over 65 mph 105 km h The compact spare tire is for emergency use when a regular road tire has lost air and gone flat If your vehicle has a compact spare tire see Compact Spare Tire on page 5 88 and If a Tire Goes Flat on page 5 76 B Tire Ply Material The type of cord and number of plies in the sidewall and under the tread C Tire Identification Number TIN The letters and numbers following the DOT Department of Transportation code is the Tire Identification Number TIN The TIN shows the manufacturer and plant code tire size and date the tire was manufactured The TIN is molded onto both sides of the tire although only one side may have the date of manufacture D Maximum Cold Inflation Load Limit Maximum load that can be carried and the maximum pressure needed to support that loa
270. iver reduce the electrical loads as much as possible See DIC Warnings and Messages on page 3 52 Battery Run Down Protection Your vehicle has a battery saver feature designed to protect the vehicle s battery When any interior lamp is left on and the ignition is turned off the battery rundown protection system will automatically turn the lamp off after 20 minutes This will avoid draining the battery This vehicle also has a retained accessory power feature If the radio is on it will turn off after 10 minutes or if any door on the vehicle is opened See Retained Accessory Power RAP on page 2 22 Accessory Power Oultlet s The accessory power outlets can be used to connect electrical equipment such as a cellular phone or CB radio The two accessory power outlets are located in the front and at the rear of the center console storage area To use the outlets remove the cover When not in use always cover the outlet with the protective cap Notice lf electrical devices are left plugged into a power outlet the battery may drain causing your vehicle not to start or damage to the battery This would not be covered by the warranty Always unplug all electrical devices when turning off your vehicle Certain electrical accessories may not be compatible with the accessory power outlets and could result in blown vehicle or adapter fuses If you experience a problem see your dealer retailer for additional information on the
271. ke system See footnote a Check engine coolant power steering fluid 3 6L V6 engine only and windshield washer fluid levels and add fluid as needed a ee a ee n y o Perform any needed additional services See Additional Required Services poe fe in this section Inspect suspension and steering components See footnote b CT Inspect engine cooling system See footnote o CT e Inspect wiper blades See footnote TT inspect restraint system components See foomo e T Lubricate body components See footnote C J To e Replace passenger compartment air fiter See foomote o T gt E MT a ae 3 6L V6 Engine Only Check automatic transmission fluid level and add fluid as needed Inspect throttle system See footnote j Additional Required Services The following services should be performed at the first maintenance service I or II after the indicated miles kilometers shown for each item Additional Required Services 25 000 50 000 75 000 100 000 125 000 150 000 Service and Miles Kilometers eon 000 ELU 000 12020 000 eon 000 2020 000 goon 000 Inspect fuel system for damage or leaks Inspect fuel system for damage or leaks system for damage or leaks Inspect exhaust system for loose or damaged components Replace engine air cleaner filter See Engine Air Cleaner Filter on page 5 20 ee automatic transmission fluid severe service See footnot
272. kwise Raise the vehicle far enough off the ground so there is enough room for the road tire to clear the ground 5 82 10 Remove all of the wheel nuts CAUTION Continued come off and cause an accident When you change a wheel remove any rust or dirt from places where the wheel attaches to the vehicle In an emergency you can use a cloth or a paper towel to do this but be sure to use a scraper or wire brush later if needed to get all the rust or dirt off See Changing a Flat Tire on page 5 76 11 Remove the flat tire 12 Remove any rust or dirt from the wheel bolts mounting surfaces and spare wheel Z CAUTION Rust or dirt on a wheel or on the parts to which it is fastened can make wheel nuts become loose after time The wheel could CAUTION Continued 5 83 13 Place the compact spare tire on the wheel mounting surface A CAUTION Never use oil or grease on studs or nuts Because the nuts might come loose The vehicle s wheel could fall off causing a crash 14 Reinstall the wheel nuts Tighten each nut by hand until the wheel is held against the hub 5 84 15 Lower the vehicle by turning the jack handle counterclockwise A CAUTION Incorrect or improperly tightened wheel nuts can cause the wheel to come loose and even come off This could lead to a crash If you have to replace them be sure to get new original equipment wheel nuts Stop somewhere as soon as you ca
273. label Turn the Jd knob clockwise or counterclockwise to adjust the highlighted setting You can also adjust the highlighted setting by pressing the SEEK arrows D gt FWD or REV button until the desired levels are obtained To quickly adjust balance or fade to the middle position press the pushbutton positioned under the BAL or FADE label for more than two seconds A beep sounds and the level adjusts to the middle position To quickly adjust all speaker and tone controls to the middle position press the JJ knob for more than two seconds until a beep sounds 3 76 Finding a Category CAT Station If the radio has XM the CAT button can be used to find XM stations when the radio is in the XM mode CAT Category To find XM channels within a desired category perform the following 1 Press the BAND button until the XM frequency is displayed Press the CAT button to display the category labels on the radio display Continue pressing the CAT button until the desired category name displays e Depending on the radio another way to navigate the category list is to press the lt lt REV button or the D gt FWD button 2 Press either of the two buttons below the desired category label to immediately tune to the first XM station associated with that category 3 Turn the JJ knob press the buttons below the right or left arrows displayed or press the Seek arrows to go to the previous or to the next XM station within the
274. ld also save you or others from injury Warning lights come on when there may be or is a problem with one of your vehicle s functions As the details show on the next few pages some warning lights come on briefly when you start the engine just to let you know they are working If you are familiar with this section you should not be alarmed when this happens 3 26 Gages can indicate when there may be or is a problem with one of your vehicle s functions Often gages and warning lights work together to let you know when there is a problem with your vehicle When one of the warning lights comes on and stays on as you are driving or when one of the gages shows there may be a problem check the section that tells you what to do about it Please follow this manual s advice Waiting to do repairs can be costly and even dangerous So get to know your vehicle s warning lights and gages They can be a big help Instrument Panel Cluster Your instrument panel cluster is designed to let you know at a glance how your vehicle is running You will know how fast you are going how much fuel you are using and many other things you will need to drive safely and economically United States version shown Canada and GXP Model similar 3 27 Speedometer and Odometer Your speedometer lets you see your speed in both miles per hour mph and kilometers per hour km h Your odometer shows how far your vehicle has been driven in e
275. led computer personalized maps highlighting your choice of either the most direct route or the most scenic route to your destination anywhere in North America along with helpful travel information pertaining to your trip Please allow three weeks before your planned departure date Trip routing requests will be limited to six per calendar year Trip Interruption Benefits and Assistance Canada only In the event of a warranty related vehicle disablement while en route and over 250 kilometres from the original point of departure you may qualify for trip interruption expense assistance This assistance covers reasonable reimbursement of up to a maximum of 500 Canadian for A meals maximum of 50 day B lodging maximum of 100 night and C alternate ground transportation maximum of 40 day This benefit is to assist you with some of the unplanned expense you may incur while waiting for your vehicle to be repaired Pre authorization original detailed receipts and a copy of the repair order are required Once authorization has been given your advisor will help you make any necessary arrangements and explain how to claim for trip interruption expense assistance e Alternative Service Canada only There may be times when Roadside Assistance cannot provide timely assistance Your advisor may authorize you to secure local emergency road service and you will be reimbursed up to 100 upon submission of the original re
276. lf the engine still does not start with the other key your vehicle needs service If your vehicle does start the first key may be faulty See your dealer retailer who can service the PASS Key Ill to have a new key made In an emergency contact Roadside Assistance It is possible for the PASS Key Ill decoder to learn the transponder value of a new or replacement key Up to nine additional keys may be programmed for the vehicle The following procedure is for programming additional keys only If all the currently programmed keys are lost or do not operate you must see your dealer retailer or a locksmith who can service PASS Key IIl to have keys made and programmed to the system See your dealer retailer or a locksmith who can service PASS Key Ill to get a new key blank that is cut exactly as the ignition key that operates the system To program the new additional key 1 Verify that the new key has a stamped on it 2 Insert the original already programmed key in the ignition and start the engine If the engine will not start see your dealer retailer for service 3 After the engine has started turn the key to LOCK OFF and remove the key 4 Insert the new key to be programmed and turn it to the ON RUN position within five seconds of removing the original key The security light will turn off once the key has been programmed 5 Repeat Steps 1 through 4 if additional keys are to be programmed If you lo
277. liftgate with the power door lock switch and a door or the liftgate is open this feature will delay locking the doors and liftgate until five seconds after the last door is closed You will hear three chimes to signal that the delayed locking feature is in use The key must be out of the ignition for this feature to work You can temporarily override delayed locking by pressing the power door lock switch twice or the lock button on the RKE transmitter twice See Delayed Locking on page 2 12 for more information Press the vehicle information button until DELAY LOCK appears on the DIC display Press the set reset button to access the settings for this feature Then press the vehicle information button to scroll through the following settings LOCK DELAY OFF There will be no delayed locking of the vehicle s doors LOCK DELAY ON default The doors will not lock until five seconds after the last door or the liftgate is closed NO CHANGE No change will be made to this feature The current setting will remain To select a setting press the set reset button while the desired setting is displayed on the DIC 3 64 EXIT LIGHTNG Lighting This feature allows you to select the amount of time you want the exterior lamps to remain on when it is dark enough outside This happens after the key is turned from ON RUN to LOCK OFF Press the vehicle information button until EXIT LIGHTNG Lighting appears on the DIC display Press the s
278. ling speed See Engine Overheating on page 5 25 for more information This message displays when the engine coolant temperature is too hot Stop and allow the vehicle to idle until it cools down ENGINE OVRHEATD Overheated STOP ENGINE Notice f you drive your vehicle while the engine is overheating severe engine damage may occur If an overheat warning appears on the instrument panel cluster and or DIC stop the vehicle as soon as possible See Engine Overheating on page 5 25 for more information This message displays along with a continuous chime when the engine has overheated Stop and turn the engine off immediately to avoid severe engine damage See Engine Overheating on page 5 25 ENGINE POWER IS REDUCED This message displays when the vehicle s engine power is reduced Reduced engine power can affect the vehicle s ability to accelerate If this message is on but there is no reduction in performance proceed to your destination The performance may be reduced the next time the vehicle is driven The vehicle may be driven ata reduced speed while this message is on but acceleration and speed may be reduced Anytime this message stays on the vehicle should be taken to your dealer retailer for service as soon as possible FUEL LEVEL LOW This message displays and the Low Fuel Warning Light in the instrument panel cluster comes on when your vehicle is low on fuel Refill the fuel tank as soon as possible See Fuel Ga
279. ling system Notice lf you use extra inhibitors and or additives in your vehicle s cooling system you could damage your vehicle Use only the proper mixture of the engine coolant listed in this manual for the cooling system See Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 6 12 for more information 5 23 Checking Coolant The surge tank is located on the driver s side of the engine compartment See Engine Compartment Overview on page 5 12 for more information on location 5 24 A CAUTION Turning the surge tank pressure cap when the engine and radiator are hot can allow steam and scalding liquids to blow out and burn you badly Never turn the surge tank pressure cap even a little when the engine and radiator are hot The vehicle must be on a level surface When your engine is cold the coolant level should be at the COLD FILL line When your engine is warm the level should be at the COLD FILL line or a little higher Adding Coolant If you need more coolant add the proper DEX COOL coolant mixture at the surge tank but only when the engine is cool A CAUTION You can be burned if you spill coolant on hot engine parts Coolant contains ethylene glycol and it will burn if the engine parts are hot enough Do not spill coolant on a hot engine When replacing the pressure cap make sure it is hand tight and fully seated Engine Overheating You will find a coolant temperature gage on your
280. lit secure the child in the child restraint in a rear seat position in the vehicle and check with your dealer retailer If no rear seat is available do not install a child restraint in this vehicle and check with your dealer retailer The passenger sensing system is designed to enable may inflate the right front passenger s frontal airbag anytime the system senses that a person of adult size is sitting properly in the right front passenger s seat When the passenger sensing system has allowed the airbag to be enabled the on indicator will light and stay lit to remind you that the airbag is active For some children who have outgrown child restraints and for very small adults the passenger sensing system may or may not turn off the right front passenger s frontal airbag depending upon the person s seating posture and body build Everyone in your vehicle who has outgrown child restraints should wear a safety belt properly whether or not there is an airbag for that person If a person of adult size is sitting in the right front passenger s seat but the off indicator is lit it could be because that person is not sitting properly in the seat If this happens turn the vehicle off remove any additional material from the seat such as blankets cushions seat covers seat heaters or seat massagers and ask the person to place the seatback in the fully upright position then sit upright in the seat centered on the seat cushion
281. ll the new bulb assembly When reinstalling the screws do not 5 Reverse Steps 1 through 3 to reinstall the license overtighten plate lamp License Plate Lamp To replace one of these bulbs 1 Remove the two screws holding each of the license Exterior Lamp Bulb Number plate lamps to the liftgate handle Back Up Rear Turn Signal 3157 Stoplamp and Taillamp Front and Rear Sidemarker Lamp Front Turn Signal Lamp 5702A License Plate Lamp 9421330 Replacement Bulbs Low High Beam Headlamp DRL For replacement bulbs not listed here contact your dealer 2 Turn and pull the license plate lamp down through the liftgate opening 5 50 Windshield Wiper Blade Replacement Windshield wiper blades should be inspected for wear KS and cracking See Scheduled Maintenance on page 6 4 TIN for more information Replacement blades come in different types and are removed in different ways For proper type and length see Maintenance Replacement Parts on page 6 14 2 Push the release lever B to disengage the hook and push the wiper arm A out of the blade C 3 Push the new wiper blade securely on the wiper arm until you hear the release lever click into place To replace the rear window wiper blade do the following 1 Lift the wiper blade arm straight toward you 2 Push the blade release button and slide the whole blade to the right to remove To replace the windshield wiper blade assembly do t
282. lock button on the RKE transmitter and the horn will sound when the lock button is pressed again within five seconds of the previous command NO CHANGE No change will be made to this feature The current setting will remain To select a setting press the set reset button while the desired setting is displayed on the DIC REMOTE UNLOCK This feature allows you to select the type of feedback you will receive when unlocking the vehicle with the RKE transmitter You will not receive feedback when unlocking the vehicle with the RKE transmitter if the doors are open See Remote Keyless Entry RKE System Operation on page 2 5 for more information Press the vehicle information button until REMOTE UNLOCK appears on the DIC display Press the set reset button to access the settings for this feature Then press the vehicle information button to scroll through the following settings LIGHTS OFF The exterior lamps will not flash when you press the unlock button on the RKE transmitter LIGHTS ON default The exterior lamps will flash when you press the unlock button on the RKE transmitter NO CHANGE No change will be made to this feature The current setting will remain To select a setting press the set reset button while the desired setting is displayed on the DIC 3 63 DELAY LOCK This feature allows you to select whether or not the locking of the vehicle s doors and liftgate will be delayed When locking the doors and
283. loose It will not give as much protection this way A CAUTION You can be seriously hurt if your lap belt is too loose In a crash you could slide under the lap belt and apply force on your abdomen This could cause serious or even fatal injuries The lap belt should be worn low and snug on the hips just touching the thighs Q What is wrong with this A The belt is buckled in the wrong place 1 20 A CAUTION You can be seriously injured if your belt is buckled in the wrong place like this In a crash the belt would go up over your abdomen The belt forces would be there not on the pelvic bones This could cause serious internal injuries Always buckle your belt into the buckle nearest you Q What is wrong with this The belt is over an armrest A CAUTION You can be seriously injured if your belt goes over an armrest like this The belt would be much too high In a crash you can slide under the belt The belt force would then be applied on the abdomen not on the pelvic bones and that could cause serious or fatal injuries Be sure the belt goes under the armrests 1 21 Q What is wrong with this A CAUTION You can be seriously injured if you wear the shoulder belt under your arm In a crash your body would move too far forward which would increase the chance of head and neck injury Al
284. losed properly Close the doors completely 3 56 REMOTE KEY LEARNING ACTIVE This message displays while you are matching a Remote Keyless Entry RKE transmitter to your vehicle See LEARN REMOTE KEY under DIC Operation and Displays on page 3 45 for more information SERVICE A C Air Conditioning SYSTEM This message displays when there is a problem detected in the air conditioning system Have the vehicle serviced by your dealer retailer SERVICE AIR BAG This message displays when there is a problem with the airbag system Have your vehicle serviced by your dealer retailer immediately See Airbag Readiness Light on page 3 29 for more information SERVICE ALL WHEEL DRIVE If your vehicle has the All Wheel Drive AWD system this message displays along with the service all wheel drive light if a problem occurs with this system See Service All Wheel Drive Light on page 3 42 If this message appears stop as soon as possible and turn off the vehicle Restart the vehicle and check for the message on the DIC display If the message is still displayed or appears again when you begin driving the AWD system needs service See your dealer retailer SERVICE BATTERY CHARGING SYSTEM This message displays when there is a problem with the generator and battery charging systems Driving with this problem could drain the vehicle s battery Turn off all unnecessary accessories Stop and turn off the vehicle as soon as it is sa
285. lowing occurs e The vehicle is shifted out of PARK P e The vehicle is no longer in ON RUN e The trip fuel DIC button is pressed e The end of the feature settings menu is reached and exited e A 40 second time period has elapsed with no selection made Audio System s Determine which radio your vehicle has and then read the pages following to familiarize yourself with its features A CAUTION This system provides you with far greater access to audio stations and song listings Giving extended attention to entertainment tasks while driving can cause a crash and you or others can be injured or killed Always keep your eyes on the road and your mind on the drive avoid engaging in extended searching while driving Keeping your mind on the drive is important for safe driving See Defensive Driving on page 4 2 Here are some ways in which you can help avoid distraction while driving 3 67 While your vehicle is parked e Familiarize yourself with all of its controls e Familiarize yourself with its operation e Set up your audio system by presetting your favorite radio stations setting the tone and adjusting the speakers Then when driving conditions permit you can tune to your favorite radio stations using the presets and steering wheel controls if the vehicle has them Notice Before adding any sound equipment to your vehicle such as an audio system CD player CB radio mobile telephone or two way rad
286. luster This light should come on briefly when you turn the ignition key to RUN If it does not come on then have it fixed so it will be ready to warn you if there is a problem When the ignition is on the brake light will come on when you set your parking brake The light will stay on if your parking brake does not release fully A chime will also sound if the parking brake is not fully released and the vehicle is moving If it stays on after your parking brake is fully released it means you have a brake problem The brake light will also come on to indicate a low brake fluid level See Brakes on page 5 34 for more information If the light comes on while you are driving pull off the road and stop carefully You may notice that the pedal is harder to push or the pedal may go closer to the floor It may take longer to stop If the light is still on have the vehicle towed for service See Towing Your Vehicle on page 4 27 A CAUTION Your brake system may not be working properly if the brake system warning light is on Driving with the brake system warning light on can lead to an accident If the light is still on after you have pulled off the road and stopped carefully have the vehicle towed for service 3 33 Antilock Brake System Warning Light For vehicles with the Antilock Brake System ABS this light will come on briefly That is normal If the light does not come on then have it fixed so it will b
287. lways use the correct wheel wheel bolts and wheel nuts for replacement Notice The wrong wheel can also cause problems with bearing life brake cooling speedometer or odometer calibration headlamp aim bumper height vehicle ground clearance and tire or tire chain clearance to the body and chassis See Changing a Flat Tire on page 5 76 for more information Used Replacement Wheels A CAUTION Putting a used wheel on your vehicle is dangerous You cannot know how it has been used or how far it has been driven It could fail suddenly and cause a crash If you have to replace a wheel use a new GM original equipment wheel Tire Chains A CAUTION Do not use tire chains There is not enough clearance Tire chains used on a vehicle without the proper amount of clearance can cause damage to the brakes suspension or other vehicle parts The area damaged by the tire chains could cause you to lose control of your vehicle and you or others may be injured in a crash Use another type of traction device only if its manufacturer recommends it for use on your vehicle and tire size combination and road conditions Follow that manufacturer s instructions To help avoid damage to your vehicle drive slowly readjust or remove the device if it is contacting your vehicle and do not spin your vehicle s wheels If you do find traction devices that will fit install them on the front tires 5 75 If a Tire Goes Flat It i
288. m ABS helps avoid only the braking skid Driving at Night Night driving is more dangerous than day driving because some drivers are likely to be impaired by alcohol or drugs with night vision problems or by fatigue Night driving tips include Drive defensively Do not drink and drive Reduce headlamp glare by adjusting the inside rearview mirror Slow down and keep more space between you and other vehicles because your headlamps can only light up so much road ahead Watch for animals When tired pull off the road Do not wear sunglasses Avoid staring directly into approaching headlamps Keep the windshield and all glass on your vehicle clean inside and out Keep your eyes moving especially during turns or curves No one can see as well at night as in the daytime But as we get older these differences increase A 50 year old driver might need at least twice as much light to see the same thing at night as a 20 year old Driving in Rain and on Wet Roads Rain and wet roads can reduce vehicle traction and affect your ability to stop and accelerate Always drive slower in these types of driving conditions and avoid driving through large puddles and deep standing or flowing water A CAUTION Wet brakes can cause crashes They might not work as well in a quick stop and could cause pulling to one side You could lose control of the vehicle After driving through a large puddle of water or a c
289. m while driving a message advising you to check the pressure in a specific tire will appear in the display See Inflation Tire Pressure on page 5 59 and DIC Warnings and Messages on page 3 52 for more information If the tire pressure display shows dashes instead of a value there may be a problem with your vehicle If this consistently occurs see your dealer retailer for service BATTERY Press the vehicle information button until BATTERY displays This display shows the current battery voltage If the voltage is normal the display will show NORMAL If the voltage is low or high the display will show LOW or HIGH Your vehicle s charging system regulates voltage based on the state of the battery The battery voltage may fluctuate when viewing this information on the DIC This is normal See Charging System Light on page 3 32 for more information If there is a problem with the battery charging system the DIC will display SERVICE BATTERY CHARGING SYSTEM See SERVICE BATTERY CHARGING SYSTEM under DIC Warnings and Messages on page 3 52 Also see Electric Power Management on page 3 18 for more information LEARN REMOTE KEY This display allows you to match Remote Keyless Entry RKE transmitters to your vehicle To match an RKE transmitter to your vehicle 1 Make sure the vehicle is in PARK P 2 Press the vehicle information button until LEARN REMOTE KEY PRESS V TO BEGIN displays 3 Press the set reset button
290. may cause water to enter the vehicle Avoid using high pressure washes closer than 12 inches 30 cm to the surface of the vehicle Use of power washers exceeding 1 200 psi 8 274 kPa can result in damage or removal of paint and decals Cleaning Exterior Lamps Lenses Use only lukewarm or cold water a soft cloth and a car washing soap to clean exterior lamps and lenses Follow instructions under Washing Your Vehicle on page 5 93 5 93 Finish Care Occasional waxing or mild polishing of your vehicle by hand may be necessary to remove residue from the paint finish You can get approved cleaning products from your dealer retailer See Vehicle Care Appearance Materials on page 5 97 If your vehicle has a basecoat clearcoat paint finish the clearcoat gives more depth and gloss to the colored basecoat Always use waxes and polishes that are non abrasive and made for a basecoat clearcoat paint finish Notice Machine compounding or aggressive polishing on a basecoat clearcoat paint finish may damage it Use only non abrasive waxes and polishes that are made for a basecoat clearcoat paint finish on your vehicle Foreign materials such as calcium chloride and other salts ice melting agents road oil and tar tree sap bird droppings chemicals from industrial chimneys etc can damage your vehicle s finish if they remain on painted surfaces Wash the vehicle as soon as possible If necessary use non abrasive cleaners that are ma
291. me on when one or more of your tires are significantly underinflated A tire pressure message in the Driver Information Center DIC may accompany the light See DIC Warnings and Messages on page 3 52 for more information Stop and check your tires as soon as it is safe to do so If underinflated inflate to the proper pressure See Tires on page 5 52 for more information If a problem is detected with the Tire Pressure Monitor System this light will flash for approximately 60 seconds and then stay on solid for the remainder of the ignition cycle See Tire Pressure Monitor System on page 5 62 for more information 3 36 Malfunction Indicator Lamp Check Engine Light A computer system called OBD II On Board Diagnostics Second Generation monitors operation of the fuel ignition and emission control systems It makes sure that emissions are at acceptable levels for the life of the vehicle helping to produce a cleaner environment The check engine light comes on to indicate that there is an OBD II problem and service is required Malfunctions often are indicated by the system before any problem is apparent This can prevent more serious damage to your vehicle This system is also designed to assist your service technician in correctly diagnosing any malfunction Notice If you keep driving your vehicle with this light on after a while the emission controls might not work as well your vehicle s fuel economy might
292. mmission FCC Rules and with Industry Canada This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause interference 2 This device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device This device complies with RSS 210 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause interference 2 This device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device Changes or modifications to this system by other than an authorized service facility could void authorization to use this equipment At times you may notice a decrease in range This is normal for any RKE system If the transmitter does not work or if you have to stand closer to your vehicle for the transmitter to work try this e Check the distance You may be too far from your vehicle You may need to stand closer during rainy or snowy weather e Check the location Other vehicles or objects may be blocking the signal Take a few steps to the left or right hold the transmitter higher and try again e Check to determine if battery replacement is necessary See Battery Replacement later in this section e If you are still having trouble see your dealer retailer or a qualified technician for service Remote Keyless Entr
293. mount of power steering assist should return shortly after a few normal steering movements The electric power steering system does not require regular maintenance If you suspect steering system problems such as abnormally high steering effort for a prolonged period of time contact your dealer retailer for service repairs Hydraulic Power Steering 3 6L V6 Engine If you lose power steering assist because the engine stops or the power steering system is not functioning you can steer but it will take much more effort Steering Tips It is important to take curves at a reasonable speed A lot of the driver lost control accidents mentioned on the news happen on curves Here is why Experienced driver or beginner each of us is subject to the same laws of physics when driving on curves The traction of the tires against the road surface makes it possible for the vehicle to change its path when you turn the front wheels If there is no traction inertia will keep the vehicle going in the same direction If you have ever tried to steer a vehicle on wet ice you will understand this The traction you can get in a curve depends on the condition of the tires and the road surface the angle at which the curve is banked and your speed While you are in a curve speed is the one factor you can control Suppose you are steering through a sharp curve Then you suddenly accelerate Both control systems steering and accelera
294. mpact For moderate frontal impacts dual stage airbags inflate at a level less than full deployment For more severe frontal impacts full deployment occurs Your vehicle may or may not have roof rail airbags See Airbag System on page 1 56 Roof rail airbags are intended to inflate in moderate to severe side crashes In addition these roof rail airbags are intended to inflate during a rollover Roof rail airbags will inflate if the crash severity is above the system s designed threshold level The threshold level can vary with specific vehicle design 1 61 Roof rail airbags are not intended to inflate in frontal impacts near frontal impacts or rear impacts Both roof rail airbags will deploy when either side of the vehicle is struck or if the sensing system predicts that the vehicle is about to roll over In any particular crash no one can say whether an airbag should have inflated simply because of the damage to a vehicle or because of what the repair costs were For frontal airbags inflation is determined by what the vehicle hits the angle of the impact and how quickly the vehicle slows down For roof rail airbags deployment is determined by the location and severity of the side impact In a rollover event roof rail airbag deployment is determined by the direction of the roll What Makes an Airbag Inflate In a deployment event the sensing system sends an electrical signal triggering a release of gas from the infla
295. n Transportation Options Warranty service can generally be completed while you wait However if you are unable to wait GM helps to minimize your inconvenience by providing several transportation options Depending on the circumstances your dealer can offer you one of the following Shuttle Service Shuttle service is the preferred means of offering Courtesy Transportation Dealers may provide you with shuttle service to get you to your destination with minimal interruption of your daily schedule This includes one way or round trip shuttle service within reasonable time and distance parameters of the dealer s area Public Transportation or Fuel Reimbursement If your vehicle requires overnight warranty repairs and public transportation is used instead of the dealer s shuttle service the expense must be supported by original receipts and can only be up to the maximum amount allowed by GM for shuttle service In addition for U S customers should you arrange transportation through a friend or relative limited reimbursement for reasonable fuel expenses may be available Claim amounts should reflect actual costs and be supported by original receipts See your dealer for information regarding the allowance amounts for reimbursement of fuel or other transportation costs Courtesy Rental Vehicle Your dealer may arrange to provide you with a courtesy rental vehicle or reimburse you for a rental vehicle that you obtain if your
296. n a trailer safely be Your vehicle can tow up to 3 500 Ibs 1 575 kg But even that can be too heavy It depends on how you plan to use your rig For example speed altitude road grades outside temperature and how much your vehicle is used to pull a trailer are all important It can also depend on any special equipment that you have on your vehicle and the amount of tongue weight the vehicle can carry See Weight of the Trailer Tongue later in this section for more information Maximum trailer weight is calculated assuming only the driver is in the tow vehicle and it has all the required trailering equipment The weight of additional optional equipment passengers and cargo in the tow vehicle must be subtracted from the maximum trailer weight Ask your dealer retailer for our trailering information or advice or write us at our Customer Assistance Offices See Customer Assistance Offices on page 7 5 for more information 4 33 Weight of the Trailer Tongue The tongue load A of any trailer is an important weight to measure because it affects the total or gross weight of your vehicle The Gross Vehicle Weight GVW includes the curb weight of the vehicle any cargo you may carry in it and the people who will be riding in the vehicle If you have a lot of options passengers or cargo in the vehicle it will reduce the tongue weight your vehicle can carry which will also reduce the trailer weight your vehicle can tow
297. n a vehicle s trunk pickup bed or on any surface other than the ground Bring the fill nozzle in contact with the inside of the fill opening before operating the nozzle Contact should be maintained until the filling is complete Do not smoke while pumping fuel Do not use a cellular phone while pumping fuel Checking Things Under the Hood A CAUTION An electric fan under the hood can start up and injure you even when the engine is not running Keep hands clothing and tools away from any underhood electric fan A CAUTION Things that burn can get on hot engine parts and start a fire These include liquids like fuel oil coolant brake fluid windshield washer and other fluids and plastic or rubber You or others could be burned Be careful not to drop or spill things that will burn onto a hot engine Hood Release To open the hood do the following 1 Pull the handle with this symbol on it It is located inside the vehicle to the left of the brake pedal 2 Then go to the front of the vehicle and move the secondary hood release lever to the right 3 Lift the hood Before closing the hood be sure all the filler caps are on properly Then pull the hood down and close it firmly Engine Compartment Overview When you open the hood on the 3 4L V6 here is what you will see a 76 D NG Be A Y Engine Air Cleaner Filter See
298. n adjustable panel that also functions as a table The maximum load for the table is 100 Ibs distributed 45 kg To set up the table do the following 1 With the adjustable panel in the upper position pull it rearward to position it for use as a table The plastic side should be up 2 Turn the knob to release the leg from the plastic side of the table and turn the leg outward 3 Set the table leg onto the liftgate lock striker at the rear edge of the vehicle Make sure to place the table leg securely onto the liftgate lock striker Notice Driving with the panel extended into the table position could damage your vehicle Always have the panel in the stored position while you are driving Notice Placing hot items on the surface of the table could damage it Always be sure that the items that are placed on the surface of the table are of moderate temperature There are four hooks located on the table that can be used for grocery bags 2 47 Convenience Net Your vehicle may have a convenience net in the rear of the vehicle Store small loads as far forward as possible The net should not be used to store heavy loads Sunroof If the vehicle is equipped with a sunroof the controls to operate it are located on the headliner above the rearview mirror The ignition must be in RUN or ACC or Retained Accessory Power RAP must be active to operate the sunroof See Retained Accessory Power RAP on page 2 22 for mor
299. n and have the nuts tightened with a torque wrench to the proper torque specification See Capacities and Specifications on page 5 105 for wheel nut torque specification Notice Improperly tightened wheel nuts can lead to brake pulsation and rotor damage To avoid expensive brake repairs evenly tighten the wheel nuts in the proper sequence and to the proper torque specification See Capacities and Specifications on page 5 105 for the wheel nut torque specification 16 Tighten the wheel nuts firmly in a crisscross sequence as shown ay OO 17 Lower the jack all the way and remove the jack from under the vehicle 18 Tighten the wheel nuts firmly with the wheel wrench When reinstalling the wheel cover or center cap on the full size tire tighten all five plastic caps hand snug with the aid of the wheel wrench and tighten them with the wheel wrench an additional one quarter of a turn Notice Wheel covers will not fit on your vehicle s compact spare If you try to put a wheel cover on the compact spare the cover or the spare could be damaged 5 85 3 Install the jack in the left side panel of cargo area and secure with the wing bolt Storing a Flat or Spare Tire and Tools A CAUTION Storing a jack a tire or other equipment in the passenger compartment of the vehicle could cause injury In a sudden stop or collision loose equipment could strike someone Store all these in the proper plac
300. n death Secure objects away from the area in which an airbag would inflate For more information see Where Are the Airbags on page 1 59 and Loading Your Vehicle on page 4 22 A CAUTION The front passenger s seatback may fold flat 3 Lift the recliner lever located on the outboard side Things you put on this seatback can strike and of the seat up fully and fold the seatback forward injure people in a sudden stop or turn or in a until it disengages crash Remove or secure all items before driving 1 8 4 Continue to fold the seat forward until it locks in the folded position 5 Pull up on the seatback to be sure it is locked To raise the seatback do the following 1 Lift the recliner lever located on the outboard side of the seat up fully and push up on the seatback 2 Continue raising the seatback until the seatback re engages A CAUTION If the seatback is not locked it could move forward in a sudden stop or crash That could cause injury to the person sitting there Always push and pull on the seatback to be sure it is locked 3 Push and pull on the seatback to make sure it is locked in place The recliner lever is also used to recline the seatback while a passenger is seated See Manual Reclining Seatbacks on page 1 5 Rear Seats A CAUTION A safety belt that is improperly routed not he properly attached or twisted will not provide positions
301. n motion the reminder will be repeated If the driver s safety belt is already buckled this message and chime will not come on This message is an additional reminder to the Safety Belt Reminder Light in the instrument panel cluster See Safety Belt Reminders on page 3 28 CALIBRATING DRIVE IN CIRCLES This message displays when calibrating the compass Drive the vehicle in circles at less than 5 mph 8 km h to complete the calibration See DIC Compass on page 3 49 for more information CALIBRATION COMPLETE This message displays when the compass calibration is complete See DIC Compass on page 3 49 for more information CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON This message displays and the Change Engine Oil Light in the instrument panel cluster turns on when service is required for the vehicle See your dealer retailer See Change Engine Oil Light on page 3 40 Engine Oil on page 5 15 and Scheduled Maintenance on page 6 4 for more information Acknowledging this message will not reset the OIL LIFE REMAINING display That must be done at the OIL LIFE screen under the vehicle information menu See OIL LIFE under DIC Operation and Displays on page 3 45 and Engine Oil Life System on page 5 18 for more information 3 53 CHECK TIRE PRESSURE This message displays when the pressure in one or more of the vehicle s tires needs to be checked This message also displays LEFT FRONT RIGHT FRNT Front LEFT REAR or RIGHT REAR to indicat
302. n page 1 25 According to accident statistics children and infants are safer when properly restrained in the rear seating positions than in the front seating positions In a crash children who are not buckled up can strike other people who are buckled up or can be thrown out of the vehicle Older children need to use safety belts properly 1 32 A CAUTION Never do this Here two children are wearing the same belt The belt cannot properly spread the impact forces In a crash the two children can be crushed together and seriously injured A belt must be used by only one person at a time A CAUTION Never do this Here a child is sitting in a seat that has a lap shoulder belt but the shoulder part is behind the child In a crash the child would not be restrained by the shoulder belt The child might slide under the lap belt The belt force would then be applied right on the abdomen That could cause serious or fatal injuries The child could also move too far forward increasing the chance of head and neck injury The shoulder belt should go over the shoulder and across the chest 1 33 Infants and Young Children Everyone in a vehicle needs protection This includes infants and all other children Neither the distance traveled nor the age and size of the traveler changes the need for everyone to use safety restraints In fact the law in every state in the United States and in every Canadian province says
303. n provinces the law requires wearing safety belts Here is why You never know if you will be in a crash If you do have a crash you do not know if it will be a serious one A few crashes are mild and some crashes can be so serious that even buckled up a person would not survive But most crashes are in between In many of them people who buckle up can survive and sometimes walk away Without belts they could have been badly hurt or killed After more than 40 years of safety belts in vehicles the facts are clear In most crashes buckling up does matter a lot Why Safety Belts Work When you ride in or on anything you go as fast as it goes Put someone on it Take the simplest vehicle Suppose it is just a seat on wheels Get it up to speed Then stop the vehicle The rider does not stop The person keeps going until stopped by something In a real vehicle it could be the windshield or the instrument panel or the safety belts With safety belts you slow down as the vehicle does You get more time to stop You stop over more distance and your strongest bones take the forces That is why safety belts make such good sense Questions and Answers About Safety Belts Q A pr Will be trapped in the vehicle after a crash if I am wearing a safety belt You could be whether you are wearing a safety belt or not But your chance of being conscious during and after an accident so
304. n subsequent collisions Collision Parts Genuine GM Collision parts are new parts made with the same materials and construction methods as the parts with which your vehicle was originally built Genuine GM Collision parts are your best choice to ensure that your vehicle s designed appearance durability and safety are preserved The use of Genuine GM parts can help maintain your GM New Vehicle Warranty Recycled original equipment parts may also be used for repair These parts are typically removed from vehicles that were total losses in prior crashes In most cases the parts being recycled are from undamaged sections of the vehicle A recycled original equipment GM part may be an acceptable choice to maintain your vehicle s originally designed appearance and safety performance however the history of these parts is not known Such parts are not covered by your GM New Vehicle Limited Warranty and any related failures are not covered by that warranty 7 12 Aftermarket collision parts are also available These are made by companies other than GM and may not have been tested for your vehicle As a result these parts may fit poorly exhibit premature durability corrosion problems and may not perform properly in subsequent collisions Aftermarket parts are not covered by your GM New Vehicle Limited Warranty and any vehicle failure related to such parts are not covered by that warranty Repair Facility GM also recommends th
305. nce Materials 5 97 Washing Your Vehicle seeeeeeeeeee eee eees 5 93 Wealthersttips sc cc0gcc cessciecuedincitenseeeetden canes 5 92 Windshield and Wiper Blades 00 5 94 Appointments Scheduling Service 0 7 10 Ashtlay sereo reon e A R Ea 3 20 Audio System 1 0 cece cee eee ee eee e ete eee eee eea een een ees 3 67 Audio Steering Wheel Controls 5 3 110 Navigation Radio System see Navigation Manual msc chsacanstaeusenntentiecsecuteiasinmhennaat 3 101 Radio ReCeptiOn wiccccicicctescteriieeenievieccaestctee 3 111 Setting the Time a se 3 68 Theft Deterrent Feature eceeeeeeeeeeeee 3 110 Audio System s Automatic Headlamp System Automatic Transmission FIG EEA EEEE E E AA E E Operation Battery Electric Power Management accccccccccccece Run Down Protection Brake Emergencies Brakes System Warning Light Braking Braking in Emergencies ccseeeeeeeeeeeeeee tees Break In New Vehicle Bulb Replacement ecseeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeeeees Halogen Bulbs Headlamp Aiming Headlamps Front Turn Signal Sidemarker and Parking Lamps License Plate Lamps eceeeeeeeeeenee eee ees Replacement Bulbs Taillamps Turn Signal Stoplamps and Bachelp Lamps sscas ccsccccssnactoincsennemcdenmnersin Buying New Tires Calibration sie csisseeeieeseceasin vend dete aE EErEE 3 49 California Fugley ieniemienie
306. ncels or hangs up an incoming Hands Free Call Mute Voice Recognition Press and release to silence the system Press and release again to turn the sound on If your vehicle has the navigation system press and hold for longer than one second to initiate voice recognition See Voice Recognition in the Navigation System manual for more information If your vehicle has OnStar press and hold for longer than one second to interact with the OnStar system If your vehicle also has the Navigation System press this button to initiate voice recognition and say OnStar to enter OnStar mode See the OnStar System on page 2 39 in this manual for more information Radio Reception Frequency interference and static can occur during normal radio reception if items such as cell phone chargers vehicle convenience accessories and external electronic devices are plugged into the accessory power outlet If there is interference or static unplug the item from the accessory power outlet AM The range for most AM stations is greater than for FM especially at night The longer range can cause station frequencies to interfere with each other For better radio reception most AM radio stations boost the power levels during the day and then reduce these levels during the night Static can also occur when things like storms and power lines interfere with radio reception When this happens try reducing the treble on your radio
307. nded Do not use silicone or wax based products or those containing organic solvents to clean your vehicle s interior because they can alter the appearance by increasing the gloss in a non uniform manner Never use shoe polish on leather 5 91 Instrument Panel Vinyl and Other Plastic Surfaces A soft cloth dampened with water may be used to remove dust If a more thorough cleaning is necessary a clean soft cloth dampened with a mild soap solution can be used to gently remove dust and dirt Never use spot lifters or removers on plastic surfaces Many commercial cleaners and coatings that are sold to preserve and protect soft plastic surfaces may permanently change the appearance and feel of your interior and are not recommended Do not use silicone or wax based products or those containing organic solvents to clean your vehicle s interior because they can alter the appearance by increasing the gloss in a non uniform manner Some commercial products may increase gloss on your instrument panel The increase in gloss may cause annoying reflections in the windshield and even make it difficult to see through the windshield under certain conditions 5 92 Care of Safety Belts Keep belts clean and dry A CAUTION Do not bleach or dye safety belts If you do it may severely weaken them In a crash they might not be able to provide adequate protection Clean safety belts only with mild soap and lukewarm water Weathers
308. nds twice to signal the receiver is in relearn mode and TIRE LEARNING ACTIVE message displays on the DIC screen 4 Start with the driver side front tire 11 Remove the valve cap from the valve cap stem Activate the TPMS sensor by increasing or decreasing the tire s air pressure for five seconds or until a horn chirp sounds The horn chirp which may take up to 30 seconds to sound confirms that the sensor identification code has been matched to this tire and wheel position Proceed to the passenger side front tire and repeat the procedure in Step 5 Proceed to the passenger side rear tire and repeat the procedure in Step 5 Proceed to the driver side rear tire and repeat the procedure in Step 5 The horn sounds two times to indicate the sensor identification code has been matched to the driver side rear tire and the TPMS sensor matching process is no longer active The TIRE LEARNING ACTIVE message on the DIC display screen goes off Turn the ignition switch to LOCK OFF Set all four tires to the recommended air pressure level as indicated on the Tire and Loading Information label Put the valve caps back on the valve stems Tire Inspection and Rotation We recommend that you regularly inspect your vehicle s tires including the spare tire for signs of wear or damage See When It Is Time for New Tires on page 5 69 for more information Tires should be rotated every 5 000 to 8 000 miles 8 000 to 13 000
309. ne damage In this mode there is a significant loss in power and engine performance The temperature gage indicates an overheat condition exists Driving extended distances and or towing a trailer in the overheat protection mode should be avoided Notice After driving in the overheated engine protection operating mode to avoid engine damage allow the engine to cool before attempting any repair The engine oil will be severely degraded Repair the cause of coolant loss change the oil and reset the oil life system See Engine Oil on page 5 15 Cooling System When you decide it is safe to lift the hood here is what A CAUTION you will see An electric engine cooling fan under the hood can start up even when the engine is not running and can injure you Keep hands clothing and tools away from any underhood electric fan If the coolant inside the coolant surge tank is boiling do not do anything else until it cools down The vehicle should be parked on a level surface A Electric Engine Cooling Fans B Coolant Surge Tank 5 27 The coolant level should be at the COLD FILL line If it is not you may have a leak at the radiator hoses heater hoses radiator water pump or somewhere else in the cooling system A CAUTION Heater and radiator hoses and other engine parts can be very hot Do not touch them If you do you can be burned Do not run the engine if there is a leak If yo
310. ne in your vehicle should wear a safety belt properly whether or not there is an airbag for that person 1 57 A CAUTION Airbags inflate with great force faster than the blink of an eye Anyone who is up against or very close to any airbag when it inflates can be seriously injured or killed Do not sit unnecessarily close to the airbag as you would be if you were sitting on the edge of A CAUTION Airbags plus lap shoulder belts offer the best protection for adults but not for young children and infants Neither the vehicle s safety belt system nor its airbag system is designed for them Young children and infants need the protection that a child restraint system can provide Always secure children properly in your vehicle To read how see Older Children on page 1 31 or Infants and Young Children on page 1 34 your seat or leaning forward Safety belts help keep you in position before and during a crash Always wear your safety belt even with airbags The driver should sit as far back as possible while still maintaining control of the vehicle There is an airbag Occupants should not lean on or sleep against readiness light on the the door or side windows in seating positions e instrument panel cluster with roof rail airbags 4 which shows the airbag FX symbol The system checks the airbag electrical system for malfunctions The light tells you if there is an electrical problem See Airbag R
311. ng will not be necessary on a regular basis However if you notice unusual tire wear or your vehicle pulling to one side or the other the alignment might need to be checked If you notice your vehicle vibrating when driving on a smooth road the tires and wheels might need to be rebalanced See your dealer retailer for proper diagnosis Wheel Replacement Replace any wheel that is bent cracked or badly rusted or corroded If wheel nuts keep coming loose the wheel wheel bolts and wheel nuts should be replaced If the wheel leaks air replace it except some aluminum wheels which can sometimes be repaired See your dealer retailer if any of these conditions exist Your dealer retailer will know the kind of wheel you need Each new wheel should have the same load carrying capacity diameter width offset and be mounted the same way as the one it replaces 5 74 If you need to replace any of your wheels wheel bolts wheel nuts or Tire Pressure Monitor System TPMS sensors replace them only with new GM original equipment parts This way you will be sure to have the right wheel wheel bolts wheel nuts and TPMS sensors for your vehicle A CAUTION Using the wrong replacement wheels wheel bolts or wheel nuts on your vehicle can be dangerous It could affect the braking and handling of your vehicle make your tires lose air and make you lose control You could have a collision in which you or others could be injured A
312. ngine _VINCode Spark Plug Gap 3 4L V6 0 060 in 1 52 me 3 6L V6 0 040 in 1 01 mm 5 106 Section 6 Maintenance Schedule Maintenance Schedule 0 eeeeeeeeeneees 6 2 Owner Checks and Services 6 8 Mniidele lUe ilala AEn sibdeues dan sek decane 6 2 At Each Fuel Pill 2 222 c0c 02 acesnassetetisecdweestickbers 6 8 Maintenance Requirements sceeeeeeeee ees 6 2 At Least Once a Month ceeeeeeeeeeeeeee eens 6 9 Your Vehicle and the Environment 6 2 At Least Once a Year cceeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeee eens 6 9 Using the Maintenance Schedule 0 6 2 Recommended Fluids and Lubricants 6 12 Scheduled Maintenance ceeeeeeeeeneeeeeneees 6 4 Maintenance Replacement Parts 004 6 14 Additional Required Services c eeeeeeee ee 6 6 Engine Drive Belt Routing cece 6 15 Maintenance Footnotes ccceeeeeeeeeeeee eters 6 7 Maintenance Record eceeeeeeeeeeeee een eeeees 6 16 6 1 Maintenance Schedule Introduction Important Keep engine oil at the proper level and change as recommended Protection Plan Have you purchased the GM Protection Plan The Plan supplements your new vehicle warranties See your Warranty and Owner Assistance booklet or your dealer retailer for details Maintenance Requirements Notice Maintenance intervals checks inspections repl
313. ngine Compartment Overview 5 12 Engine Oil scctschcteoiosatatsaenemteddengumeneuabnecgncwe 5 15 Engine Oil Life System eceeeeeeee eee eeee ees 5 18 Engine Air Cleaner Filter c ceeeeeeeeeneee ees 5 20 Automatic Transmission Fluid eeeeeeee 5 22 Engine Coolant sipoo ienna ne na 5 22 Engine Overheating ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeee eters 5 25 Overheated Engine Protection Operating Mode eceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 5 26 Cooling System eeeeeee eee eee eee eeeeeeeeneeeeenes 5 27 Power Steering Fluid ccceeeeeeeeeeeeee ees 5 32 Windshield Washer Fluid eeeeeeeeee eee es 5 33 Brakes ooann naren aae a a E An 5 34 Battery eree E E EN E E E 5 37 JUMP Starting 0 cece eee ee eee eee iiaia 5 38 All Wheel Drive cceceeeeeeeeeneeeeeneeee es 5 44 Headlamp Aiming ic 5 46 Bulb Replacement ceeeeeeeneeeeeee een es 5 47 Halogen BUDS usis inensis uronin eseina 5 47 Headlamps Front Turn Signal Sidemarker and Parking Lamps ainonisarsnirise dikain 5 47 Taillamps Turn Signal Stoplamps and Back ip Lamps arimei eni ea 5 49 License Plate Lamp seeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 5 50 Replacement Bulbs eseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 5 50 Windshield Wiper Blade Replacement 5 51 TIFOS riigi aiaei tens ceded ies band eee ede 5 52 Tire Sidewall Labeling seeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 5 53 Tire T
314. not be as good and the engine might not run as smoothly This could lead to costly repairs that might not be covered by your warranty Notice Modifications made to the engine transmission exhaust intake or fuel system of your vehicle or the replacement of the original tires with other than those of the same Tire Performance Criteria TPC can affect your vehicle s emission controls and can cause this light to come on Modifications to these systems could lead to costly repairs not covered by your warranty This could also result in a failure to pass a required Emission Inspection Maintenance test See Accessories and Modifications on page 5 3 This light comes on as a check to show it is working when the ignition is turned ON RUN but the engine is not running If the light does not come on have it repaired This light also comes on during a malfunction in one of two ways e Light Flashing A misfire condition has been detected A misfire increases vehicle emissions and could damage the emission control system on your vehicle Diagnosis and service might be required e Light On Steady An emission control system malfunction has been detected on your vehicle Diagnosis and service might be required If the Light is Flashing The following can prevent more serious damage to your vehicle e Reduce vehicle speed e Avoid hard accelerations e Avoid steep uphill grades e If you are towing a trailer reduce the am
315. nsole surface use only a clean cloth dampened with clean water Cleaning the Video Screen When cleaning the video screen use only a clean cloth dampened with clean water Use care when directly touching or cleaning the screen as damage can result Theft Deterrent Feature THEFTLOCK is designed to discourage theft of your vehicle s radio It works by using a secret code to disable all radio functions when battery power is removed and the radio is placed in a different vehicle This feature requires no user input to be activated The radio is automatically armed when it is put into the vehicle for the first time If THEFTLOCK is activated the radio does not operate if stolen The radio displays LOCKED If this occurs the radio needs to be returned to your dealer retailer 3 110 Audio Steering Wheel Controls Vehicles with audio steering wheel controls may be different depending on your vehicle s options Some audio controls A AA can be adjusted at the steering wheel They lv include the following Volume Press the plus or minus volume buttons to increase or to decrease the radio volume V A Next Previous Press the arrows to go to the next or to the previous radio station stored as a favorite When a CD is playing press the arrows to go to the next or to the previous track If your vehicle has OnStar press the down arrow to end an OnStar Hands Free Call or the Advisor Playback It also ca
316. ntains instructions to assist in the diagnosis and service of your vehicle Owner Information Owner publications are written specifically for owners and intended to provide basic operational information about the vehicle The owner manual includes the Maintenance Schedule for all models In Portfolio Includes a Portfolio Owner Manual and Warranty Booklet RETAIL SELL PRICE 35 00 U S plus processing fee Without Portfolio Owner Manual only RETAIL SELL PRICE 25 00 U S plus processing fee Current and Past Model Order Forms Technical Service Bulletins and Manuals are available for current and past model GM vehicles To request an order form specify year and model name of the vehicle ORDER TOLL FREE 1 800 551 4123 Monday Friday 8 00 AM 6 00 PM Eastern Time For Credit Card Orders Only VISA MasterCard Discover visit Helm Inc on the World Wide Web at www helminc com Or you can write to Helm Incorporated P O Box 07130 Detroit MI 48207 Prices are subject to change without notice and without incurring obligation Allow ample time for delivery Note to Canadian Customers All listed prices are quoted in U S funds Canadian residents are to make checks payable in U S funds Vehicle Data Recording and Privacy Your GM vehicle has a number of sophisticated computers that record information about the vehicle s performance and how it is driven For example your vehicle uses computer modules t
317. nth day and year and DD MM YYYY day month and year displays 2 Press the pushbutton located under the desired option 3 Press the or MENU button again to apply the selected default or let the screen time out Radio s OAM 640 9 389 mM 680 Y 750 Y 96 1Y985 X4i ey amp ELECT a lt a gt gt BAND SEEK SEEK REV Fwo ff CD AUX Radio with CD MP3 shown Base Radio with CD and Radio with Six Disc CD MP3 similar MM HHHH B m 20 I DVD CD Radio with CD and DVD MP3 Your vehicle has one of these radios as its audio system If your vehicle has a Rear Seat Entertainment RSE system ithas a CD DVD radio See Rear Seat Entertainment RSE System on page 3 101 for more information on the vehicle s RSE system The DVD player is the top slot on the radio faceplate The player can read the DTS programmed DVD Audio or DVD Video media DTS and DTS 2 0 are trademarks of Digital Theater Systems Inc Dolby is manufactured under license from Dolby Laboratories Dolby and the double D symbol are trademarks of Dolby Laboratories 3 71 Radio Data System RDS Your vehicle s audio system may have Radio Data System RDS The RDS feature is available for use only on FM stations that broadcast RDS information This system relies upon receiving specific information from these stations and only works when the information is available While the radio is tuned to an
318. nty Always connect and remove the jumper cables in the correct order making sure that the cables do not touch each other or other metal remote positive terminal if the vehicle has one 8 Now connect the black negative cable to the negative terminal of the good battery Use a remote negative terminal if the vehicle has one Do not let the other end touch anything until the next step The other end of the negative cable does not go to the dead battery It goes to a heavy unpainted metal engine part or to a remote negative terminal on the vehicle with the dead battery 5 42 Jumper Cable Removal Heavy Unpainted Metal Engine Part or Remote Negative Terminal Good Battery or Remote Positive and Remote Negative Terminals Dead Battery or Remote Positive Terminal To disconnect the jumper cables from both vehicles do the following 1 Disconnect the black negative cable from the vehicle that had the dead battery 2 Disconnect the black negative cable from the vehicle with the good battery 3 Disconnect the red positive cable from the vehicle with the good battery 4 Disconnect the red positive cable from the other vehicle 5 Return the fuse block cover to its original position 5 43 All Wheel Drive If you have an all wheel drive vehicle be sure to perform the lubricant checks described in this section However there are t
319. o monitor and control engine and transmission performance to monitor the conditions for airbag deployment and deploy airbags in a crash and if so equipped to provide antilock braking to help the driver control the vehicle These modules may store data to help your dealer retailer technician service your vehicle Some modules may also store data about how you operate the vehicle such as rate of fuel consumption or average speed These modules may also retain the owner s personal preferences such as radio pre sets seat positions and temperature settings Event Data Recorders This vehicle has an Event Data Recorder EDR The main purpose of an EDR is to record in certain crash or near crash like situations such as an airbag deployment or hitting a road obstacle data that will assist in understanding how a vehicle s systems performed The EDR is designed to record data related to vehicle dynamics and safety systems for a short period of time typically 30 seconds or less The EDR in this vehicle is designed to record such data as e How various systems in your vehicle were operating e Whether or not the driver and passenger safety belts were buckled fastened e How far if at all the driver was pressing the accelerator and or brake pedal e How fast the vehicle was traveling This data can help provide a better understanding of the circumstances in which crashes and injuries occur Important EDR data is recorded by you
320. oading Your Vehicle on page 4 22 Inflation Tire Pressure Tires need the correct amount of air pressure to operate effectively Notice Do not let anyone tell you that under inflation or over inflation is all right It is not If your tires do not have enough air under inflation you can get the following e Too much flexing e Too much heat Tire overloading e Premature or irregular wear Poor handling e Reduced fuel economy If your tires have too much air over inflation you can get the following e Unusual wear Poor handling e Rough ride e Needless damage from road hazards 5 59 A vehicle specific Tire and Loading Information label is attached to your vehicle This label shows your vehicle s original equipment tires and the correct inflation pressures for your tires when they are cold The recommended cold tire inflation pressure shown on the label is the minimum amount of air pressure needed to support your vehicle s maximum load carrying capacity For additional information regarding how much weight your vehicle can carry and an example of the Tire and Loading Information label see Loading Your Vehicle on page 4 22 How you load your vehicle affects vehicle handling and ride comfort Never load your vehicle with more weight than it was designed to carry When to Check Check your tires once a month or more Do not forget to check the compact spare tire it should be at 60 psi 420 kP
321. oices that are highlighted in any menu Menu Press to access the DVD menu The DVD menu is different on every DVD Use the pushbuttons located under the navigation arrows to navigate the cursor through the DVD menu After making a selection press the enter button This button only operates when using a DVD Nav Navigate Press to display directional arrows for navigating through the menus amp gt Return Press to exit the current active menu and return to the previous menu This button operates only when a DVD is playing and a menu is active DVD A Audio Display Buttons Once a DVD A is inserted a radio display menu shows several tag options for DVD playing Press the pushbuttons located under any desired tag option during DVD playback See the tag options listed below for more information The rear seat operator navigates the DVD A menus and controls through the remote control See Remote Control under Rear Seat Entertainment RSE System on page 3 101 for more information The Video Screen does not automatically power on when the DVD A is inserted into the DVD slot It must be manually turned on by the rear seat occupant through the remote control power button gt iil Play Pause Press either play or pause displayed on the radio system to toggle between pausing or restarting playback of a DVD If the forward arrow is showing on the display the system is in pause mode If the pause icon is showing on
322. older When the CD contains only compressed files the files are located under the root folder The next and previous folder functions are not displayed on a CD that was recorded without folders or playlists When displaying the name of the folder the radio displays ROOT When the CD contains only playlists and compressed audio files but no folders all files are located under the root folder The folder down and the folder up buttons search playlists Px first and then go to the root folder When the radio displays the name of the folder the radio displays ROOT 3 91 Order of Play Tracks recorded to the CD R or CD RW are played in the following order e Play begins from the first track in the first playlist and continues sequentially through all tracks in each playlist When the last track of the last playlist has played play continues from the first track of the first playlist e Play begins from the first track in the first folder and continues sequentially through all tracks in each folder When the last track of the last folder has played play continues from the first track of the first folder When play enters a new folder the display does not automatically show the new folder name unless the folder mode was chosen as the default display The new track name displays 3 92 File System and Naming The song name that displays is the song name that is contained in the ID3 tag If the song name is not present in the
323. ollowing the instructions that came with that restraint and also the instructions in this manual A CAUTION Children can be seriously injured or strangled if a shoulder belt is wrapped around their neck and the safety belt continues to tighten Secure any unused safety belts behind the child restraint so children cannot reach them Pull the shoulder belt all the way out of the retractor to set the lock if your vehicle has one after the child restraint has been installed Be sure to follow the instructions of the child restraint manufacturer A CAUTION Each top tether anchor and lower anchor in the vehicle is designed to hold only one child restraint Attaching more than one child restraint to a single anchor could cause the CAUTION Continued 1 46 Notice Contact between the child restraint LATCH attachment parts and the vehicle s safety belt assembly may cause damage to these parts Make sure when securing unused safety belts behind the child restraint that there is no contact between the child restraint LATCH attachment parts and the vehicle s safety belt assembly Folding an empty rear seat with the safety belts secured may cause damage to the safety belt or the seat When removing the child restraint always remember to return the safety belts to their normal stowed position before folding the rear seat A Passenger s Side Rear Seat Lower Anchors B Center Rear Seat Lower Anchors C Drivers Side Rea
324. on Navigation System If your vehicle has a navigation system use of the system may result in the storage of destinations addresses telephone numbers and other trip information Refer to the navigation system operating manual for information on stored data and for deletion instructions Radio Frequency Identification RFID RFID technology is used in some vehicles for functions such as tire pressure monitoring and ignition system security as well as in connection with conveniences such as key fobs for remote door locking unlocking and starting and in vehicle transmitters for garage door openers RFID technology in GM vehicles does not use or record personal information or link with any other GM system containing personal information 4 NOTES 7 20 A Accessories and Modifications eeeeeees 5 3 Adding Equipment to Your Airbag Equipped Vehicle iesise nee a R 1 70 Additives Fuel s ccscccaesaverarcnedvecton is oan EN 5 6 Add On Electrical Equipment scsecececseeeeeeeeee 5 99 Air Cleaner Filter Engine cceeeeeeeeeeneeees 5 20 Air Conditioning ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 3 20 Airbag Passenger Status Indicator ceeeeeeeees 3 30 Readiness Light 2 csceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeerenees 3 29 Airbag System srveccccsieecsecancendavedeevecs saad silences 1 56 What Will You See After an Airbag Inflates 1 63 When Should an Airbag Inflate
325. on and Displays ceeeeeees 3 45 DIC Vehicle Personalization 0 eeeeeees 3 60 DIC Warnings and Messages 0 e0eeeeee 3 52 Driving AU NIORT sicccscehccatiwcabi etiolated aE 4 14 Before a Long Trip erebernsieri nin ni 4 16 Defensive 0ccccceeeeeceeececee eens eeeeeeneaeaeeee 4 2 DRUNK Nereari ea e a a e a aE 4 3 Highway Hypnosis lt cssiiieisnioasei miernes 4 16 Hill and Mountain Roads e 4 17 In Rain and on Wet Roads lcc 4 15 Rocking Your Vehicle to Get it Out 4 22 WINME eacee are ae piss E ORT 4 18 DVD Rear Seat Entertainment System 3 101 EDR rren E E O ES 7 17 Electrical System Add On Equipment ceeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeees 5 99 Engine Compartment Fuse Block 5 102 Fuses and Circuit Breakers eeeeeeeeee 5 99 Instrument Panel Fuse Block 000 5 100 Windshield Wiper Fuses eeeeeeeeee ees 5 99 Engine Air Cleaner Filter cccccceeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeee es 5 20 Change Engine Oil Light cee eee 3 40 Check and Service Engine Soon Light 3 36 Goolant r E E sccsessl ache T 5 22 Coolant Heater ccceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeenes 2 23 Coolant Temperature Gage escececeeeee 3 35 Coolant Temperature Warning Light 3 35 Drive Belt Routing c ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee ee 6 15 Engine Compartment Overview 0 ee
326. on your vehicle show how much weight it may properly carry the Tire and Loading Information label and the Vehicle Certification label A CAUTION Do not load your vehicle any heavier than the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR or either the maximum front or rear Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR If you do parts on your vehicle can break and it can change the way your vehicle handles These could cause you to lose control and crash Also overloading can shorten the life of your vehicle Tire and Loading Information Label SEE OWNER S MANUAL FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION Label Example A vehicle specific Tire and Loading Information label is attached to the vehicle s center pillar B pillar With the driver s door open you will find the label attached below the door lock post striker The tire and loading information label lists the number of occupant seating positions A and the maximum vehicle capacity weight B in kilograms and pounds The vehicle capacity weight includes the weight of all occupants cargo and all nonfactory installed options The Tire and Loading Information label also lists the tire size of the original equipment tires C and the recommended cold tire inflation pressures D For more information on tires and inflation see Tires on page 5 52 and Inflation Tire Pressure on page 5 59 There is also important loading information on the Certification Tire label It tells you the
327. oor Always remember to remove your key from the ignition and take it with you This will lock your ignition and transmission Also always remember to lock the doors The battery could be drained if you leave the key in the ignition while your vehicle is parked You may not be able to start your vehicle after it has been parked for an extended period of time Retained Accessory Power RAP These vehicle accessories can be used for up to 10 minutes after the engine is turned off e Audio System e Power Windows e Sunroof if equipped Power to these accessories will continue to operate for up to 10 minutes or until the driver s door is opened All these features will work when the key is in ON RUN or ACC ACCESSORY 2 22 Starting the Engine Move your shift lever to PARK P or NEUTRAL N Your engine will not start in any other position this is a safety feature To restart when you are already moving use NEUTRAL N only Notice Do not try to shift to PARK P if your vehicle is moving If you do you could damage the transmission Shift to PARK P only when your vehicle is stopped Starting Procedure 1 With your foot off the accelerator pedal turn the ignition key to START When the engine starts let go of the key The idle speed will go down as your engine gets warm Do not race the engine immediately after starting it Operate the engine and transmission gently to allow the oil to warm up and lubricate
328. oor using the remote keyless entry transmitter the front door power lock switch or the rear door manual lock 2 Open the door from the outside To cancel the rear door security lock do the following 1 Unlock the door and open it from the outside 2 Insert the key into the slot next to the rear door security lock label and turn it to the vertical position 3 Repeat the steps for the other lock Lockout Protection If you press the power door lock switch when the key is in the ignition and any door is open all the doors will lock and only the driver s door will unlock Be sure to remove the key from the ignition when locking your vehicle If the keyless entry transmitter is used to lock the doors and the key is in the ignition a chime will sound three times All passenger doors will lock but the driver s door will remain unlocked Liftgate A CAUTION It can be dangerous to drive with the liftgate or liftglass open because carbon monoxide CO gas can come into your vehicle You cannot see or smell CO It can cause unconsciousness and even death If you must drive with the liftgate open or if electrical wiring or other cable connections must pass through the seal between the body and the liftgate or liftglass e Make sure all other windows are shut e Turn the fan on your climate control system to its highest speed and select the control setting that will force outside air into your vehicle See Climate
329. orrect position or you may damage your vehicle The repairs would not be covered by your warranty 5 80 Find the arrow on the plastic lower body panel Position the jack head under the metal jacking flange and not the plastic lower body panel With the jack head positioned correctly on the metal jacking flange it should look like this underneath the vehicle Do not lift the vehicle using the plastic lower body panel 8 Put the compact spare tire near you A CAUTION Getting under a vehicle when it is jacked up is dangerous If the vehicle slips off the jack you could be badly injured or killed Never get under a vehicle when it is supported only by a jack A CAUTION Raising your vehicle with the jack improperly positioned can damage the vehicle and even make the vehicle fall To help avoid personal injury and vehicle damage be sure to fit the jack lift head into the proper location before raising the vehicle 5 81 A CAUTION Lifting a vehicle and getting under it to do maintenance or repairs is dangerous without the appropriate safety equipment and training The jack provided with your vehicle is designed only for changing a flat tire If it is used for anything else you or others could be badly injured or killed if the vehicle slips off the jack Use the jack provided with your vehicle only for changing a flat tire 9 Raise the vehicle by turning the jack handle cloc
330. ortant information on towing a trailer towing safety rules and Subtract Occupant Weight 150 Ibs 300 Ibs 136 kg 68 kg x2 Da Available Occupant ES and Cargo Weight 700 Ibs 317 kg 4 24 1 000 Ibs 453 kg 750 Ibs 340 kg Maximum Vehicle Capacity Weight for Subtract Occupant Weight 150 Ibs Available Cargo Example 3 Item Description Totali Maximum Vehicle A Capacity Weight for 1 000 Ibs 453 kg Example 3 Subtract Occupant Weight 200 Ibs 1 000 Ibs 453 kg 91 kg x 5 250 Ibs 113 kg Available Cargo Refer to your vehicle s tire and loading information label for specific information about your vehicle s maximum vehicle capacity weight and seating positions The combined weight of the driver passengers and cargo should never exceed your vehicle s maximum vehicle capacity weight 4 25 Certification Label GAWR FRT GAWR RR A vehicle specific Certification Tire label is found on the rear edge of the driver s door or on the vehicle s center pillar B pillar The label shows the size of your original tires and the inflation pressures needed to obtain the gross weight capacity of your vehicle This is called the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR The GVWR includes the weight of the vehicle all occupants fuel and cargo 4 26 The Certification Tire label also tells you the maximum weights for the front and rear axles called the Gross Axle Weight R
331. ot secure a child seat in a position without a top tether anchor if a national or local law requires that the top tether be anchored or if the instructions that come with the child restraint say that the top strap must be anchored In Canada the law requires that forward facing child restraints have a top tether and that the tether be attached If your child restraint does not have the LATCH system you will be using the safety belt to secure the child restraint in this position Be sure to follow the instructions that came with the child restraint Secure the child in the child restraint when and as the instructions say 1 50 If you need to install more than one child restraint in the rear seat be sure to read Where to Put the Restraint on page 1 40 1 Put the child restraint on the seat 2 Pick up the latch plate and run the lap and shoulder portions of the vehicle s safety belt through or around the restraint The child restraint instructions will show you how 3 Push the latch plate into the buckle until it clicks Make sure the release button is positioned so you would be able to unbuckle the safety belt quickly if necessary 4 Pull the rest of the shoulder belt all the way out of the retractor to set the lock 5 To tighten the belt push down on the child restraint pull the shoulder portion of the belt to tighten the lap portion of the belt and feed the shoulder belt back into the retractor If
332. ou attempt any vehicle maintenance task Be sure to use the proper nuts bolts and other fasteners English and metric fasteners can be easily confused If you use the wrong fasteners parts can later break or fall off You could be hurt If you want to do some of your own service work you should use the proper service manual It tells you much more about how to service your vehicle than this manual can To order the proper service manual see Service Publications Ordering Information on page 7 16 Your vehicle has an airbag system Before attempting to do your own service work see Servicing Your Airbag Equipped Vehicle on page 1 69 You should keep a record with all parts receipts and list the mileage and the date of any service work you perform See Maintenance Record on page 6 16 Adding Equipment to the Outside of Your Vehicle Things you might add to the outside of your vehicle can affect the airflow around it This can cause wind noise and can affect fuel economy and windshield washer performance Check with your dealer retailer before adding equipment to the outside of your vehicle Fuel Use of the recommended fuel is an important part of the proper maintenance of your vehicle To help keep the engine clean and maintain optimum vehicle performance we recommend the use of gasoline advertised as TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline The 8th digit of the Vehicle Identification Number VIN shows the code letter or number that
333. ount of cargo being hauled as soon as it is possible If the light stops flashing and remains on steady see If the Light Is On Steady following If the light continues to flash when it is safe to do so stop the vehicle Find a safe place to park the vehicle Turn the ignition off wait at least 10 seconds and restart the engine If the light remains on steady see If the Light Is On Steady following If the light is still flashing follow the previous steps and see your dealer retailer for service as soon as possible 3 37 If the Light Is On Steady You might be able to correct the emission system malfunction by considering the following Did you recently put fuel into your vehicle If so reinstall the fuel cap making sure to fully install the cap See Filling the Tank on page 5 8 The diagnostic system can determine if the fuel cap has been left off or improperly installed A loose or missing fuel cap allows fuel to evaporate into the atmosphere A few driving trips with the cap properly installed should turn the light off Did you just drive through a deep puddle of water If so your vehicle s electrical system might be wet The condition is usually corrected when the electrical system dries out A few driving trips should turn the light off 3 38 Have you recently changed brands of fuel If so be sure to fuel your vehicle with quality fuel See Gasoline Octane on page 5 5 Poor fuel quality causes
334. panel cluster See CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON under DIC Warnings and Messages on page 3 52 and Change Engine Oil Light on page 3 40 You should change the oil as soon as possible See Engine Oil on page 5 15 In addition to the engine oil life system monitoring the oil life additional maintenance is recommended in the Maintenance Schedule in this manual See Scheduled Maintenance on page 6 4 for more information 3 47 Remember you must reset the OIL LIFE yourself after each oil change It will not reset itself Also be careful not to reset the OIL LIFE accidentally at any time other than when the oil has just been changed It cannot be reset accurately until the next oil change To reset the engine oil life system see Engine Oil Life System on page 5 18 UNITS Press the vehicle information button until UNITS displays This display allows you to select between English or Metric units of measurement Once in this display press the set reset button to select between ENGLISH or METRIC units FRONT TIRES or REAR TIRES The pressure for each tire can be viewed in the DIC The tire pressure will be shown in either pounds per square inch psi or kilopascals kPa Press the vehicle information button until the DIC displays FRONT TIRES PSI kPa LF RF Press the vehicle information button again until the DIC displays REAR TIRES PSI kPa LR RR 3 48 If a low or high tire pressure condition is detected by the syste
335. press the unlock symbol o Lock Remove the ignition key and press the lock symbol to lock all of the doors Delayed Locking A chime will sound three times to indicate a door or liftgate is open when you try to lock the doors with the power door lock switch The doors will not lock and the theft deterrent system will not arm until all the doors are closed and ten seconds have passed The delayed locking feature can be programmed through the Driver Information Center DIC See DIC Vehicle Personalization on page 3 60 See also Remote Keyless Entry RKE System Operation on page 2 5 Programmable Automatic Door Locks Your vehicle has an automatic lock unlock feature which enables you to program the power door locks through the Driver Information Center DIC See DIC Vehicle Personalization on page 3 60 for more information on DIC programming Rear Door Security Locks Your vehicle has rear door security locks that prevent passengers from opening the rear doors from the inside The rear door security locks are located on the inside edge of each rear door You must open the rear doors to access them To set the security locks do the following 1 Insert the key into the lock above the rear door security lock label and turn it to the horizontal position 2 Close the door 3 Repeat the steps for the other rear door To open a rear door while the security lock is on do the following 1 Unlock the d
336. ps 2 through 4 for each pushbutton 3 73 Storing a Radio Station as a Favorite Drivers are encouraged to set up their radio station favorites while the vehicle is parked Tune to your favorite stations using the presets favorites button and steering wheel controls if your vehicle has them See Defensive Driving on page 4 2 If your radio has XM a maximum of 36 stations can be programmed as favorites using the six pushbuttons positioned below the radio station frequency labels and by using the radio favorites page button FAV button FAV Favorites Press the FAV button to go through up to six pages of favorites each having six favorite stations available per page Each page of favorites can contain any combination of AM FM or XM if equipped stations To store a station as a favorite perform the following steps 1 Tune to the desired radio station 2 Press the FAV button to display the page where the station is to be stored 3 Press and hold one of the six pushbuttons until a beep sounds When that pushbutton is pressed and released the station that was set returns 4 Repeat the steps for each pushbutton radio station to be stored as a favorite 3 74 The number of favorites pages can be setup using the MENU button To setup the number of favorites pages perform the following steps 1 Press the MENU button to display the radio setup menu 2 Press the pushbutton located below the FAV 1 6 label
337. r Seat Lower Anchors Make sure to attach the child restraint at the proper anchor location 1 47 This system is designed to make installation of child restraints easier When using lower anchors do not use the vehicle s safety belts Instead use the vehicle s anchors and child restraint attachments to secure the restraints Some restraints also use another vehicle anchor to secure a top tether 1 Attach and tighten the lower attachments to the lower anchors If the child restraint does not have lower attachments or the desired seating position does not have lower anchors secure the child restraint with the top tether and the safety belts Refer to your child restraint manufacturer instructions and the instructions in this manual 1 1 Find the lower anchors for the desired seating position 1 2 Put the child restraint on the seat 1 3 Attach and tighten the lower attachments on the child restraint to the lower anchors 1 48 If the child restraint manufacturer recommends that the top tether be attached attach and tighten the top tether to the top tether anchor if equipped Refer to the child restraint instructions and the following steps 2 1 Find the top tether anchor 2 2 You may need to adjust the rear compartment storage panel cover in the rear cargo area to access the anchors See Rear Compartment Storage Panel Cover on page 2 45 2 3 Route attach and tighten the top tether according to yo
338. r for service as soon as possible For vehicles with this light it will come on if a condition exists that may require the vehicle to be taken in for service Fuel Gage When the ignition is on the fuel gage tells you about how much fuel you have left in your tank gt gt When the indicator nears empty the low fuel light will come on You still have a little fuel left but you should get more soon See Low Fuel Warning Light on page 3 44 for more information 3 43 Here are four things that some owners ask about None of these show a problem with your fuel gage e At the service station the fuel pump shuts off before the gage reads full e It takes a little more or less fuel to fill up than the gage indicated For example the gage may have indicated the tank was half full but it actually took a little more or less than half the tank s capacity to fill the tank e The gage moves a little when you turn a corner or speed up e The gage takes a few seconds to stabilize after the ignition is turned on and will go back to empty when you turn the ignition off For your fuel tank capacity see Capacities and Specifications on page 5 105 3 44 Low Fuel Warning Light This light is located in the fuel gage For more information see Fuel Gage on page 3 43 This light comes on when the fuel tank is low on fuel When you add fuel the light should go off If it does not have your vehicle serviced A
339. r s door If is pressed again within five seconds all remaining doors and the liftgate will unlock The interior lamps will come on and stay on for 20 seconds or until the ignition is turned on If enabled through the DIC the parking lamps will flash twice to indicate unlocking has occurred See DIC Vehicle Personalization on page 3 60 Pressing A on the RKE transmitter will disarm the content theft deterrent system See Content Theft Deterrent on page 2 18 2 Vehicle Locator Panic Alarm Press and release 2 to locate your vehicle The turn signal lamps will flash and the horn will sound three times Press and hold 2 for more than two seconds to activate the panic alarm The turn signal lamps will flash and the horn will sound repeatedly for 30 seconds The alarm will turn off when the ignition is moved to ON RUN or 2 is pressed again The ignition must be in LOCK OFF for the panic alarm to work The RKE transmitter is used to arm disarm the content theft deterrent system Your vehicle s theft deterrent system can be programmed to three different modes See Content Theft Deterrent on page 2 18 If you accidentally set off the alarm when entering or exiting the vehicle you can shut it off by pressing or A once or X twice Matching Transmitter s to Your Vehicle Each RKE transmitter is coded to prevent another transmitter from unlocking your vehicle If a transmitter is lost or stolen a replacement can be purchased th
340. r vehicle only if a non trivial crash situation occurs no data is recorded by the EDR under normal driving conditions and no personal data e g name gender age and crash location is recorded However other parties such as law enforcement could combine the EDR data with the type of personally identifying data routinely acquired during a crash investigation To read data recorded by an EDR special equipment is required and access to the vehicle or the EDR is needed In addition to the vehicle manufacturer other parties such as law enforcement that have the special equipment can read the information if they have access to the vehicle or the EDR GM will not access this data or share it with others except with the consent of the vehicle owner or if the vehicle is leased with the consent of the lessee in response to an official request of police or similar government office as part of GM s defense of litigation through the discovery process or as required by law Data that GM collects or receives may also be used for GM research needs or may be made available to others for research purposes where a need is shown and the data is not tied to a specific vehicle or vehicle owner OnStar If your vehicle has OnStar and you subscribe to the OnStar services please refer to the OnStar Terms and Conditions for information on data collection and use See also OnStar System on page 2 39 in this manual for more informati
341. r z Reading Serviced By Maintenance II Services Performed Section 7 Customer Assistance and Information 7 2 Customer Satisfaction Procedure 065 7 2 Online Owner Center cccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 7 4 Customer Assistance for Text Telephone TTY Users ccceeeeeeeeeeeees 7 5 Customer Assistance Offices c eeeeeeeeeee 7 5 GM Mobility Reimbursement Program 7 6 Roadside Assistance Program eeeeeeee ees 7 7 Scheduling Service Appointments 00 7 10 Courtesy Transportation cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeenes 7 10 Collision Damage Repair eeeeeeeeeeeeeeenes 7 12 Customer Assistance Information Reporting Safety Defects Reporting Safety Defects to the United States Government Reporting Safety Defects to the Canadian GOVEMMENL scrret danrin E iii Reporting Safety Defects to General Motors Service Publications Ordering Information Vehicle Data Recording and Privacy Event Data Recorders OnStar Navigation System Radio Frequency Identification RFID Customer Assistance and Information Customer Satisfaction Procedure Your satisfaction and goodwill are important to your dealer and to Pontiac Normally any concerns with the sales transaction or the operation of your vehicle will be resolved by your dealer s sales or service departments Sometimes however despite the best intentions of all concerned
342. rakes are working This lets you check your electrical connection at the same time During your trip check occasionally to be sure that the load is secure and that the lamps and any trailer brakes are still working Electronic Trailer Sway Control Electronic Trailer Sway Control is integrated into the StabiliTrak system of your vehicle This feature detects the occurrence of trailer sway that may be caused by improper trailer weight balance or excessive vehicle speed When the system detects trailer sway the StabiliTrak system may begin to apply the front brakes without you pressing the brake pedal to help you in stabilizing the vehicle The StabiliTrak warning light will flash to indicate that you should reduce vehicle speed If the trailer sway continues StabiliTrak will reduce engine torque as a method to reduce the speed of the vehicle Reducing the speed of the vehicle is necessary to reduce trailer sway Electronic Trailer Sway Control is de activated when StabiliTrak is turned off and is re activated when it is turned back on See StabiliTrak System on page 4 7 Following Distance Stay at least twice as far behind the vehicle ahead as you would when driving your vehicle without a trailer This can help you avoid situations that require heavy braking and sudden turns Passing You will need more passing distance up ahead when you are towing a trailer And because you are a good deal longer you will nee
343. rbag might force that object toward a person This could cause severe injury or even death Secure objects away from the area in which an airbag would inflate For more information see Where Are the Airbags on page 1 59 and Loading Your Vehicle on page 4 22 Airbags are designed to supplement the protection provided by safety belts Even though today s airbags are also designed to help reduce the risk of injury from the force of an inflating bag all airbags must inflate very quickly to do their job Here are the most important things to know about the airbag system A CAUTION You can be severely injured or killed in a crash if you are not wearing your safety belt even if you have airbags Wearing your safety belt during a crash helps reduce your chance of hitting things inside the vehicle or being ejected from it Airbags are supplemental restraints to the safety belts All airbags are designed to work with safety belts but do not replace them A CAUTION Frontal airbags are designed to deploy in moderate to severe frontal and near frontal crashes They are not designed to inflate in rollover rear crashes or in many side crashes If your vehicle has rollover capable roof rail airbags they are designed to inflate in moderate to severe crashes where something hits the side of your vehicle and in the event of a vehicle rollover They are not designed to inflate in frontal or in rear crashes Everyo
344. re all right If you are uninjured make sure that no one else in your vehicle or the other vehicle is injured e Ifthere has been an injury call emergency services for help Do not leave the scene of a crash until all matters have been taken care of Move your vehicle only if its position puts you in danger or you are instructed to move it by a police officer e Give only the necessary and requested information to police and other parties involved in the crash Do not discuss your personal condition mental frame of mind or anything unrelated to the crash This will help guard against post crash legal action e Ifyou need roadside assistance call GM Roadside Assistance See Roadside Assistance Program on page 7 7 for more information If your vehicle cannot be driven know where the towing service will be taking it Get a card from the tow truck operator or write down the driver s name the service s name and the phone number Remove any valuables from your vehicle before it is towed away Make sure this includes your insurance information and registration if you keep these items in your vehicle Gather the important information you will need from the other driver Things like name address phone number driver s license number vehicle license plate vehicle make model and model year Vehicle Identification Number VIN insurance company and policy number and a general description of the damage to the other vehicle
345. re and upon which the tire beads are seated Sidewall The portion of a tire between the tread and the bead Speed Rating An alphanumeric code assigned to a tire indicating the maximum speed at which a tire can operate Traction The friction between the tire and the road surface The amount of grip provided Tread The portion of a tire that comes into contact with the road Treadwear Indicators Narrow bands sometimes called wear bars that show across the tread of a tire when only 1 16 inch 1 6 mm of tread remains See When It Is Time for New Tires on page 5 69 UTQGS Uniform Tire Quality Grading Standards A tire information system that provides consumers with ratings for a tire s traction temperature and treadwear Ratings are determined by tire manufacturers using government testing procedures The ratings are molded into the sidewall of the tire See Uniform Tire Quality Grading on page 5 72 Vehicle Capacity Weight The number of designated seating positions multiplied by 150 lbs 68 kg plus the rated cargo load See Loading Your Vehicle on page 4 22 Vehicle Maximum Load on the Tire Load on an individual tire due to curb weight accessory weight occupant weight and cargo weight Vehicle Placard A label permanently attached to a vehicle showing the vehicle s capacity weight and the original equipment tire size and recommended inflation pressure See Tire and Loading Information Label under L
346. rea of the cloth each time it becomes soiled 6 When the stain is removed blot the cleaned area with another dry clean soft white cloth 7 If the cleaner leaves a ring effect follow up with the club soda water instructions given earlier in this section Special Fabric Cleaning Problems Stains caused by such things as catsup coffee tea milk fruit fruit juice jelly cheese chocolate vomit urine and blood can be removed using the club soda water instructions given earlier in this section If an odor lingers after cleaning vomit or urine treat the area with a water and baking soda solution 1 teaspoon 5 ml of baking soda to 1 cup 250 ml of lukewarm water Let dry Stains caused by oil and grease can be cleaned with an approved GM cleaner and a clean white cloth 1 Carefully scrape off excess stain 2 Clean with cool water and allow to dry completely 3 If a stain remains follow the cleaner instructions described earlier Leather A soft cloth dampened with water can be used to remove dust If a more thorough cleaning is necessary a soft cloth dampened with a mild soap solution can be used Allow the leather to dry naturally Do not use heat to dry Never use steam to clean leather Never use spot lifters or spot removers on leather Many commercial leather cleaners and coatings that are sold to preserve and protect leather may permanently change the appearance and feel of your leather and are not recomme
347. reated using WinAmp MusicMatch or Real Jukebox software can be accessed however they cannot be edited using the radio These playlists are treated as special folders containing compressed audio song files Playing an MP3 In Either the DVD or CD Slot Insert a CD R or CD RW partway into either the top or bottom slot label side up The player pulls it in and the CD R or CD RW should begin playing Depending on the format of the disc a softkey menu appears and allow navigation of the disc The menu reads left to right as RDM Randomize song play order a Folder icon with left and right arrows to move up or down through available folders a PL tag if the disc has a Playlist available and a Music Navigator tag If a Playlist tag is shown toggling this key brings up a Folder softkey only or the menu as previously described If the ignition or radio is turned off with a CD R or CD RW in the player it stays in the player When the ignition or radio is turned on the CD R or CD RW starts to play where it stopped if it was the last selected audio source As each new track starts to play the track number and song title displays 3 97 4 cp Eject Press and release this button to eject the CD R or CD RW that is currently playing in the bottom slot A beep sounds and Ejecting Disc displays Once the disc is ejected Remove Disc displays The CD R or CD RW can be removed If the CD R or CD RW is not removed after sev
348. regular brake See Parking Brake on page 2 32 Do not use the accelerator pedal and be ready to turn off the engine immediately if it starts 3 Try to start the engine in each gear The vehicle should start only in PARK P or NEUTRAL N If the vehicle starts in any other position contact your dealer retailer for service Automatic Transmission Shift Lock 3 With the engine off turn the ignition to ON RUN Control System Check but do not start the engine Without applying the regular brake try to move the shift lever out of PARK P with normal effort If the shift lever moves out of PARK P contact your dealer retailer A CAUTION for service Ignition Transmission Lock Check When you are doing this inspection the vehicle could move suddenly If the vehicle While parked and with the parking brake set try to turn moves you or others could be injured the ignition to LOCK OFF in each shift lever position e The ignition should turn to LOCK OFF only when the shift lever is in PARK P 1 Before you start be sure you have enough room around the vehicle It should be parked on a level e The ignition key should come out only surface in LOCK OFF 2 Firmly apply the parking brake See Parking Brake Contact your dealer retailer if service is required on page 2 32 Be ready to apply the regular brake immediately if the vehicle begins to move Parking Brake and Automatic Transmission Park P Mechanism Check
349. removed from the ignition to arm the system If the theft deterrent system is activated and a door or the liftgate is opened without using the RKE transmitter a 10 second pre alarm will occur and the security light will flash The horn will sound rapidly for 10 seconds If you do not press unlock on the RKE transmitter or insert the key in the ignition and turn if from the LOCK OFF position the alarm will go off The horn will sound and the headlamps will flash for 30 seconds After the alarm has sounded for 30 seconds the system will re arm itself automatically To disarm the theft deterrent system do one of the following 1 Unlock the doors with the RKE transmitter 2 Insert the key in the ignition and turn it from the LOCK OFF position PASS Key Ill The PASS Key IIl system operates on a radio frequency subject to Federal Communications Commission FCC Rules and with Industry Canada This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference 2 This device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation This device complies with RSS 210 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause interference 2 This device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired opera
350. res is a compact spare tire Towing with two different tire sizes on the front of the vehicle can cause severe damage to the transmission 4 29 Dolly Towing Vehicles with 5 speed Transmission If you have a two wheel drive vehicle it can be towed with two of its wheels on the ground To dolly tow your vehicle 1 Put the front wheels on a dolly 2 Put the vehicle in PARK P 3 Set the parking brake and then remove the key 4 Clamp the steering wheel in a straight ahead position with a clamping device designed for towing 5 Release the parking brake Notice Towing an all wheel drive vehicle with all four wheels on the ground or even with only two of its wheels on the ground will damage drivetrain components Do not tow an all wheel drive vehicle if any of its wheels will be on the ground If you have an all wheel drive vehicle it cannot be towed with any of its wheels on the ground It can be towed with car carrier equipment 4 30 Dolly Towing All Wheel Drive Vehicles with 6 speed Transmission All wheel drive vehicles must not be towed with two wheels on the ground To properly tow these vehicles they should be placed on a platform trailer with all four wheels off of the ground or dinghy towed from the front Dolly Towing Front Wheel Drive Vehicles with 6 speed Transmission To tow your front wheel drive vehicle from the front with two wheels on the ground 1 Put the front wheels on a
351. resholds are used to predict how severe a crash is likely to be in time for the airbags to inflate and help restrain the occupants Whether your frontal airbags will or should deploy is not based on how fast your vehicle is traveling It depends largely on what you hit the direction of the impact and how quickly your vehicle slows down Frontal airbags may inflate at different crash speeds For example e If the vehicle hits a stationary object the airbags could inflate at a different crash speed than if the vehicle hits a moving object e If the vehicle hits an object that deforms the airbags could inflate at a different crash speed than if the vehicle hits an object does not deform e If the vehicle hits a narrow object like a pole the airbags could inflate at a different crash speed than if the vehicle hits a wide object like a wall e If the vehicle goes into an object at an angle the airbags could inflate at a different crash speed than if the vehicle goes straight into the object Thresholds can also vary with specific vehicle design Frontal airbags are not intended to inflate during vehicle rollovers rear impacts or in many side impacts In addition your vehicle has dual stage frontal airbags Dual stage airbags adjust the restraint according to crash severity Your vehicle has electronic frontal sensors which help the sensing system distinguish between a moderate frontal impact and a more severe frontal i
352. return to the previously set speed you do not need to go through the set process again Once the vehicle is at a speed of about 25 mph 40 km h or more you can briefly press the RES This takes the vehicle back up to the previously chosen speed and stays there Increasing Speed While Using Cruise Control There are two ways to go to a higher speed e If the cruise control system is already engaged press the RES Hold it there until you reach the desired speed and then release the button e To increase the vehicle s speed in very small amounts briefly press the RES and then release it Each time this is done the vehicle goes about 1 mph 1 6 km h faster Reducing Speed While Using Cruise Control If the cruise control system is already engaged e Push and hold the SET until the desired lower speed is reached then release it e To slow down in very small amounts briefly push the SET Each time this is done the vehicle goes about 1 mph 1 6 km h slower Passing Another Vehicle While Using Cruise Control Use the accelerator pedal to increase the vehicle s speed When you take your foot off the pedal the vehicle slows down to the previous cruise control speed that was set earlier Using Cruise Control on Hills How well your cruise control works on hills depends upon the vehicle s speed load and the steepness of the hills When going up steep hills you might have to step on the accelerator pedal
353. rge is high the voltage is lowered slightly to prevent overcharging If the vehicle has a voltmeter gage or a voltage display on the Driver Information Center DIC you may see the voltage move up or down This is normal If there is a problem an alert will be displayed The battery can be discharged at idle if the electrical loads are very high This is true for all vehicles This is because the generator alternator may not be spinning fast enough at idle to produce all the power that is needed for very high electrical loads A high electrical load occurs when several of the following loads are on headlamps high beams fog lamps rear window defogger climate control fan at high speed heated seats engine cooling fans trailer loads and loads plugged into accessory power outlets EPM works to prevent excessive discharge of the battery It does this by balancing the generator s output and the vehicle s electrical needs It can increase engine idle speed to generate more power whenever needed It can temporarily reduce the power demands of some accessories Normally these actions occur in steps or levels without being noticeable In rare cases at the highest levels of corrective action this action may be noticeable to the driver If so a Driver Information Center DIC message might be displayed such as Battery Saver Active or Service Battery Charging System If this message is displayed it is recommended that the dr
354. ries and keep them in a cool dry place Audio Video A V Jacks The A V jacks are located on the rear of the floor console The A V jacks allow audio or video signals to be connected from an auxiliary device such as a camcorder or a video game unit to the RSE system Adapter connectors or cables might be required to connect the auxiliary device to the A V jacks Refer to the manufacturer s instructions for proper usage The A V jacks are color coded to match typical home entertainment system equipment The yellow jack A is for the video input The white jack B is for the left audio input The red jack is C for the right audio input Power for auxiliary devices is not supplied by the radio system 3 103 To use the auxiliary inputs of the RSE system connect an external auxiliary device to the color coded A V jacks and turn both the auxiliary device and the video screen power on If the video screen is in the DVD player mode pressing the AUX button on the remote control switches the video screen from the DVD player mode to the auxiliary device The radio can listen to the audio of the connected auxiliary device by sourcing to auxiliary See Radio s on page 3 71 for more information How to Change the RSE Video Screen Settings The screen display mode normal full and zoom screen brightness and setup menu language can be changed from the on screen setup menu To change any feature perform the following 1 Pre
355. rked safe for painted surfaces to remove foreign matter 5 94 Exterior painted surfaces are subject to aging weather and chemical fallout that can take their toll over a period of years You can help to keep the paint finish looking new by keeping your vehicle garaged or covered whenever possible Protecting Exterior Bright Metal Parts Bright metal parts should be cleaned regularly to keep their luster Washing with water is all that is usually needed However you may use chrome polish on chrome or stainless steel trim if necessary Use special care with aluminum trim To avoid damaging protective trim never use auto or chrome polish steam or caustic soap to clean aluminum A coating of wax rubbed to high polish is recommended for all bright metal parts Windshield and Wiper Blades Clean the outside of the windshield with glass cleaner Clean the rubber blades using a lint free cloth or paper towel soaked with windshield washer fluid or a mild detergent Wash the windshield thoroughly when cleaning the blades Bugs road grime sap and a buildup of vehicle wash wax treatments may cause wiper streaking Replace the wiper blades if they are worn or damaged Wipers can be damaged by e Extreme dusty conditions e Sand and salt e Heat and sun e Snow and ice without proper removal Aluminum or Chrome Plated Wheels and Trim Your vehicle may have either aluminum or chrome plated wheels Keep the wheels clean u
356. rmal brake lining wear When new linings are put in the fluid level goes back up The other reason is that fluid is leaking out of the brake hydraulic system If it is you should have the brake hydraulic system fixed since a leak means that sooner or later the brakes will not work well It is not a good idea to top off the brake fluid Adding brake fluid will not correct a leak If fluid is added when the linings are worn there will be too much fluid 5 34 when new brake linings are installed Add or remove brake fluid as necessary only when work is done on the brake hydraulic system A CAUTION If your vehicle has too much brake fluid it can spill on the engine The fluid will burn if the engine is hot enough You or others could be burned and your vehicle could be damaged Add brake fluid only when work is done on the brake hydraulic system When the brake fluid falls to a low level the brake warning light comes on See Brake System Warning Light on page 3 33 What to Add When you need brake fluid use only DOT 3 brake fluid Use new brake fluid from a sealed container only See Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 6 12 Always clean the brake fluid reservoir cap and the area around the cap before removing it This helps keep dirt from entering the reservoir A CAUTION With the wrong kind of fluid in the brake hydraulic system the brakes might not work well This could cause a crash Always use the
357. roperly grounded three prong 110 volt AC outlet If the cord will not reach use a heavy duty three prong extension cord rated for at least 15 amps 2 24 4 Before starting the engine be sure to unplug and store the cord as it was before to keep it away from moving engine parts If you do not it could be damaged How long should you keep the coolant heater plugged in The answer depends on the outside temperature the kind of oil you have and some other things Instead of trying to list everything here we ask that you contact your dealer retailer in the area where you will be parking your vehicle The dealer retailer can give you the best advice for that particular area Automatic Transmission Operation 3 4L V6 with 5 Speed A CAUTION The shift lever is located on the center console When i hicle if th you change gears the different shift positions will display It is dangerous to get out of your vehicle if the on the instrument panel cluster shift lever is not fully in PARK P with the parking brake firmly set Your vehicle can roll Do not leave your vehicle when the engine is running unless you have to If you have left the pP R N B I L engine running the vehicle can move suddenly You or others could be injured To be sure your vehicle will not move even when you are on fairly level ground always set your parking brake and move the shift lever to There are several different positions for the automatic PARK P
358. rottle control system Have your vehicle serviced by your dealer retailer immediately This message only appears while the ignition is in ON RUN and will not disappear until the problem is resolved This message cannot be acknowledged THEFT ATTEMPTED This message displays if the content theft deterrent system has detected a break in attempt while you were away from your vehicle See Content Theft Deterrent on page 2 18 for more information TIRE LEARNING ACTIVE This message displays when the Tire Pressure Monitor System TPMS is re learning the tire positions on your vehicle The tire positions must be re learned after rotating the tires or after replacing a tire or sensor See Tire Inspection and Rotation on page 5 67 Tire Pressure Monitor System on page 5 62 and Inflation Tire Pressure on page 5 59 for more information 3 59 TRACTION CONTROL OFF This message displays when the Traction Control System TCS turns off See Traction Control System TCS on page 4 6 for more information This message only displays while the ignition is in ON RUN and disappears after 10 seconds unless it is acknowledged or an urgent warning appears Any of the following conditions may cause the TCS to turn off e The TCS is turned off by pressing the traction control button See Traction Control System TCS on page 4 6 for more information e The battery is low e There is a TCS failure See your dealer retailer for service
359. rough your dealer retailer All transmitters need to be re coded to match the new transmitter The lost transmitter will no longer work after the new transmitters are re coded The vehicle can have a maximum of four transmitters matched to it Or see Learn Remote Key under DIC Operation and Displays on page 3 45 for instructions on how to match RKE transmitters to your vehicle Battery Replacement The battery is weak if the transmitter will not work at the normal range in any location If you have to get close to your vehicle before the transmitter works change the battery Notice When replacing the battery use care not to touch any of the circuitry Static from your body transferred to these surfaces may damage the transmitter To replace the battery in the RKE transmitter 1 Separate the halves of the transmitter with a flat thin object inserted into the notch on the side 2 Remove the old battery Do not use a metal object 3 Insert the new battery positive side facing down Replace with a CR2032 or equivalent battery 4 Put the transmitter back together tightly Remote Vehicle Start Your vehicle may have the remote start feature This feature allows you to start the engine from outside the vehicle See REMOTE START under DIC Vehicle Personalization on page 3 60 for instructions on how to enable and disable this feature During a remote start the climate control system will turn on at the
360. rry something longer or wider than the luggage carrier on top of your vehicle If equipped a luggage carrier allows you to load things on top of your vehicle The luggage carrier has side rails attached to the roof sliding crossrails if the vehicle has them and places to use for tying things down These let you load some things on top of your vehicle as long as they are not wider or longer than the luggage carrier 2 43 The roof rack crossrails lock along the straight section of the side rail Press the levers down until the locking mechanisms fully engage to the side rail Make sure each lever is in the down position The crossrail will not slide when properly engaged To move the crossrail pull up on the end levers on each side of the crossrail to the upright position This will release the locking mechanism from the siderail Lift and place the crossrail into the new position Press the levers down until the locking mechanisms fully engage to the side rail Make sure each lever is in the down position The crossrail will not slide when properly engaged Notice Loading cargo on the luggage carrier that weighs more than 150 Ibs 68 kg or hangs over the rear or sides of the vehicle may damage your vehicle When loading cargo tie it to the crossrail and against the siderail Lock the crossrails to the far forward and backward location to make sure the load is evenly distributed on the luggage carrier 2 44 Do not
361. rs to provide you with a wide range of safety security information and convenience services If your airbags deploy the system is designed to make an automatic call to OnStar Emergency advisors who can request emergency services be sent to your location If you lock your keys in the vehicle call OnStar at 1 888 4 ONSTAR and they can send a signal to unlock your doors If you need roadside assistance press the OnStar button and they can contact Roadside Service for you 2 39 OnStar service is provided to you subject to the OnStar Terms and Conditions You may cancel your OnStar service at any time by contacting OnStar A complete OnStar Owner s Guide and the OnStar Terms and Conditions are included in the vehicle s OnStar Subscriber glove box literature For more information visit onstar com or onstar ca contact OnStar at 1 888 4 ONSTAR 1 888 466 7827 or TTY 1 877 248 2080 or press the OnStar button to speak with an OnStar advisor 24 hours a day 7 days a week Not all OnStar features are available on all vehicles To check if your vehicle is equipped to provide the services described below or for a full description of OnStar services and system limitations see the OnStar Owner s Guide in your glove box or visit onstar com OnStar Services For new vehicles with OnStar the Safe amp Sound Plan or the Directions amp Connections Plan is included for one year from the date of purchase You can extend this plan beyond
362. rted This message displays if no disc is present when the amp or DVD CD AUX button is pressed on the radio Using the Auxiliary Input Jack The radio system has an auxiliary input jack located on the lower right side of the faceplate This is not an audio output do not plug the headphone set into the front auxiliary input jack An external audio device such as an iPod laptop computer MP3 player CD changer etc can be connected to the auxiliary input jack for use as another source for audio listening Drivers are encouraged to set up any auxiliary device while the vehicle is in PARK P See Defensive Driving on page 4 2 for more information on driver distraction To use a portable audio player connect a 3 5 mm 1 8 inch cable to the radio s front auxiliary input jack When a device is connected press the radio CD AUX button to begin playing audio from the device over the vehicle speakers bd Power Volume Turn clockwise or counterclockwise to increase or decrease the volume of the portable player Additional volume adjustments might need to be made from the portable device if the volume does not go loud or soft enough BAND Press to listen to the radio when a portable audio device is playing The portable audio device continues playing so you might want to stop it or power it off CD AUX CD Auxiliary Press to play a CD when a portable audio device is playing Press again and the system begins playing audio from t
363. s e ls your vehicle ready to be towed Just as you would prepare your vehicle for a long trip you ll want to make sure your vehicle is prepared to be towed See Before Leaving on a Long Trip on page 4 16 Dinghy Towing Vehicles with 5 speed Transmission Notice Towing an all wheel drive vehicle with all four wheels on the ground or even with only two of its wheels on the ground will damage drivetrain components Do not tow an all wheel drive vehicle if any of its wheels will be on the ground 4 28 Your vehicle was not designed to be towed with all of its wheels on the ground If you have a two wheel drive vehicle it can be towed with two of its wheels on the ground See Dolly Towing following If you have an all wheel drive vehicle it cannot be towed with any of its wheels on the ground It can be towed with the car carrier equipment Dinghy Towing Vehicles with 6 speed Transmission If you have a front wheel drive vehicle it can be dinghy towed from the front These vehicles may also be towed by putting the front wheels on a dolly See Dolly Towing later in this section If you have an all wheel drive vehicle it can be dinghy towed from the front You can also tow these vehicles by placing them on a platform trailer with all four wheels off of the ground These vehicles cannot be towed using a dolly For vehicles being dinghy towed the vehicle should be run at the beginning of each day and at each
364. s running at high speed is dangerous Unless your foot is firmly on the brake pedal your vehicle could move very rapidly You could lose control and hit people or objects Do not shift into a drive gear while your engine is running at high speed Notice Shifting out of PARK P or NEUTRAL N with the engine running at high speed may damage the transmission The repairs would not be covered by your warranty Be sure the engine is not running at high speed when shifting your vehicle 2 29 DRIVE D This position is for normal driving It provides the best fuel economy for your vehicle If the vehicle needs more power for passing and it is e Going less than 35 mph 55 km h push the accelerator pedal about halfway down e Going about 35 mph 55 km h or more push the accelerator pedal all the way down The vehicle will shift down to the next gear and have more power Downshifting the transmission in slippery road conditions could result in skidding see Skidding under Loss of Control on page 4 12 Notice Spinning the tires or holding the vehicle in one place on a hill using only the accelerator pedal may damage the transmission The repair will not be covered by your warranty If you are stuck do not spin the tires When stopping on a hill use the brakes to hold the vehicle in place MANUAL SHIFT MODE M This position available on the models with the Manual Shift Mode MSM allows you to change gears simil
365. s 5 47 Headlamps Front Turn Signal Sidemarker and Parking LAMPS snsnoteiisuriniesirimeniss 5 47 High Low Beam Changer seeeeeeeneeeeeees 3 8 On RemINdE eaen iea saini EEEN IEEE DAR 3 14 Heated Seats ec ccscccsc sina siryen ienaa ra 1 4 Heater accenni pen een e E E ENRE 3 20 Height Adjuster Driver Seat ccceeeeeeee ees 1 3 Highbeam On Light sismes esens nsii 3 41 High Speed Operation Tires cceeeeeeeeeeeees 5 61 Highway HypnoSis cceeeeeeeeeeeee eee ee esta eens 4 16 Hill and Mountain Roads cceeeeeeeeeeee eee 4 17 Hood Checking Things Under cceeeeeeeeee tenes 5 10 Release sce ce ncsisriausses caqnedad ed onoaiacdinesaieadaes 5 11 FON a a a E A E 3 6 How to Wear Safety Belts Properly 5 1 17 Ignition POSIVIONS 2 02 2 c siciessenacicancete se aceite dees 2 21 Infants and Young Children Restraints 1 34 Inflation Tire Pressure accese 5 59 Instrument Panel OVErVICW 2 ec ee eee ee cee ee cece cece tence eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaees 3 4 Instrument Panel I P BriQhtn SS kansien iai anaa 3 16 GIUSTE F eoe aa a a cashesaansesuan ee 3 27 JUMP Starting erinacea aanne aiaia 5 38 Keyless Entry System 1 0 2 0 ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 2 4 KEYS sac leieeccerstakoneyntacceseniar aa a N EEEE 2 3 Labeling Tire Sidewall cceeceeeeeeeeeees 5 53 Lamps Galgo es E e a E A 3 18 DOME an e E E EE 3 17 Map orne
366. s 5 93 Fabric Carpet sacs nc setern sane stamantivnnan inaano 5 90 Finish Galerie seriei ee kn a Ee aN 5 94 Instrument Panel Vinyl and Other Plastic SUAS airia eran SEEEN 5 92 INTETT sanana otar aanraai aa 5 88 Leather wa ccccsidinceed sete cesctiameneeaaeieesinyceaerises 5 91 TES gin ctiecese a aelisaic etnies manasa view grees 5 96 Underbody Maintenance ceeeeeeeeee eee 5 96 Washing Your Vehicle seeeeeeeeneeeeeee es 5 93 WeatherStrips c ecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeereeees 5 92 Windshield and Wiper Blades 00 5 94 Climate Control System cceeeeeeeeeeeeeee teens 3 20 Air Filter Passenger Compartment 3 24 Outlet Adjustment ccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 3 24 COCK aati Ene an aces a T deanna 3 68 Collision Damage Repair eeeeeeeeeeee neces 7 12 Compact Spare Tire sssini arrintar 5 88 GOMPASS iiuen e iao e aeia 3 49 Content Theft Deterrent ceeeeeeeeeeeeee eens 2 18 Control of a Vehicle ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee rented 4 4 Convenience Net ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeens 2 48 Coolant Engine Temperature Gage ceceeeeeeeee ees 3 35 Engine Temperature Warning Light 3 35 Heater Engine ccceceseceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 2 23 Cooling SyStem asieeccen tetas creatine airian 5 27 Cruise Control cccceececeececeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeees 3 11 Cruise Control Lig
367. s Flat 0 0 0 ceceeeeecee scenes eeen tenes 5 76 Inflation Tire Pressure ceeeeeeeeeeeeee ee 5 59 12 Tires cont Inspection and Rotation c eeeeeee eters 5 67 Installing the Spare Tire cceeeseeeeeeeeeee ees 5 79 Pressure Monitor Operation 0 eeeeeeee 5 63 Pressure Monitor System 0 eseeeeeeeeeee ees 5 62 Removing the Flat Tire annae 5 79 Removing the Spare Tire and Tools 5 78 Storing a Flat or Spare Tire and Tools 5 86 Tire Sidewall Labeling csceseeeeeeeeeeeees 5 53 Tire Terminology and Definitions 5 56 Uniform Tire Quality Grading ceeeeeeee 5 72 Wheel Alignment and Tire Balance 5 74 Wheel Replacement e eeeeeeeeeeeere es 5 74 When It Is Time for New Tires accen 5 69 Towing Recreational Vehicle eeeseeeeeeeeeeeees 4 27 Towing Taler cic asec see rieneneeronsnanegetbasaces 4 32 Your Vehicle sssitsiraaetos inerea diabetes 4 27 Traction Control System TCS aessesceeeeeeeeeenreeeenen 4 6 Control System Warning Light 08 3 34 StabiliTrak System 0 ccccccceeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeetes 4 7 Transmission Fluid AUtOMAtic iesene asn eretats 5 22 Transmission Operation Automatic 2 25 2 28 Trip OdO MG tel isvncscivwetey eraasi nana 3 28 Turn and Lane Change Signals eeeeeeeeee 3 8 Turn Sign
368. s checked Lamps Do they all work and are lenses clean Tires Are treads good Are tires inflated to recommended pressure Weather and Maps Safe to travel Have up to date maps Highway Hypnosis Always be alert and pay attention to your surroundings while driving If you become tired or sleepy find a safe place to park your vehicle and rest Other driving tips include Keep the vehicle well ventilated Keep interior temperature cool Keep your eyes moving scan the road ahead and to the sides Check the rearview mirror and vehicle instruments often Hill and Mountain Roads Driving on steep hills or through mountains is different AN CAUTION than driving on flat or rolling terrain Tips for driving in these conditions include Coasting downhill in NEUTRAL N or with the e Keep your vehicle serviced and in good shape ignition off is dangerous The brakes will have e Check all fluid levels and brakes tires cooling to do all the work OF slowing down and they system and transmission could get so hot that they would not work well You would then have poor braking or even Going down steep or long hills shift to a none going down a hill You could crash lower gear Always have the engine running and your vehicle in gear when you go downhill A CAUTION e Stay in your own lane Do not swing wide or cut across the center of the road Drive at speeds that let you stay in your own lane would t
369. s enan r E EEEN 3 17 Lap Shoulder Belt cceeeeeeeeeeneeeeeneeeeeneees 1 25 LATCH System Child Restraints cccceeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeees 1 42 License Plate Lamps c eceeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeees 5 50 Liftgate Carbon Monoxide ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee eens 2 13 Light Airbag Readiness ceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee tees 3 29 All Wheel Drive Disabled 3 42 Antilock Brake System Warning 000 3 34 Brake System Warning 0seeeeeeeeeee eee ees 3 33 Change Engine Oil ceceeeeeeeeeeeeee eee 3 40 Charging System cseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee eens 3 32 Cruise Control 0 c c cccehicetietaae cece eias eian 3 41 Door Ajar scrani aar haoa EAE 3 43 Engine Coolant Temperature Warning 3 35 Fog LAM pe esinaine teepeestetedncds 3 40 Gate Ajalsieatickcs thud scse waelacaneantonciniwestdatudtet 3 42 Highbeam On cisci ten asunen peann 3 41 Low Fuel Warning sorresesoeeeri anasa 3 44 Malfunction Indicator ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeee eens 3 36 Oil PrESSUPE e u veecccsa inori oiana 3 39 Passenger Airbag Status Indicator 3 30 Reduced Engine Power cs eseeeeereeees 3 41 Safety Belt Reminders c eceeeeeeeeeeees 3 28 SECUN recontra iae aE a ae 3 40 Service All Wheel Drive seeeeeeeeeeee ee 3 42 Service Vehicle SOON cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 3 43 TCS Warning Light
370. s entry transmitter the heated seats may automatically turn on if it is cold outside See Remote Vehicle Start under Remote Keyless Entry RKE System Operation on page 2 5 When the key is inserted into the ignition and the ignition is turned to RUN the heated seat feature will turn off To turn the heated seats back on press the desired button Manual Reclining Seatbacks A CAUTION You can lose control of the vehicle if you try to adjust a manual driver s seat while the vehicle is moving The sudden movement could startle and confuse you or make you push a pedal when you do not want to Adjust the driver s seat only when the vehicle is not moving A CAUTION If the seatback is not locked it could move forward in a sudden stop or crash That could cause injury to the person sitting there Always push and pull on the seatback to be sure it is locked Driver s Seat shown Passenger Seat similar To adjust the seatback lift the lever on the outboard side of the seat and move the seatback to the desired position Then release the lever to lock the seatback in place If your front passenger s seat is a flat folding seat you must fully raise the lever to disengage the seatback A CAUTION Sitting in a reclined position when your vehicle is in motion can be dangerous Even if you buckle up your safety belts cannot do their job when you are reclined like this The shoulder belt cannot do its job because
371. s for vehicles that e carry passengers and cargo within recommended limits You will find these limits on the Tire and Loading Information label See Loading Your Vehicle on page 4 22 e are driven on reasonable road surfaces within legal driving limits e use the recommended fuel See Gasoline Octane on page 5 5 The services in Scheduled Maintenance on page 6 4 should be performed when indicated See Additional Required Services on page 6 6 and Maintenance Footnotes on page 6 7 for further information A CAUTION Performing maintenance work on a vehicle can be dangerous In trying to do some jobs you can be seriously injured Do your own maintenance work only if you have the required know how and the proper tools and equipment for the job CAUTION Continued CAUTION Continued If you have any doubt see your dealer retailer to have a qualified technician do the work See Doing Your Own Service Work on page 5 4 Some maintenance services can be complex So unless you are technically qualified and have the necessary equipment you should have your dealer retailer do these jobs When you go to your dealer retailer for your service needs you will know that trained and supported service technicians will perform the work using genuine parts If you want to purchase service information see Service Publications Ordering Information on page 7 16 Owner Checks and Services on page 6 8 tells you what should b
372. s of the body are best able to take belt restraining forces 1 29 Safety Belt Use During Pregnancy Safety belts work for everyone including pregnant women Like all occupants they are more likely to be seriously injured if they do not wear safety belts A pregnant woman should wear a lap shoulder belt and the lap portion should be worn as low as possible below the rounding throughout the pregnancy 1 30 The best way to protect the fetus is to protect the mother When a safety belt is worn properly it is more likely that the fetus will not be hurt in a crash For pregnant women as for anyone the key to making safety belts effective is wearing them properly Safety Belt Extender If the vehicle s safety belt will fasten around you you should use it But if a safety belt is not long enough your dealer retailer will order you an extender When you go in to order it take the heaviest coat you will wear so the extender will be long enough for you To help avoid personal injury do not let someone else use it and use it only for the seat it is made to fit The extender has been designed for adults Never use it for securing child seats To wear it attach it to the regular safety belt For more information see the instruction sheet that comes with the extender Child Restraints Older Children Older children who have outgrown booster seats should wear the vehicle s safety belts The manufacturer
373. s unusual for a tire to blowout while you are driving especially if you maintain your vehicle s tires properly If air goes out of a tire it is much more likely to leak out slowly But if you should ever have a blowout here are a few tips about what to expect and what to do If a front tire fails the flat tire creates a drag that pulls the vehicle toward that side Take your foot off the accelerator pedal and grip the steering wheel firmly Steer to maintain lane position and then gently brake to a stop well out of the traffic lane A rear blowout particularly on a curve acts much like a skid and may require the same correction you would use in a skid In any rear blowout remove your foot from the accelerator pedal Get the vehicle under control by steering the way you want the vehicle to go It may be very bumpy and noisy but you can still steer Gently brake to a stop well off the road if possible 5 76 A CAUTION Lifting a vehicle and getting under it to do maintenance or repairs is dangerous without the appropriate safety equipment and training The jack provided with your vehicle is designed only for changing a flat tire If it is used for anything else you or others could be badly injured or killed if the vehicle slips off the jack Use the jack provided with your vehicle only for changing a flat tire If a tire goes flat the next part shows how to use the jacking equipment to change a flat tire safely Ch
374. se See Headlamp High Low Beam Changer on page 3 8 for more information 3 41 Service All Wheel Drive Light This light is located in the center of your instrument panel cluster This light and the SERVICE ALL WHEEL DRIVE message in the Driver Information Center DIC will come on and stay on to indicate that there may be a problem with the drive system and service is required See All Wheel Drive AWD System on page 4 8 and DIC Warnings and Messages on page 3 52 for more information All Wheel Drive Disabled Light This light will come on when the rear drive system is overheating 3 42 An ALL WHEEL DRIVE OFF message will appear in the Driver Information Center DIC too This light will turn off when the rear drive system cools down If this light stays on for a while you need to reset the light To reset the light turn the ignition off and then back on again If the light stays on see your dealer retailer right away See All Wheel Drive on page 5 44 and DIC Warnings and Messages on page 3 52 for more information Gate Ajar Light 7 See Engine Exhaust on page 2 36 for more information If this light comes on your liftgate is not completely closed Driving with the liftgate open can cause carbon monoxide CO to enter the vehicle Door Ajar Light This light will come on when a door is ajar Do not drive with a door ajar Service Vehicle Soon Light If the light comes on see your dealer retaile
375. se or damage your PASS Key Ill key see your dealer retailer or a locksmith who can service PASS Key Ill to have a new key made Do not leave the key or device that disarms or deactivates the theft deterrent system in the vehicle 2 20 Starting and Operating Your Vehicle New Vehicle Break In Notice Your vehicle does not need an elaborate break in But it will perform better in the long run if you follow these guidelines e Do not drive at any one constant speed fast or slow for the first 500 miles 805 km Do not make full throttle starts Avoid downshifting to brake or slow the vehicle e Avoid making hard stops for the first 200 miles 322 km or so During this time the new brake linings are not yet broken in Hard stops with new linings can mean premature wear and earlier replacement Follow this breaking in guideline every time you get new brake linings e Do not tow a trailer during break in See Towing a Trailer on page 4 32 for the trailer towing capabilities of your vehicle and more information Following break in engine speed and load can be gradually increased Ignition Positions With the key in the ignition switch you can turn it to four different positions A warning tone will sound if you open the driver s door when the key has not been removed from the ignition In order to shift out of PARK P ignition must be in the ON RUN or ACC ACCESSORY and the regular brake pedal must be appl
376. set Your vehicle can roll If you have left the engine running the vehicle can move suddenly You or others could be injured To be sure your vehicle will not move even when you are on fairly level ground use the steps that follow If you are pulling a trailer see Towing a Trailer on page 4 32 1 Hold the brake pedal down with your foot and set the parking brake See Parking Brake on page 2 32 for more information 2 Move the shift lever into PARK P by pressing the button on the shift lever and pushing the lever all the way toward the front of the vehicle 3 Turn the ignition key to LOCK OFF 4 Remove the key and take it with you If you can leave your vehicle with the key your vehicle is in PARK P 2 33 Leaving Your Vehicle With the Engine Running A CAUTION It can be dangerous to leave your vehicle with the engine running Your vehicle could move suddenly if the shift lever is not fully in PARK P with the parking brake firmly set And if you leave the vehicle with the engine running it could overheat and even catch fire You or others could be injured Do not leave your vehicle with the engine running If you have to leave your vehicle with the engine running be sure your vehicle is in PARK P and your parking brake is firmly set before you leave it After you have moved the shift lever into PARK P hold the regular brake pedal down Then see if you can move the shift lever away from PARK
377. shifting occurs while driving up steep hills this position can be used to prevent repetitive types of shifts You might choose INTERMEDIATE l instead of DRIVE D when driving on hilly winding roads and when towing a trailer so that there is less shifting between gears LOW L This position reduces vehicle speed more than INTERMEDIATE I without actually using your brakes You can use it on very steep hills or in deep snow or mud If the shift lever is put in LOW L the transmission will not shift into LOW L until the vehicle is going slowly enough Notice Spinning the tires or holding the vehicle in one place on a hill using only the accelerator pedal may damage the transmission The repair will not be covered by your warranty If you are stuck do not spin the tires When stopping on a hill use the brakes to hold the vehicle in place Transmission Overheating If the transmission fluid temperature rises above 284 F 140 C or rises rapidly the Engine Coolant Temperature Warning Light will flash See Engine Coolant Temperature Warning Light on page 3 35 for more information When the transmission overheats it will go into a protection mode and will default shift into fifth gear if in the DRIVE D position or second gear if in the LOW L position Continue driving the vehicle in either position depending on the required vehicle speed and load Once the fluid temperature lowers to the normal temperature range the
378. sier cnno 1 52 Airbag System ccccecee cece neste eee eeneee ees 1 56 Where Are the Airbags ceeeeeeeeeeeeeee es 1 59 When Should an Airbag Inflate ee 1 61 What Makes an Airbag Inflate e 1 62 How Does an Airbag Restrain c eee 1 62 What Will You See After an Airbag Inflates 1 63 Passenger Sensing System eseeeeeeeees 1 64 Servicing Your Airbag Equipped Vehicle 1 69 Adding Equipment to Your Airbag Equipped Vehicle oeiee EE EES 1 70 Restraint System Check 0 1 71 Checking the Restraint Systems 608 1 71 Replacing Restraint System Parts After a Crash ccccceceececeeeeceeeeeneeeeeeaes 1 72 1 1 Front Seats Manual Seats A CAUTION You can lose control of the vehicle if you try to adjust a manual driver s seat while the vehicle is moving The sudden movement could startle and confuse you or make you push a pedal when you do not want to Adjust the driver s seat only when the vehicle is not moving Lift the bar located under the front of the seat to unlock it Slide the seat to where you want it and release the bar Try to move the seat with your body to be sure the seat is locked in place 1 2 Seat Height Adjuster Power Seat If your vehicle has a manual driver seat height adjuster If the vehicle has a power seat the control used to it is located on the outboard side of th
379. sing a soft clean cloth with mild soap and water Rinse with clean water After rinsing thoroughly dry with a soft clean towel A wax may then be applied Notice Chrome wheels and other chrome trim may be damaged if you do not wash your vehicle after driving on roads that have been sprayed with magnesium calcium or sodium chloride These chlorides are used on roads for conditions such as ice and dust Always wash your vehicle s chrome with soap and water after exposure Notice If you use strong soaps chemicals abrasive polishes cleaners brushes or cleaners that contain acid on aluminum or chrome plated wheels you could damage the surface of the wheel s The repairs would not be covered by your warranty Use only approved cleaners on aluminum or chrome plated wheels The surface of these wheels is similar to the painted surface of your vehicle Do not use strong soaps chemicals abrasive polishes abrasive cleaners cleaners with acid or abrasive cleaning brushes on them because you could damage the surface Do not use chrome polish on aluminum wheels Notice Using chrome polish on aluminum wheels could damage the wheels The repairs would not be covered by your warranty Use chrome polish on chrome wheels only Use chrome polish only on chrome plated wheels but avoid any painted surface of the wheel and buff off immediately after application Notice lf you drive your vehicle through an automatic car wash that h
380. sion and rust can develop on the underbody parts such as fuel lines frame floor pan and exhaust system even though they have corrosion protection At least every spring flush these materials from the underbody with plain water Clean any areas where mud and debris can collect Dirt packed in close areas of the frame should be loosened before being flushed Your dealer retailer or an underbody car washing system can do this for you Chemical Paint Spotting Some weather and atmospheric conditions can create a chemical fallout Airborne pollutants can fall upon and attack painted surfaces on the vehicle This damage can take two forms blotchy ring shaped discolorations and small irregular dark spots etched into the paint surface Although no defect in the paint job causes this we will repair at no charge to the owner the surfaces of new vehicles damaged by this fallout condition within 12 months or 12 000 miles 20 000 km of purchase whichever occurs first Vehicle Care Appearance Materials Description Usage sid Removes swirl marks fine Description Usage Swirl Remover Polish scratches and other light intenor and exterior surface contamination c fCearerwex adele ash Tar and Road Oil Removes tar road oil Cleans shines and Remover and asphalt Foaming Tire Shine Low 19 and rotects tires No wipin Chrome Cleaner and Use on chrome or p ping Polish stainless steel necessary Medium foaming White Si
381. sition turns on the headlamps together with the previously listed lamps and lights Headlamps on Reminder If you open the driver s door with the ignition off and the lamps on you will hear a warning chime Daytime Running Lamps DRL Daytime Running Lamps DRL can make it easier for others to see the front of your vehicle during the day DRL can be helpful in many different driving conditions but they can be especially helpful in the short periods after dawn and before sunset Fully functional Daytime Running Lamps DRL are required on all vehicles first sold in Canada The DRL system will make your low beam headlamps come on at a reduced brightness in daylight when the following conditions are met e The ignition is on The exterior lamp band is in the automatic position e The transmission is not in PARK P The light sensor determines it is daytime e The parking brake is released When the DRL are on the low beam headlamps will be on at a reduced brightness The taillamps sidemarker and other lamps will not be on The instrument panel will not be lit up either When the exterior lamp band is turned to the headlamp position the low beam headlamps come on The other lamps that come on with the headlamps will also come on When the headlamps are turned off the regular lamps will go off and the low beam headlamps come on to the reduced brightness To idle your vehicle with the DRL off move the shift
382. size This equipment is very important for proper vehicle loading and good handling when you re driving e Will you have to make any holes in the body of your vehicle when you install a trailer hitch If you do remember to seal the holes when you remove the hitch If you do not seal them deadly carbon monoxide CO from your exhaust can get into your vehicle See Engine Exhaust on page 2 36 Dirt and water can too Safety Chains You should always attach chains between your vehicle and your trailer Cross the safety chains under the tongue of the trailer to help prevent the tongue from contacting the road if it becomes separated from the hitch Instructions about safety chains may be provided by the hitch manufacturer or by the trailer manufacturer Follow the manufacturer s recommendation for attaching safety chains and do not attach them to the bumper Always leave just enough slack so you can turn with your rig Never allow safety chains to drag on the ground Trailer Brakes If your trailer weighs more than 1 000 Ibs 450 kg loaded then it needs its own brakes and they must be adequate Be sure to read and follow the instructions for the trailer brakes so you will be able to install adjust and maintain them properly Because your vehicle may have anti lock brakes do not try to tap into your vehicle s brake system If you do both brake systems will not work well or at all 4 35 Driving with a Trailer
383. so the belt would apply too much force to the ribs which are not as strong as shoulder bones You could also severely injure internal organs like your liver or spleen The shoulder belt should go over the shoulder and across the chest The shoulder belt is worn under the arm It should be worn over the shoulder at all times 1 22 Q What is wrong with this A CAUTION You can be seriously injured by not wearing the lap shoulder belt properly In a crash you would not be restrained by the shoulder belt Your body could move too far forward CS g A F lt A S ai X K pa aR Os increasing the chance of head and neck injury You might also slide under the lap belt The belt force would then be applied right on the abdomen That could cause serious or fatal injuries The shoulder belt should go over the shoulder and across the chest Y J K D yp a4 SASS A p The belt is behind the body 1 23 Q What is wrong with this m A CAUTION You can be seriously injured by a twisted belt In a crash you would not have the full width of the belt to spread impact forces If a belt is twisted make it straight so it can work properly or ask your dealer retailer to fix it a amp Q A The belt is twisted across the body 1 24 Lap Shoulder Belt All seating positions in your vehicle have a lap should
384. ss the L display menu button on the remote control 2 Use the remote control menu A v lt gt navigation arrows and the enter button to use the setup menu 3 Press the L button again to remove the setup menu from the screen 3 104 Audio Output Audio from the DVD player or auxiliary inputs may be heard through the following possible sources e Wireless Headphones e Vehicle Speakers e Vehicle wired headphone jacks on the rear seat audio system if your vehicle has this feature The RSE system always transmits the audio signal to the wireless headphones if there is audio available See Headphones earlier in this section for more information When a device is connected to the radio s auxiliary input jack if your vehicle has this feature or A V jacks the rear seat passengers are able to hear audio from the auxiliary device through the wireless or wired headphones The front seat passengers are able to listen to playback from this device through the vehicle speakers by selecting AUX as the source on the radio Video Screen The video screen is located in the overhead console To use the video screen do the following 1 Push the release button located on the overhead console 2 Move the screen to the desired position When the video screen is not in use push it up into its locked position If a DVD is playing and the screen is raised to its locked position the screen remains on this
385. stalled correctly using the diagram on the inside of the battery compartment 3 Replace the battery cover If the remote control is to be stored for a long period of time remove the batteries and keep them in a cool dry place 3 108 Recommended Action The picture does not fill the screen There are black borders on the top and bottom or on both sides or it looks stretched out In auxiliary mode the picture moves or scrolls The remote control does not work After stopping the player push Play but sometimes the DVD starts where left off and sometimes at the beginning The ignition might not be turned ON RUN or in ACC ACCESSORY Check the display mode settings in the setup menu by pressing the display menu button on the remote control Check the auxiliary input connections at both devices Check to make sure there is no obstruction between the remote control and the transmitter window Check the batteries to make sure they are not dead or installed incorrectly If the stop button was pressed one time the DVD player resumes playing where the DVD was stopped If the stop button was pressed two times the DVD player begins to play from the beginning of the DVD Check that the RSE video screen is in the auxiliary source mode Check the auxiliary input connections at both devices Check for obstructions low batteries reception range and interference from cellular telephone
386. starts to flash Hold it there until you complete the lane change The lever will return by itself when you release it As you signal a turn or a lane change if the arrows flash rapidly a signal bulb may be burned out and other drivers won t see your turn signal If a bulb is burned out replace it to help avoid an accident If the arrows do not go on at all when you signal a turn check the fuse see Fuses and Circuit Breakers on page 5 99 and for burned out bulbs Headlamp High Low Beam Changer To change the headlamps from low beam to high push the turn signal lever away from you To change from high beam to low beam pull the turn signal lever towards you To flash the high beams from low beam pull the turn signal lever all the way towards you Then release it When the high beams are on this light on the instrument panel cluster will also be on Flash to Pass This feature lets you use your high beam headlamps to signal a driver in front of you that you want to pass To flash the high beams from low beam pull the turn signal multifunction lever all the way towards you Then release it Windshield Wipers Be sure to clear ice and snow from the wiper blades before using them If the wiper blades are frozen to the windshield gently loosen or thaw them If the blades do become damaged install new blades or blade inserts See Windshield Wiper Blade Replacement on page 5 51 Heavy snow or ice can overload the wiper
387. structions that came with that restraint and also the instructions in this manual To help reduce the chance of injury the child restraint must be secured in the vehicle Child restraint systems must be secured in vehicle seats by lap belts or the lap belt portion of a lap shoulder belt or by the LATCH system See Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children LATCH on page 1 42 for more information A child can be endangered in a crash if the child restraint is not properly secured in the vehicle When securing an add on child restraint refer to the Securing the Child Within the Child instructions that come with the restraint which may be on Restraint the restraint itself or in a booklet or both and to this manual The child restraint instructions are important so if they are not available obtain a replacement copy from the manufacturer A CAUTION Keep in mind that an unsecured child restraint can move around in a collision or sudden stop and injure A child can be seriously injured or killed in a people in the vehicle Be sure to properly secure crash if the child is not properly secured in the any child restraint in your vehicle even when no child child restraint Because there are different is in it systems it is important to refer to the instructions that come with the restraint Make sure the child is properly secured following the instructions that came with that restraint 1 39 Where to Put the Restraint
388. system runs the air conditioning compressor and cancels the recirculation mode to dry the air For best results clear all snow and ice from the windshield before defrosting Turn the right knob to select the defog or defrost mode 5 Defog This mode directs half of the air to the windshield and the side window outlets and half to the floor outlets W Defrost This mode directs most of the air to the windshield and the side window outlets with some air directed to the floor outlets Rear Window Defogger The rear window defogger uses a warming grid to remove fog from the rear window The rear window defogger only works when the ignition is in ON RUN QH Rear Press this button to turn the rear window defogger on or off An indicator light on the button comes on to show that the rear window defogger is activated The rear window defroster stays on for about 10 minutes if the vehicle remains at slower vehicle speeds or until the button is pressed or unless the ignition is turned to ACC ACCESSORY or LOCK OFF If turned on again the defogger only runs for about five minutes before turning off again At higher vehicle speeds the defogger may stay on continuously The defogger can always be turned off by pressing the button again or by turning off the ignition 3 23 If your vehicle has the remote start feature the rear defogger automatically turns on if it is cold outside When the vehicle transitions out of the remote
389. t passenger s airbag inflates This is because the back of the rear facing child restraint would be very close to the inflating airbag CAUTION Continued CAUTION Continued Even though the passenger sensing system is designed to turn off the right front passenger s frontal airbag if the system detects a rear facing child restraint no system is fail safe and no one can guarantee that an airbag will not deploy under some unusual circumstance even though it is turned off We recommend that rear facing child restraints be secured in a rear seat even if the airbag is off If you secure a forward facing child restraint in the right front seat always move the front passenger seat as far back as it will go It is better to secure the child restraint in a rear seat If your vehicle does not have a rear seat that will accommodate a rear facing child restraint we recommend that rear facing child restraints not be transported in your vehicle even if the airbag is off 1 65 The passenger sensing system is designed to turn off the right front passenger s frontal airbag if e The right front passenger seat is unoccupied e The system determines that an infant is present in a rear facing infant seat e The system determines that a small child is present in a child restraint e The system determines that a small child is present in a booster seat A right front passenger takes his her weight off of the seat
390. t some action may be needed by the driver to correct the condition Multiple messages may appear one after another Some messages may not require immediate action but you can press the set reset button to acknowledge that you received the messages and to clear them from the display Pressing any of the DIC buttons also acknowledge and clear any messages Some messages cannot be cleared from the DIC display because they are more urgent These messages require action before they can be cleared You should take any messages that appear on the display seriously and remember that clearing the messages will only make the messages disappear not correct the problem The following are the possible messages that can be displayed and some information about them 3 52 ALL WHEEL DRIVE OFF If your vehicle has the All Wheel Drive AWD system this message displays along with the All Wheel Drive Disabled light when the rear drive system is overheating This message turns off when the rear drive system cools down If the warning message stays on for a while you need to reset the warning message To reset the warning message turn the ignition off and then back on again If the message stays on see your dealer retailer right away See All Wheel Drive AWD System on page 4 8 and All Wheel Drive Disabled Light on page 3 42 for more information BATTERY SAVER ACTIVE This message displays when the charging system detects that the battery is b
391. t correctly Compass variance is the difference between the earth s magnetic north and true geographic north If the compass is not set to the zone where you live the compass may give false readings The compass must be set to the variance zone in which the vehicle is traveling To adjust for compass variance use the following procedure Compass Variance Zone Procedure 1 Do not set the compass zone when the vehicle is moving Only set it when the vehicle is in PARK P Press the vehicle information button until PRESS V TO CHANGE COMPASS ZONE displays 3 50 Find the vehicle s current location and variance zone number on the map Zones 1 through 15 are available Press the set reset button to scroll through and select the appropriate variance zone Press the trip fuel button until the vehicle heading for example N for North is displayed in the DIC If calibration is necessary calibrate the compass See Compass Calibration Procedure following Compass Calibration The compass can be manually calibrated Only calibrate the compass in a magnetically clean and safe location such as an open parking lot where driving the vehicle in circles is not a danger It is suggested to calibrate away from tall buildings utility wires manhole covers or other industrial structures if possible If CAL should ever appear in the DIC display the compass should be cal
392. t feel your concerns have been addressed after following the procedure outlined in Steps One and Two General Motors of Canada Limited wants you to be aware of its participation in a no charge Mediation Arbitration Program General Motors of Canada Limited has committed to binding arbitration of owner disputes involving factory related vehicle service claims The program provides for the review of the facts involved by an impartial third party arbiter and may include an informal hearing before the arbiter The program is designed so that the entire dispute settlement process from the time you file your complaint to the final decision should be completed in approximately 70 days We believe our impartial program offers advantages over courts in most jurisdictions because it is informal quick and free of charge For further information concerning eligibility in the Canadian Motor Vehicle Arbitration Plan CAMVAP call toll free 1 800 207 0685 Alternatively you can call the General Motors Customer Communication Centre 1 800 263 3777 English 1 800 263 7854 French or write to Mediation Arbitration Program c o Customer Communication Centre General Motors of Canada Limited Mail Code CA1 163 005 1908 Colonel Sam Drive Oshawa Ontario L1H 8P7 Your inquiry should be accompanied by your Vehicle Identification Number VIN Online Owner Center United States only The Owner Center is a resource for your GM ownership needs
393. t number shown on the original battery s label For battery replacement see your dealer retailer or the service manual To purchase a service manual see Service Publications Ordering Information on page 7 16 Warning Battery posts terminals and related accessories contain lead and lead compounds chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and reproductive harm Wash hands after handling Vehicle Storage Z CAUTION Batteries have acid that can burn you and gas that can explode You can be badly hurt if you are not careful See Jump Siarting on page 5 38 for tips on working around a battery without getting hurt Infrequent Usage If you drive your vehicle infrequently remove the black negative cable from the battery This will help keep the battery from running down Extended Storage For extended storage of your vehicle remove the black negative cable from the battery or use a battery trickle charger This will help maintain the charge of the battery over an extended period of time You must close all doors and the liftgate before reconnecting the battery After reconnecting the battery you must press the unlock button on the keyless access transmitter Failure to follow this procedure could result in the alarm sounding Pressing unlock on the keyless access transmitter will stop the alarm 5 37 Jump Starting If your battery has run down you may want to use another vehi
394. t push the button on the buckle For outboard seating positions when the safety belt is not in use slide the latch plate up the safety belt webbing The latch plate should rest on the stitching on the safety belt near the guide loop Before you close a door be sure the belt is out of the way If you slam the door on it you can damage both the belt and your vehicle Shoulder Belt Height Adjuster Your vehicle has a shoulder belt height adjuster for the driver and right front passenger Adjust the height so that the shoulder portion of the belt is centered on your shoulder The belt should be away from your face and neck but not falling off your shoulder Improper shoulder belt height adjustment could reduce the effectiveness of the safety belt in a crash To move it up or down squeeze the release buttons A together and move the height adjuster to the desired position After you move the height adjuster to where you want it try to move it up or down without squeezing the release buttons to make sure it has locked into position Safety Belt Pretensioners Your vehicle has safety belt pretensioners for front outboard occupants Although you cannot see them they are part of the safety belt assembly They can help tighten the safety belts during the early stages of a moderate to severe frontal and near frontal crash if the threshold conditions for pretensioner activation are met Pretensioners work only once If they
395. tains as soon as you can before they set e Carefully scrape off any excess stain e Use a clean cloth or sponge and change to a clean area often A soft brush may be used if stains are stubborn e To avoid forming a ring on fabric after spot cleaning clean the entire area immediately or it will set 5 90 Most stains can be removed with club soda water To clean use the following instructions 1 For liquids blot with a clean soft white cloth For solids remove as much as possible and then vacuum or brush 2 Apply club soda water to a clean soft white cloth Do not over saturate the cloth should not drip water 3 Clean the entire area Avoid getting the fabric too wet 4 Start cleaning from the seams into the stain to avoid a ring effect 5 Continue cleaning using a clean area of the cloth each time it becomes soiled 6 When the stain is removed blot the cleaned area with another dry clean soft white cloth Using Cleaner on Fabric 1 First try the cleaner in an inconspicuous area to make sure the cleaner does not affect the color of the fabric 2 For liquids blot the stain with a clean soft white cloth For solids remove as much as possible and then vacuum or brush 3 Spray a small amount of the cleaner onto a clean soft white cloth Do not apply spray directly to the fabric 4 Start cleaning from the seams into the stain to avoid a ring effect 5 Continue cleaning using a clean a
396. taken out of the ignition DRIVER IN PARK Only the driver s door will unlock when the vehicle is shifted into PARK P ALL AT KEY OUT All of the doors will unlock when the key is taken out of the ignition ALL IN PARK default All of the doors will unlock when the vehicle is shifted into PARK P NO CHANGE No change will be made to this feature The current setting will remain To select a setting press the set reset button while the desired setting is displayed on the DIC REMOTE LOCK This feature allows you to select the type of feedback you will receive when locking the vehicle with the Remote Keyless Entry RKE transmitter You will not receive feedback when locking the vehicle with the RKE transmitter if any of the doors are open See Remote Keyless Entry RKE System Operation on page 2 5 for more information Press the vehicle information button until REMOTE LOCK appears on the DIC display Press the set reset button to access the settings for this feature Then press the vehicle information button to scroll through the following settings HORN LIGHTS OFF There will be no feedback when you press the lock button on the RKE transmitter LIGHTS ONLY The exterior lamps will flash when you press the lock button on the RKE transmitter HORN CHIRP ONLY The horn will sound on the second press of the lock button on the RKE transmitter HORW LIGHTS ON default The exterior lamps will flash when you press the
397. ted The compact spare is made to perform well at speeds up to 65 mph 105 km h for distances up to 3 000 miles 5 000 km so you can finish your trip and have the full size tire repaired or replaced at your convenience Of course it is best to replace the spare with a full size tire as soon as possible The spare tire will last longer and be in good shape in case it is needed again Notice When the compact spare is installed do not take your vehicle through an automatic car wash with guide rails The compact spare can get caught on the rails That can damage the tire and wheel and maybe other parts of your vehicle Do not use the compact spare on other vehicles And do not mix the compact spare tire or wheel with other wheels or tires They will not fit Keep the spare tire and its wheel together Notice Tire chains will not fit your compact spare Using them can damage your vehicle and can damage the chains too Do not use tire chains on your compact spare 5 88 Appearance Care Interior Cleaning Your vehicle s interior will continue to look its best if it is cleaned often Although not always visible dust and dirt can accumulate on your upholstery Dirt can damage carpet fabric leather and plastic surfaces Regular vacuuming is recommended to remove particles from your upholstery It is important to keep your upholstery from becoming and remaining heavily soiled Soils should be removed as quickly as possible Your
398. tem including the coolant surge tank pressure cap is cool before you do it A CAUTION Steam and scalding liquids from a hot cooling system can blow out and burn you badly They are under pressure and if you turn the coolant surge tank pressure cap even a little they can come out at high speed Never turn the cap when the cooling system including the coolant surge tank pressure cap is hot Wait for the cooling system and coolant surge tank pressure cap to cool if you ever have to turn the pressure cap A CAUTION Adding only plain water to the cooling system can be dangerous Plain water or some other liquid such as alcohol can boil before the proper coolant mixture will The vehicle s coolant warning system is set for the proper coolant mixture With plain water or the wrong mixture the engine could get too hot but you would not get the overheat warning The engine could catch fire and you or others could be burned Use a 50 50 mixture of clean drinkable water and DEX COOL coolant Notice In cold weather water can freeze and crack the engine radiator heater core and other parts Use the recommended coolant and the proper coolant mixture 5 29 A CAUTION You can be burned if you spill coolant on hot engine parts Coolant contains ethylene glycol and it will burn if the engine parts are hot enough Do not spill coolant on a hot engine 1 You can remove the coolant surge tank pressure cap
399. tentaces 5 8 Fuels in Foreign Countries cceeeeeeeeeeeee 5 7 Gage ree n E E a 3 43 Gasoline Octane vshureersricinrseniani nare 5 5 Gasoline Specifications cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee ees 5 6 Low Warning Light scnsmesnancsansesiisiuissiis 3 44 Fuses Engine Compartment Fuse Block 5 102 Fuses and Circuit Breakers eeeeeeeee ees 5 99 Instrument Panel Fuse Block 0ee 5 100 Windshield Wiper 2 ecceceeeeeeeeeeeee eens 5 99 Gage Engine Coolant Temperature eeeeeeeee 3 35 Puel seth i ce we cuitcmeate ean aust deta nan EE 3 43 Speedometer cceeeeeceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneees 3 28 Tach mete eas eer e a e aA 3 28 Gasoline Olete n e E E E EEA 5 5 Specifications 2 2 0 eceeeeeeeee stanara inni 5 6 Gate Ajar Light tic isss saccade canctecskenndacencereancance 3 42 Glove BOX tciemstseertiseei re rat e a ES 2 43 GM Mobility Reimbursement Program 6 5 7 6 Hazard Warning Flashers eeeeeeeeeenee eters 3 6 Head Restraints s cccccccneenstacesaancendiencrdszansetaenkhy 1 7 Headlamp AMING exccreeaede sas nnteedseeagenctacdunpnattneneueiacnaseees 5 46 Headlamps hacsscassescstiiceagacueeadecdendenemncenceeaas 3 14 Bulb Replacement ccceeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeees 5 47 Daytime Running Lamps eeeeeeeeee eee es 3 15 FlaSh tO PaSS iaeiae an ardani 3 9 Halogen BUDS sisissimsisnsnerearirairaretsa
400. tered trademarks of General Motors Corporation Propri taires Canadiens This manual includes the latest information at the time On peut obtenir un exemplaire de ce guide en fran ais it was printed We reserve the right to make changes after aupr s de concessionnaire ou l adresse suivante that time without further notice For vehicles first sold in Helm Incorporated Canada substitute the name General Motors of Canada P O Box 07130 Limited for Pontiac Division whenever it appears in this Detroit MI 48207 manual 1 800 551 4123 This manual describes features that may be available in www helminc com this model but your vehicle may not have all of them For example more than one entertainment system may be offered or your vehicle may have been ordered without a front passenger or rear seats Keep this manual in the vehicle for quick reference Litho in U S A Part No 15860880 A First Printing 2007 General Motors Corporation All Rights Reserved Using this Manual Many people read the owner manual from beginning to end when they first receive their new vehicle to learn about the vehicle s features and controls Pictures and words work together to explain things Index A good place to quickly locate information about the vehicle is the Index in the back of the manual It is an alphabetical list of what is in the manual and the page number where it can be found Safety Warnings and Symbols There are a num
401. the environment If you change your own oil be sure to drain all the oil from the filter before disposal Never dispose of oil by putting it in the trash pouring it on the ground into sewers or into streams or bodies of water Instead recycle it by taking it to a place that collects used oil If you have a problem properly disposing of used oil ask your dealer retailer a service station or a local recycling center for help Engine Air Cleaner Filter To inspect or replace the engine air cleaner filter do the following The engine air cleaner filter is located in the engine 1 Turn off the engine compartment on the passenger s side of the vehicle See Engine Compartment Overview on page 5 12 for more information on location When to Inspect the Engine Air Cleaner Filter Inspect the air cleaner filter at the Maintenance II intervals and replace it at the first oil change after each 50 000 mile 80 000 km interval See Scheduled Maintenance on page 6 4 for more information If you are driving in dusty dirty conditions inspect the filter at each engine oil change How to Inspect the Engine Air Cleaner Filter To inspect the air cleaner filter remove the filter from the 2 Disconnect the air flow sensor electrical connector vehicle and lightly shake the filter to release loose dust and dirt If the filter remains caked with dirt a new filter is required 3 Loosen the screws on the clamps holding the
402. tion have to do their work where the tires meet the road Adding the sudden acceleration can demand too much of those places You can lose control See Traction Control System TCS on page 4 6 and StabiliTrak System on page 4 7 What should you do if this ever happens Ease up on the brake or accelerator pedal steer the vehicle the way you want it to go and slow down Speed limit signs near curves warn that you should adjust your speed Of course the posted speeds are based on good weather and road conditions Under less favorable conditions you will want to go slower If you need to reduce your speed as you approach a curve do it before you enter the curve while the front wheels are straight ahead Try to adjust your speed so you can drive through the curve Maintain a reasonable steady speed Wait to accelerate until you are out of the curve and then accelerate gently into the straightaway Adding non dealer non retailer accessories can affect your vehicle s performance See Accessories and Modifications on page 5 3 Steering in Emergencies There are times when steering can be more effective than braking For example you come over a hill and find a truck stopped in your lane or a car suddenly pulls out from nowhere or a child darts out from between parked cars and stops right in front of you You can avoid these problems by braking if you can stop in time But sometimes you cannot there is not room Th
403. tion of the device Changes or modifications to this system by other than an authorized service facility could void authorization to use this equipment PASS Key Ill uses a radio frequency transponder in the key that matches a decoder in your vehicle PASS Key IIl Operation Your vehicle has PASS Key Ill Personalized Automotive Security System theft deterrent system PASS Key Ill is a passive theft deterrent system The system is automatically armed when the key is removed from the ignition The system is automatically disarmed when the key is turned to ON RUN ACC ACCESSORY or START from the LOCK OFF position You do not have to manually arm or disarm the system The security light will come on if there is a problem with arming or disarming the theft deterrent system When the PASS Key IIl system senses that someone is using the wrong key it prevents the vehicle from starting Anyone using a trial and error method to start the vehicle will be discouraged because of the high number of electrical key codes If the engine does not start and the security light on the instrument panel comes on when trying to start the vehicle there may be a problem with your theft deterrent system Turn the ignition off and try again If the engine still does not start and the key appears to be undamaged try another ignition key At this time you may also want to check the fuse see Fuses and Circuit Breakers on page 5 99
404. to Use When you need windshield or rear window washer fluid be sure to read the instructions before use If you will be operating your vehicle in an area where the temperature may fall below freezing use a fluid that has sufficient protection against freezing Adding Windshield Washer Fluid Open the cap with the washer symbol on it Add washer fluid until the tank is full See Engine Compartment Overview on page 5 12 for reservoir location Notice e When using concentrated washer fluid follow the manufacturer s instructions for adding water Do not mix water with ready to use washer fluid Water can cause the solution to freeze and damage your washer fluid tank and other parts of the washer system Also water does not clean as well as washer fluid Fill the washer fluid tank only three quarters full when it is very cold This allows for fluid expansion if freezing occurs which could damage the tank if it is completely full Do not use engine coolant antifreeze in your windshield washer It can damage the vehicle s windshield washer system and paint 5 33 Brakes Brake Fluid The brake master cylinder reservoir is filled with DOT 3 brake fluid See Engine Compartment Overview on page 5 12 for the location of the reservoir DOT 3 AR There are only two reasons why the brake fluid level in the reservoir might go down The first is that the brake fluid goes down to an acceptable level during no
405. to a drive gear while the engine is running at high speed is dangerous Unless your foot is firmly on the brake pedal your vehicle could move very rapidly You could lose control and hit people or objects Do not shift into a drive gear while your engine is running at high speed Notice Shifting out of PARK P or NEUTRAL N with the engine running at high speed may damage the transmission The repairs would not be covered by your warranty Be sure the engine is not running at high speed when shifting your vehicle Notice Shifting to a drive gear from NEUTRAL N while the vehicle is moving could damage the transmission Make sure the vehicle is stopped before shifting from NEUTRAL N into a drive gear DRIVE D This position is for normal driving with the automatic transmission It provides the best fuel economy for your vehicle If you need more power for passing and you are e Going less than about 35 mph 55 km h push your accelerator pedal about halfway down e Going about 35 mph 55 km h push your accelerator all the way down Downshifting the transmission in slippery road conditions could result in skidding see Skidding under Loss of Control on page 4 12 INTERMEDIATE I This position is also used for normal driving However it reduces vehicle speed without using your brakes for slight downgrades where the vehicle would otherwise accelerate due to steepness of grade If constant upshifting or down
406. tor Gas from the inflator fills the airbag causing the bag to break out of the cover and deploy The inflator the airbag and related hardware are all part of the airbag module Frontal airbag modules are located inside the steering wheel and instrument panel For vehicles with roof rail airbags there are airbag modules in the ceiling of the vehicle near the side windows that have occupant seating positions 1 62 How Does an Airbag Restrain In moderate to severe frontal or near frontal collisions even belted occupants can contact the steering wheel or the instrument panel In moderate to severe side collisions even belted occupants can contact the inside of the vehicle Airbags supplement the protection provided by safety belts Frontal airbags distribute the force of the impact more evenly over the occupant s upper body stopping the occupant more gradually Roof rail airbags distribute the force of the impact more evenly over the occupant s upper body Rollover capable roof rail airbags are designed to help contain the head and chest of occupants in the outboard seating positions in the first and second rows The rollover capable roof rail airbags are designed to help reduce the risk of full or partial ejection in rollover events although no system can prevent all such ejections But airbags would not help in many types of collisions primarily because the occupant s motion is not toward those airbags See When
407. trailer also see Towing a Trailer on page 4 32 Mirrors Manual Rearview Mirror When you are sitting in a comfortable driving position adjust the mirror so you can see clearly behind your vehicle Hold the mirror in the center to move it up or down and side to side The day night adjustment allows you to adjust the mirror to avoid glare from the lamps behind you Push the tab forward for daytime use and pull it for nighttime use Manual Rearview Mirror with OnStar To adjust the angle of the mirror move the mirror to a position that allows you see to out of the back window To adjust the height of the mirror adjust the arm that connects the mirror to the windshield To reduce glare from lights behind you move the lever toward you to the night position There are also OnStar buttons located at the bottom of the mirror face See your dealer for more information on the system and how to subscribe to OnStar See OnStar System on page 2 39 for more information about the services OnStar provides 2 37 Automatic Dimming Rearview Mirror with OnStar The vehicle may have an automatic dimming inside rearview mirror with OnStar controls For more information about OnStar see OnStar System on page 2 39 D On Off The on off button located on the lower left side of the mirror is used for the automatic dimming functions of the rearview mirror Mirror Operation The automatic dimming feature comes on
408. trips Silicone grease on weatherstrips will make them last longer seal better and not stick or squeak Apply silicone grease with a clean cloth During very cold damp weather frequent application may be required See Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 6 12 Washing Your Vehicle The best way to preserve your vehicle s finish is to keep it clean by washing it often Notice Certain cleaners contain chemicals that can damage the emblems or nameplates on your vehicle Check the cleaning product label If it states that it should not be used on plastic parts do not use it on your vehicle or damage may occur and it would not be covered by the warranty Do not wash the vehicle in direct sunlight Use a car washing soap Do not use cleaning agents that are petroleum based or that contain acid or abrasives as they can damage the paint metal or plastic on your vehicle Approved cleaning products can be obtained from your dealer retailer See Vehicle Care Appearance Materials on page 5 97 Follow all manufacturers directions regarding correct product usage necessary safety precautions and appropriate disposal of any vehicle care product Rinse the vehicle well before washing and after to remove all cleaning agents completely If they are allowed to dry on the surface they could stain Dry the finish with a soft clean chamois or an all cotton towel to avoid surface scratches and water spotting High pressure car washes
409. ts or sessions If you wish to play a large number of files folders playlists or sessions minimize the length of the file folder or playlist name Long names also take up more space on the display and might not fully display e Finalize the audio disc before you burn it Trying to add music to an existing disc can cause the disc not to function in the player Playlists can be changed by using lt previous and gt next folder buttons the Jd knob or the SEEK arrows An MP3 WMA CD R or CD RW that was recorded using no file folders can also be played If a CD R CD RW contains more than the maximum of 50 folders 50 playlists and 255 files the player lets you access and navigate up to the maximum but all items over the maximum are not accessible Root Directory The root directory of the CD R or CD RW is treated as a folder If the root directory has compressed audio files the directory displays as F1 ROOT All files contained directly under the root directory are accessed prior to any root directory folders However playlists Px are always accessed before root folders or files Empty Directory or Folder If a root directory or a folder exists somewhere in the file structure that contains only folders subfolders and no compressed files directly beneath them the player advances to the next folder in the file structure that contains compressed audio files The empty folder does not display No F
410. ture will be disabled ON default The remote start feature will be enabled NO CHANGE No change will be made to this feature The current setting will remain To select a setting press the set reset button while the desired setting is displayed on the DIC 3 66 FACTORY SETTNGS Settings This feature allows you to set all of the personalization features back to their factory default settings Press the vehicle information button until FACTORY SETTNGS Settings appears on the DIC display Press the set reset button to access the settings for this feature Then press the vehicle information button to scroll through the following settings RESTORE ALL default The personalization features will be set to their factory default settings DO NOT RESTORE The personalization features will not be set to their factory default settings To select a setting press the set reset button while the desired setting is displayed on the DIC FEATURE SETTNGS Settings PRESS V TO EXIT This feature allows you to exit the feature settings menu Press the vehicle information button until FEATURE SETTNGS Settings PRESS V TO EXIT appears in the DIC display Press the set reset button to exit the menu If you do not exit pressing the vehicle information button again will return you to the beginning of the vehicle information menu Exiting the Feature Settings Menu The feature settings menu will be exited when any of the fol
411. u run the engine it could lose all coolant That could cause an engine fire and you could be burned Get any leak fixed before you drive the vehicle If there seems to be no leak with the engine on check to see if the electric engine cooling fans are running If the engine is overheating both fans should be running If they are not your vehicle needs service Turn off the engine Notice Engine damage from running your engine without coolant is not covered by your warranty See Overheated Engine Protection Operating Mode on page 5 26 for information on driving to a safe place in an emergency 5 28 Notice Using coolant other than DEX COOL may cause premature engine heater core or radiator corrosion In addition the engine coolant could require changing sooner at 30 000 miles 50 000 km or 24 months whichever occurs first Any repairs would not be covered by the warranty Always use DEX COOL silicate free coolant in the vehicle How to Add Coolant to the Coolant Surge Tank Notice This vehicle has a specific coolant fill procedure Failure to follow this procedure could cause your engine to overheat and be severely damaged If you have not found a problem yet check to see if coolant is visible in the surge tank If coolant is visible but the coolant level is not at the COLD FILL line add a 50 50 mixture of clean drinkable water and DEX COOL coolant at the coolant surge tank but be sure the cooling sys
412. uel Costly repairs caused by use of improper fuel would not be covered by your warranty To check the fuel availability ask an auto club or contact a major oil company that does business in the country where you will be driving Filling the Tank A CAUTION Fuel vapor burns violently and a fuel fire can cause bad injuries To help avoid injuries to you and others read and follow all the instructions on the pump island Turn off your engine when you are refueling Do not smoke if you are near fuel or refueling your vehicle Do not use cellular phones Keep sparks flames and smoking materials away from fuel Do not leave the fuel pump unattended when refueling your vehicle This is against the law in some places Do not re enter the vehicle while pumping fuel Keep children away from the fuel pump never let children pump fuel The tethered fuel cap is located behind a hinged fuel door on the passenger s side of the vehicle To remove the fuel cap turn it slowly counterclockwise The fuel cap has a spring in it if the cap is released too soon it will spring back to the right A CAUTION Fuel can spray out on you if you open the fuel cap too quickly If you spill fuel and then something ignites it you could be badly burned This spray can happen if your tank is nearly full and is more likely in hot weather Open the fuel cap slowly and wait for any hiss noise to stop Then unscrew the cap all the way Be
413. uipment to the Outside of Your VERICIC seiersen n E rS All Wheel Drive Light sasasesneensennneesnnrnnnnn California Pershlorate Materials REqQUIFEMENTS ssns aae eeaad California Proposition 65 Warning Doing Your Own Work Engine Soon Light cceeeeeeeeeeeeeee tenors Publications Ordering Information 6 5 Vehicle Soon Light c ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeee eens Service Scheduling Appointments Servicing Your Airbag Equipped Vehicle Sheet Metal Damage eeeeeeeeee teense eens Shifting Into Park P cccseceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee eens Shifting Out of Park P Signals Turn and Lane Change 0 0eeeeeeee Spare Tire Compact Installing REMOVING sesno er e a e S LOMA mersini e E n Ra eiA Specifications Capacities ceeeeeeeeeeeee ees 5 105 Speedometer ececceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeaeeaeeaes 3 28 Split Folding Rear Seat 1 10 StabiliTrak System cccccccceeseeeeeceeeeceeeneaeees 4 7 Start Vehicle Remote ccccceceeeeeeeeeeneaenes 2 8 Starting the Engine cc eceseeeeeeeeeeea tenes 2 22 SENNO Ae arn i E E E E 4 9 Steering Wheel Controls Audio 655 3 110 Steering Wheel Tilt Wheel 0cceeeeeee es 3 7 Storage Areas Center Console Storage Area cceeeeeeeeeee 2 43 Convenience Net cceeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeees 2 48 Gupholder S ciscieswccu
414. uld Notice Using coolant other than DEX COOL may cause premature engine heater core or radiator corrosion In addition the engine coolant may require changing sooner at the first maintenance service after each 30 000 miles 50 000 km or 24 months whichever occurs first Any repairs would not be covered by your warranty Always use DEX COOL silicate free coolant in your vehicle What to Use Use a mixture of one half clean drinkable water and one half DEX COOL coolant which will not damage aluminum parts If you use this coolant mixture you do not need to add anything else Z CAUTION Adding only plain water to the cooling system can be dangerous Plain water or some other liquid such as alcohol can boil before the proper coolant mixture will The vehicle s coolant warning system is set for the proper coolant mixture With plain water or the wrong mixture the engine could get too hot but you would not get the overheat warning The engine could catch fire and you or others could be burned Use a 50 50 mixture of clean drinkable water and DEX COOL coolant Notice If you use an improper coolant mixture your engine could overheat and be badly damaged The repair cost would not be covered by your warranty Too much water in the mixture can freeze and crack the engine radiator heater core and other parts If you have to add coolant more than four times a year have your dealer retailer check your coo
415. until REMOTE KEY LEARNING ACTIVE is displayed 4 Press and hold the lock and unlock buttons on the first transmitter at the same time for about 15 seconds A chime will sound indicating that the transmitter is matched 5 To match additional transmitters at this time repeat Step 3 Each vehicle can have a maximum of four transmitters matched to it 6 To exit the programming mode you must cycle the key to LOCK OFF CALIBRATE COMPAS Compass Your vehicle may have this feature The compass can be manually calibrated To calibrate the compass through the DIC see DIC Compass on page 3 49 CHANGE COMPASS ZONE Your vehicle may have this feature To change the compass zone through the DIC see DIC Compass on page 3 49 Blank Display This display shows no information FEATURE SETTNGS Settings PRESS V TO SELCT Select This display allows you to personalize the feature settings on your vehicle See DIC Vehicle Personalization on page 3 60 for more information DIC Compass Your vehicle may have a compass in the Driver Information Center DIC 3 49 Compass Zone The zone is set to zone eight upon leaving the factory Your dealer retailer will set the correct zone for your location Under certain circumstances such as during a long distance cross country trip or moving to a new state or province it will be necessary to compensate for compass variance by resetting the zone through the DIC if the zone is not se
416. ur child restraint instructions and the following instructions If the position you are using does not have a headrest or head restraint and you are using a single tether route the tether over the seatback If the position you are using does not have a headrest or head restraint and you are using a dual tether route the tether over the seatback If the position you are using has an adjustable headrest or head restraint and you are using a dual tether route the tether around the headrest or head restraint If the position you are using has an adjustable headrest or head restraint and you are using a single tether raise the headrest or head restraint and route the tether under the headrest or head restraint and in between the headrest or head restraint posts 3 Push and pull the child restraint in different directions to be sure it is secure 1 49 Securing a Child Restraint in a Rear Seat Position When securing a child restraint in a rear seating position study the instructions that came with your child restraint to make sure it is compatible with this vehicle If your child restraint has the LATCH system see Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children LATCH on page 1 42 for how to install your child restraint using LATCH If you secure a child restraint using a safety belt and it uses a top tether see Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children LATCH on page 1 42 for top tether anchor locations Do n
417. utton again to turn off random play BAND Press to listen to the radio when a CD or DVD is playing The CD or DVD remains inside the radio for future listening or viewing entertainment 3 82 DVD CD AUX Auxiliary Press to cycle through DVD CD or Auxiliary when listening to the radio The DVD CD text label and a message showing track or chapter number displays when a disc is in either slot Press again and the system automatically searches for an auxiliary input device such as a portable audio player If a portable audio player is not connected No Aux Input Device displays If a disc is in both the DVD slot and the CD slot the DVD CD AUX button cycles between the two sources and does not indicate No Aux Input Device If a front auxiliary device is connected the DVD CD AUX button cycles through all available options such as DVD slot CD slot Front AUX and Rear AUX if available See Using the Auxiliary Input Jack s later in this section or Rear Seat Entertainment RSE System on page 3 101 Audio Video A V Jacks for more information If a disc is inserted into top DVD slot the rear seat operator can turn on the video screen and use the remote control to navigate the CD tracks only through the remote control Audio Output Only one audio source can be heard through the speakers at one time An audio source is defined as DVD slot CD slot XM FM AM Front Aux Jack or Rear Aux Jack Press the
418. vehicle turn the traction system off and use the rocking method A CAUTION If you let your vehicle s tires spin at high speed they can explode and you or others could be injured The vehicle can overheat causing an engine compartment fire or other damage Spin the wheels as little as possible and avoid going above 35 mph 55 km h as shown on the speedometer For information about using tire chains on your vehicle see Tire Chains on page 5 75 4 21 Rocking Your Vehicle to Get It Out First turn the steering wheel left and right to clear the area around the front wheels Turn off any traction or stability system See Traction Control System TCS on page 4 6 and StabiliTrak System on page 4 7 Then shift back and forth between REVERSE R and a forward gear spinning the wheels as little as possible To prevent transmission wear wait until the wheels stop spinning before shifting gears Release the accelerator pedal while you shift and press lightly on the accelerator pedal when the transmission is in gear By slowly spinning the wheels in the forward and reverse directions you will cause a rocking motion that could free your vehicle If that does not get your vehicle out after a few tries it might need to be towed out If your vehicle does need to be towed out see Towing Your Vehicle on page 4 27 4 22 Loading Your Vehicle It is very important to know how much weight your vehicle can carry Two labels
419. vehicle is in a location that is blocking the XM signal When you move into an open area the signal should return Loading XM The audio system is acquiring and processing audio and text data No action is needed This message should disappear shortly Channel Off Air This channel is not currently in service Tune to another channel Channel Unavail This previously assigned channel is no longer assigned Tune to another station If this station was one of the presets choose another station for that preset button No Artist Info No artist information is available at this time on this channel The system is working properly No Title Info No song title information is available at this time on this channel The system is working properly No CAT Info No category information is available at this time on this channel The system is working properly No Information No text or informational messages are available at this time on this channel The system is working properly CAT Not Found There are no channels available for the selected category The system is working properly XM TheftLocked The XM receiver in the vehicle could have previously been in another vehicle For security purposes XM receivers cannot be swapped between vehicles If this message appears after having your vehicle serviced check with your dealer retailer XM Radio ID If tuned to channel 0 this message alternates with the XM Radio eight dig
420. vice that is based in the 48 contiguous United States and 10 Canadian provinces XM Satellite Radio has a wide variety of programming and commercial free music coast to coast and in digital quality sound During your trial or when you subscribe you will get unlimited access to XM Radio Online for when you are not in your vehicle A service fee is required to receive the XM service For more information contact XM at www xmradio com or call 1 800 929 2100 in the U S and www xmradio ca or call 1 877 438 9677 in Canada 3 77 Radio Messages for XM Only See XM Radio Messages on page 3 100 later in this section for further detail Playing a CD Single CD Player Insert a CD partway into the slot label side up The player pulls it in and the CD should begin playing Playing a CD s Six Disc CD Player LOAD V Press to load CDs into the CD player This CD player holds up to six CDs To insert one CD do the following 1 Press and release the button 2 Wait for the message to insert the disc 3 Load a CD Insert the CD partway into the slot label side up The player pulls the CD in To insert multiple CDs do the following 1 Press and hold the button for two seconds A beep sounds and Load All Discs displays 2 Follow the displayed instruction on when to insert the discs The CD player takes up to six CDs 3 Press the 7 button again to cancel loading more CDs 3 78 If the ignition or radio is
421. will go to a heavy unpainted metal engine part or to a remote negative terminal if the vehicle has one Do not connect positive to negative or you will get a short that would damage the battery and maybe other parts too And do not connect the negative cable to the negative terminal on the dead battery because this can cause sparks Connect the red positive cable to the positive terminal of the dead battery Use a remote positive terminal if the vehicle has one Do not let the other end touch metal Connect it to the positive terminal of the good battery Use a 10 Ti 12 Connect the other end of the negative cable at least 18 inches 45 cm away from the dead battery but not near engine parts that move The electrical connection is just as good there and the chance of sparks getting back to the battery is much less Your vehicle has a remote negative terminal for this purpose Now start the vehicle with the good battery and run the engine for a while Press the unlock button on the remote keyless entry transmitter to disarm your content theft deterrent system Try to start the vehicle that had the dead battery If it will not start after a few tries it probably needs service Notice If the jumper cables are connected or removed in the wrong order electrical shorting may occur and damage the vehicle The repairs would not be covered by your warra
422. witch must be turned to ON RUN and then back to LOCK OFF using the key before the remote start procedure can be used again To manually shut off the engine after a remote start do any of the following e Aim the RKE transmitter at the vehicle and press the remote start button until the parking lamps turn off e Turn on the hazard warning flashers e Insert the vehicle s key into the ignition switch and turn the switch to ON RUN and then back to LOCK OFF The of th remote vehicle start feature will not operate if any e following occur The vehicle s key is in the ignition The vehicle s hood liftgate or doors are not closed The hazard warning flashers are on There is an emission control system malfunction The engine coolant temperature is too high The oil pressure is low Two remote vehicle starts have already been used The maximum number of remote starts or remote start attempts between ignition cycles with the key is two The remote start feature may be disabled The system may be enabled or disabled through the DIC See REMOTE START under DIC Vehicle Personalization on page 3 60 for additional information Vehicles that have the remote vehicle start feature are shipped from the factory with the remote vehicle start system enabled Remote Start Ready If your vehicle does not have the remote vehicle start feature it may have the remote start ready feature This feature allows your dealer ret
423. wo additional systems that need lubrication Transfer Case Power Transfer Unit When to Check Lubricant Refer to the Maintenance Schedule to determine how often to check the lubricant See Scheduled Maintenance on page 6 4 5 44 How to Check Lubricant SS acd SSN AY PX f To get an accurate reading the vehicle should be on a level surface If the level is below the bottom of the filler plug hole you ll need to add some lubricant Add enough lubricant to raise the level to the bottom of the filler plug hole located on the transfer case What to Use Refer to the Maintenance Schedule to determine what kind of lubricant to use See Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 6 12 Carrier Assembly Differential Rear Drive Module When to Check and Change Lubricant Refer to the Maintenance Schedule to determine how often to check the lubricant and when to change it See Scheduled Maintenance on page 6 4 How to Check Lubricant AWD Differential Case for 3 4L V6 Model A Fill Plug B Drain Plug 5 45 AWD Differential Case for 3 6L V6 Model A Fill Plug B Drain Plug To get an accurate reading the vehicle should be ona level surface If the level is below the bottom of the filler plug hole you ll need to add some lubricant Add enough lubricant to raise the level to the bottom of the filler plug hole A fluid loss could indicate a problem check and hav
424. y RKE System Operation The vehicle s doors can be locked and unlocked from about 3 feet 1 m up to 65 feet 20 m away with the Remote Keyless Entry RKE transmitter If your vehicle has the remote start feature you can also start your vehicle with the RKE transmitter Your RKE transmitter with the remote start button provides an increased range of 195 feet 60 m away However the range may be less while the vehicle is running As a result you may need to be closer to your vehicle to turn it off than you were to turn it on There are other conditions which can affect the performance of the transmitter See Remote Keyless Entry RKE System on page 2 4 With Remote Start Shown Without Remote Start Similar Q Remote Vehicle Start If your vehicle has this feature press Q to start the engine from outside the vehicle using the RKE transmitter See Remote Vehicle Start on page 2 8 for additional information Lock Press to lock the doors and liftgate If enabled through the Driver Information Center DIC the parking lamps will flash once to indicate locking has occurred If enabled through the DIC the horn will chirp when is pressed again within five seconds of the previous press of the lock button See DIC Vehicle Personalization on page 3 60 for additional information Pressing o may arm the content theft deterrent system See Content Theft Deterrent on page 2 18 A Unlock Press A to unlock the drive
425. y turning the ignition off and then back on If this message still stays on or turns back on again while you are driving your vehicle needs service Have the StabiliTrak System inspected by your dealer retailer as soon as possible 3 57 SERVICE THEFT DETERRENT SYSTEM This message displays when there is a problem with the theft deterrent system A fault has been detected in the system which means that the system is disabled and it is not protecting the vehicle The vehicle usually restarts however you may want to take the vehicle to your dealer retailer before turning off the engine See PASS Key IIl Operation on page 2 19 for more information SERVICE TIRE MONITOR SYSTEM This message displays if a part on the Tire Pressure Monitor System TPMS is not working properly The tire pressure light also flashes and then remains on during the same ignition cycle See Tire Pressure Light on page 3 36 Several conditions may cause this message to appear See Tire Pressure Monitor Operation on page 5 63 for more information If the warning comes on and stays on there may be a problem with the TPMS See your dealer retailer 3 58 SERVICE TRACTION CONTROL This message displays when the Traction Control System TCS is not functioning properly A warning light also appears on the instrument panel cluster See Traction Control System TCS Warning Light on page 3 34 and Traction Control System TCS on page 4 6 for more information
426. ying loading a disc into the system depending on media type and format ranges from 5 to 20 seconds for a CD and up to 30 seconds for a DVD to begin playing If the ignition or radio is turned off with a CD in the player it stays in the player When the ignition or radio is turned on the CD starts playing where it stopped if it was the last selected audio source The CD is controlled by the buttons on the radio faceplate The DVD CD decks upper slot is the DVD deck and the lower slot is the CD deck of the radio are compatible with most audio CDs CD R CD RW and MP3s WMAs When a CD is inserted the text label DVD or CD symbol appears on the left side of the radio display As each new track starts to play the track number displays 4 cp Eject Press and release to eject the CD that is currently playing in the bottom slot A beep sounds and Ejecting Disc displays Once the disc is ejected Remove Disc displays The CD can be removed If the CD is not removed after several seconds the CD automatically pulls back into the player If loading and reading of a CD cannot be completed such as unknown format etc and the disc fails to eject press and hold for more than five seconds to force the disc to eject A DVD Eject Press and release to eject the CD that is currently playing in the top slot A beep sounds and Ejecting Disc displays Once the disc is ejected Remove Disc displays The CD can be removed If the CD
427. you can unbuckle and get out is much greater if you are belted And you can unbuckle a safety belt even if you are upside down If my vehicle has airbags why should I have to wear Safety belts Airbags are supplemental systems only so they work with safety belts not instead of them Whether or not an airbag is provided all occupants still have to buckle up to get the most protection That is true not only in frontal collisions but especially in side and other collisions Q If am a good driver and I never drive far from A home why should wear safety belts You may be an excellent driver but if you are ina crash even one that is not your fault you and your passenger s can be hurt Being a good driver does not protect you from things beyond your control such as bad drivers Most accidents occur within 25 miles 40 km of home And the greatest number of serious injuries and deaths occur at speeds of less than 40 mph 65 km h Safety belts are for everyone How to Wear Safety Belts Properly This section is only for people of adult size Be aware that there are special things to know about safety belts and children And there are different rules for smaller children and babies If a child will be riding in your vehicle see Older Children on page 1 31 or Infants and Young Children on page 1 34 Follow those rules for everyone s protection It is very important for all occupants to buckle up
428. ys The traction control system can be turned off by pressing the traction control button located next to the gear shift lever The traction control system can be activated again by pressing the traction control button While the traction control system is activated the traction control system warning light on the instrument panel cluster comes on and TRACTION CONTROL ON briefly displays If the system is limiting wheel spin when you press the button the traction control off light appears on the instrument panel cluster The system will not turn off until there is no longer a current need to limit wheel spin Turn the system back on by pressing the button again If the light does not come on traction control might not be working and your vehicle should be serviced by a dealer retailer Adding non dealer non retailer accessories can affect your vehicle s performance See Accessories and Modifications on page 5 3 for more information StabiliTrak System Your vehicle has this feature The StabiliTrak system is an advanced computer controlled system that helps the driver maintain directional control of the vehicle in difficult driving conditions This is accomplished by selectively applying any one of the vehicle s brakes and reducing engine power The StabiliTrak system comes on automatically whenever you start your vehicle The STABILITRAK NOT READY message may be displayed in the DIC and the traction control system

Chevrolet TORRENT - NAVIGATION SYSTEM 2008 Specifications

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents